Compositions and methods relating to a mutant Clostridium difficile toxin

Information

  • Patent Grant
  • 11952597
  • Patent Number
    11,952,597
  • Date Filed
    Tuesday, July 7, 2020
    4 years ago
  • Date Issued
    Tuesday, April 9, 2024
    8 months ago
Abstract
In one aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant Clostridium difficile toxin A and/or a mutant Clostridium difficile toxin B. The mutant toxin may include a glucosyltransferase domain having at least one mutation and a cysteine protease domain having at least one mutation, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. The mutant toxins may include at least one amino acid that is chemically crosslinked. In another aspect, the invention relates to methods and compositions for use in culturing Clostridium difficile and in producing C. difficile toxins.
Description
FIELD

The present invention is directed to compositions and methods relating to mutant Clostridium difficile toxins.


BACKGROUND


Clostridium difficile (C. difficile) is a Gram-positive anaerobic bacterium that is associated with gastrointestinal disease in humans. Colonization of C. difficile usually occurs in the colon if the natural gut flora is diminished by treatment with antibiotics. An infection can lead to antibiotic-associated diarrhea and sometimes pseudomembranous colitis through the secretion of the glucosylating toxins, toxin A and toxin B (308 and 270 kDa, respectively), which are the primary virulence factors of C. difficile.


Toxin A and toxin B are encoded within the 19 kb pathogenicity locus (PaLoc) by the genes tcdA and tcdB, respectively. Nonpathogenic strains of C. difficile have this locus replaced by an alternative 115 base pair sequence.


Both toxin A and toxin B are potent cytotoxins. These proteins are homologous glucosyltransferases that inactivate small GTPases of the Rho/Rac/Ras family. The resulting disruption in signaling causes a loss of cell-cell junctions, dysregulation of the actin cytoskeleton, and/or apoptosis, resulting in the profound secretory diarrhea that is associated with Clostridium difficile infections (CDI).


In the last decade, the numbers and severity of C. difficile outbreaks in hospitals, nursing homes, and other long-term care facilities increased dramatically. Key factors in this escalation include emergence of hypervirulent pathogenic strains, increased use of antibiotics, improved detection methods, and increased exposure to airborne spores in health care facilities.


Metronidazole and vancomycin represent the currently accepted standard of care for the antibiotic treatment of C. difficile associated disease (CDAD). However, about 20% of patients receiving such treatment experience a recurrence of infection after a first episode of CDI, and up to about 50% of those patients suffer from additional recurrences. Treatment of recurrences represents a very significant challenge, and the majority of recurrences usually occur within one month of the preceding episode.


Accordingly, there is a need for immunogenic and/or therapeutic compositions and methods thereof directed to C. difficile.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

These and other objectives are provided by the invention herein.


In one aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin A. The mutant toxin A includes a mutation at residues positions 285, 287, 700, 972, and 978 as compared to a wild-type toxin A. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin A includes SEQ ID NO: 183. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin A is less cytotoxic than a corresponding wild-type toxin A. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin A includes at least one amino acid residue that is chemically modified. In one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide that includes SEQ ID NO: 183.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin B. The mutant toxin B includes a mutation at residues 286, 288, 698, 970, and 976 as compared to a wild-type toxin B. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin B includes SEQ ID NO: 184. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin B is less cytotoxic than a corresponding wild-type toxin B. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin A includes at least one amino acid residue that is chemically modified. In one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide that includes SEQ ID NO: 184.


The invention further relates to compositions and methods for use in culturing C. difficile and producing C. difficile toxins. In one aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate and a C. difficile cell. In a preferred embodiment, the hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate. More preferably, the soy hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate SE50MK.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a nitrogen source and a C. difficile cell. In one embodiment, the nitrogen source is a yeast extract. Preferably, the yeast extract is HY YEST 412 (Kerry Biosciences).


In a further aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate, yeast extract, and a C. difficile cell. In one embodiment, the medium does not contain a carbon source.


In a preferred embodiment, the medium further includes a carbon source. The inventors discovered that fermentation of C. difficile in a culture medium including at least one carbon source provided high OD600 values and high toxin production yields, as compared to fermentation without a carbon source. In one embodiment, the carbon source is glucose, mannitol, fructose, and/or mannose.


In one embodiment, the C. difficile cell is not genetically modified. In another embodiment, the C. difficile cell is a recombinant C. difficile cell. In one embodiment, the C. difficile cell is lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin. In another embodiment, the cell includes a constitutive promoter. In a preferred embodiment, the promoter is a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter. In a further embodiment, the cell does not include a native, regulated chromosomal promoter.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a medium. In one embodiment, the medium includes soy hydrolysate and/or yeast extract. In a preferred embodiment, the medium further includes a carbon source. Preferably, the carbon source is glucose.


In one embodiment, the culturing step is carried out under anaerobic conditions.


In one embodiment, the C. difficile is grown as a seed culture. In one embodiment, the seed culture is started by inoculation from a stock culture that was grown in the medium.


In one embodiment, the C. difficile is grown as a fermentation culture. In one embodiment, the fermentation culture was inoculated from a seed culture that was grown in the medium. In an alternative aspect, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a monoclonal antibody medium.


In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of producing a C. difficile toxin. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a medium. The method further includes isolating a C. difficile toxin from said medium.





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS


FIG. 1A-H: Sequence alignment of wild-type C. difficile toxin A from strains 630 (SEQ ID NO: 1), VPI10463 (SEQ ID NO: 19), R20291 (SEQ ID NO: 15), CD196 (SEQ ID NO: 17), and mutant toxin A having SEQ ID NO: 4, using CLUSTALW alignment, default parameters.



FIG. 2A-F: Sequence alignment of wild-type C. difficile toxin B from strains 630 (SEQ ID NO: 2), VPI10463 (SEQ ID NO: 25), R20291 (SEQ ID NO: 21), CD196 (SEQ ID NO: 23), and mutant toxin B having SEQ ID NO: 6, using CLUSTALW alignment, default parameters.



FIG. 3: Graph showing identification of wild-type toxin-negative C. difficile strains. Culture media of 13 C. difficile strains were tested by ELISA for toxin A. As illustrated, seven strains expressed toxin A and 6 strains did not (strains 1351, 3232, 7322, 5036, 4811 and VPI 11186).



FIGS. 4A and B: SDS-PAGE results illustrating that triple mutant A (SEQ ID NO: 4), double mutant B (SEQ ID NO: 5), and triple mutant B (SEQ ID NO: 6) do not glucosylate Rac1 or RhoA GTPases in an in vitro glucosylation assays with UDP-14C-glucose; whereas 10 μg to 1 ng of wild type toxin B does glucosylate Rac1.



FIG. 5: Western blot indicating abrogation of cysteine protease activity in mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively), as compared to observation of cleaved fragments of wild-type toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively). See Example 13.



FIG. 6: Graphs showing that triple mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) exhibit residual cytotoxicity when tested at high concentrations (e.g., about 100 μg/ml) by in vitro cytotoxicity assay in IMR-90 cells.



FIG. 7: Graph showing that EC50 values are similar for the triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) and hepta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 8).



FIG. 8: Graph representing results from in vitro cytotoxicity tests in which the ATP levels (RLUs) are plotted against increasing concentrations of the triple mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)(top panel) and triple mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6)(bottom panel). Residual cytotoxicity of mutant toxin A and B can be completely abrogated with neutralizing antibodies specific for mutant toxin A (top panel-pAb A and mAbs A3-25+A60-22) and mutant toxin B (bottom panel-pAb B).



FIG. 9: Images of IMR-90 cell morphology at 72 hours post treatment. Panel A shows mock treated control cells. Panel B shows cell morphology following treatment with formalin inactivated mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6). Panel C shows cell morphology following treatment with EDC inactivated mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6). Panel D shows cell morphology following treatment with wild-type toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 2). Panel E shows cell morphology following treatment with triple mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6). Similar results were observed for TcdA treatments.



FIG. 10: Graph showing neutralizing antibody titers as described in Example 25 (study muCdiff2010-06).



FIG. 11A-B: Graph showing neutralizing antibody titers as described in Example 26 (study muCdiff2010-07).



FIG. 12: Graph showing neutralizing antibody responses against toxins A and B in hamsters after four immunizations as described in Example 27 (study ham C. difficile 2010-02)



FIG. 13A-B: Graph showing neutralizing antibody responses in hamsters after vaccination with chemically inactivated genetic mutant toxins and List Biological toxoids, as described in Example 27 (study ham C. difficile 2010-02).



FIG. 14: Survival curves for three immunized groups of hamsters as compared to the non-immunized controls, described in Example 28 (study ham C. difficile 2010-02, continued).



FIG. 15: Graph showing relative neutralizing antibody response against different formulations of C. difficile mutant toxins in hamsters (study ham C. difficile 2010-03), as described in Example 29.



FIG. 16A-B: Graphs showing strong relative neutralizing antibody response against chemically inactivated genetic mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) in cynomolgus macaques, as described in Example 30.



FIG. 17: Amino acid sequences of variable regions of light (VL) and heavy (HL) chains of A3-25 mAb IgE. Signal peptide—highlighted; CDRs—italicized and underlined; Constant region—bolded and underlined (complete sequence not shown).



FIG. 18: Graph showing titration of individual toxin A monoclonal antibodies in the toxin neutralization assay using ATP levels (quantified by relative light units—RLU) as an indicator of cell viability. In comparison to the toxin (4×EC50) control, mAbs A80-29, A65-33, A60-22 and A3-25 had increasing neutralizing effects on toxin A with concentration but not to the level of the positive rabbit anti-toxin A control. mAbs A50-10, A56-33, and A58-46 did not neutralize toxin A. The cell only control was 1-1.5×106 RLUs.



FIG. 19: Mapping of 8 epitope groups of toxin B mAbs by BiaCore



FIG. 20A-C: Synergistic neutralizing activities of combinations of toxin A mAbs: Adding different dilutions of neutralizing antibodies A60-22 (FIG. 20A), A65-33 (FIG. 20B), and A80-29 (FIG. 20C) to increasing concentrations of A3-25 mAb synergistically increased the neutralization of toxin A regardless of the dilution. The RLUs of the toxin A only (4×EC50) control is illustrated (<0.3×106) and cell only controls were 2-2.5×106 RLUs as depicted in graphs shown in FIG. 20B and FIG. 20C.



FIG. 21A-B: Synergistic neutralizing activities of toxin B mAbs: Neutralization of toxin B by mAbs 8-26, B60-2 and B59-3 is illustrated in FIG. 21A. Neutralization of toxin B is synergistically increased after combining B8-26 with dilutions of B59-3 (FIG. 21B)



FIG. 22: Western blot showing that Rac1 GTPase expression is reduced in genetic mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) extracts from 24 to 96 hours, but not in wild-type toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 2) treated extracts. The blot also shows that Rac1 is glucosylated in toxin B-treated extracts, but not in genetic mutant toxin B treated extracts.



FIG. 23A-K: Graph representing results from in vitro cytotoxicity tests in which the ATP levels (RLUs) are plotted against increasing concentrations of C. difficile culture media and the hamster serum pool (▪); crude toxin (culture harvest) from the respective strain and the hamster serum pool (●); purified toxin (commercial toxin obtained from List Biologicals) and the hamster serum pool (▴); crude toxin (▾), control; and purified toxin (♦), control. The toxins from the respective strains were added to the cells at 4×EC50 values. FIG. 23 shows that an immunogenic composition including mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4) and mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6), wherein the mutant toxins were inactivated with EDC, according to, for example, Example 29, Table 25, described herein, induced neutralizing antibodies that exhibited neutralizing activity against toxins from at least the following 16 different CDC strains of C. difficile, in comparison to the respective toxin only control: 2007886 (FIG. 23A); 2006017 (FIG. 23B); 2007070 (FIG. 230); 2007302 (FIG. 23D); 2007838 (FIG. 23E); 2007886 (FIG. 23F); 2009292 (FIG. 23G); 2004013 (FIG. 23H); 2009141 (FIG. 23I); 2005022 (FIG. 23J); 2006376 (FIG. 23K).



FIG. 24A-C: Illustration of an exemplary EDC/NHS inactivation of mutant C. difficile toxins, resulting in at least three possible types of modifications: crosslinks, glycine adducts, and beta-alanine adducts. Panel A illustrates crosslinking. Carboxylic residues of triple mutant toxins are activated by the addition of EDC and NHS. The activated esters react with primary amines to form stable amide bonds, resulting in intra- and intermolecular crosslinks. Panel B illustrates formation of glycine adducts. After inactivation, residual activated esters are quenched by the addition of glycine to form stable amide bonds. Panel C illustrates formation of beta-alanine adducts. Three moles of NHS can react with one mole of EDC to form activated beta-alanine. This then reacts with primary amines to form stable amide bonds.



FIG. 25: Illustration of an exemplary EDC/NHS inactivation of mutant C. difficile toxins, resulting in at least one of the following types of modifications: (A) crosslinks, (B) glycine adducts, and (C) beta-alanine adducts.



FIG. 26: Graph representing results from an in vitro cytotoxicity assay in which the ATP levels (RLUs) (72 hr ATP) are plotted against increasing concentrations of the wild-type TcdB, commercially obtained from List Biologicals (□), triple mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 86) (●), and penta mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 184) (▪). IMR-90 cells (*) were used as control.



FIG. 27: Graph showing competitive inhibition of triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 86)-mediated cytotoxicity by penta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 184) on IMR-90 cells, (72 hr ATP assay) -●- represents penta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 184)(“PM-B”); -▴- represents triple mutant (TM) at 200 ng/mL.



FIG. 28: Graph showing final OD and triple mutant toxin B titer (mg/l) following a perfusion fermentation (CDF-5126) -●- represents OD600 nm, -▴- represents perfusion flow rate (Fermentor volumes/1.0 h); -▪- represents glucose (g/L); -●- represents toxoid B (triple mutant, SEQ ID NO: 86)



FIG. 29: Graph showing final OD and triple mutant toxin B titer (mg/I) results from another perfusion culture (CDF-5127) -●- represents OD600 nm, -▴- represents perfusion flow rate (Fermentor volumes/2.0 h); -▪- represents glucose (g/L); -●- represents toxoid B (triple mutant, SEQ ID NO: 86).





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENCES

SEQ ID NO: 1 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 630 toxin A (TcdA).


SEQ ID NO: 2 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 630 toxin B (TcdB).


SEQ ID NO: 3 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA having a mutation at positions 285 and 287, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 4 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA having a mutation at positions 285, 287, and 700, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 5 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB having a mutation at positions 286 and 288, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 6 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB having a mutation at positions 286, 288, and 698, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 7 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA having a mutation at positions 269, 272, 285, 287, 460, 462, and 700, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1


SEQ ID NO: 8 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB having a mutation at positions 270, 273, 286, 288, 461, 463, and 698, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2


SEQ ID NO: 9 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding a wild-type C. difficile 630 toxin A (TcdA).


SEQ ID NO: 10 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding a wild-type C. difficile 630 toxin B (TcdB).


SEQ ID NO: 11 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 3


SEQ ID NO: 12 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 4


SEQ ID NO: 13 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 5


SEQ ID NO: 14 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 6


SEQ ID NO: 15 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile R20291 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 16 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 15.


SEQ ID NO: 17 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile CD196 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 18 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 17.


SEQ ID NO: 19 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile VPI10463 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 20 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 19.


SEQ ID NO: 21 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile R20291 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 22 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 21.


SEQ ID NO: 23 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile CD196 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 24 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 23.


SEQ ID NO: 25 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile VPI10463 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 26 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 25.


SEQ ID NO: 27 sets forth a DNA sequence of a pathogenicity locus of wild-type C. difficile VPI10463.


SEQ ID NO: 28 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 101 to 293 of SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 29 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 1 to 542 of SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 30 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 101 to 293 of SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 31 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 1 to 543 of SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 32 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 543 to 809 of SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 33 sets forth the amino acid sequence for residues 544 to 767 of SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 34 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA, wherein residues 101, 269, 272, 285, 287, 460, 462, 541, 542, 543, 589, 655, and 700 may be any amino acid.


SEQ ID NO: 35 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB, wherein 102, 270, 273, 286, 288, 384, 461, 463, 520, 543, 544, 587, 600, 653, 698, and 751 may be any amino acid.


SEQ ID NO: 36 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 37 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 38 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable light chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 39 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable light chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 40 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable light chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 41 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable heavy chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 42 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable heavy chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 43 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable heavy chain of neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdA (A3-25 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 44 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 3.


SEQ ID NO: 45 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 4.


SEQ ID NO: 46 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 5.


SEQ ID NO: 47 sets forth a DNA sequence encoding SEQ ID NO: 6.


SEQ ID NO: 48 sets forth the nucleotide sequence of immunostimulatory oligonucleotide ODN CpG 24555.


SEQ ID NO: 49 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 50 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 51 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 52 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 53 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 54 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the constant region of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 55 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 56 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 57 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 58 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 59 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B8-26 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 60 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 61 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 62 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 63 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 64 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 65 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the constant region of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 66 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 67 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 68 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 69 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 70 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B59-3 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 71 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 72 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 73 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 74 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 75 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 76 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the constant region of the variable heavy chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 77 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 78 sets forth the amino acid sequence for the signal peptide of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 79 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR1 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 80 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR2 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 81 sets forth the amino acid sequence for CDR3 of the variable light chain of a C. difficile TcdB neutralizing antibody (B9-30 mAb).


SEQ ID NO: 82 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB, wherein a residue at positions 102, 270, 273, 286, 288, 384, 461, 463, 520, 543, 544, 587, 600, 653, 698, and 751 may be any amino acid.


SEQ ID NO: 83 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA having a mutation at positions 269, 272, 285, 287, 460, 462, and 700, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein the methionine at position 1 is absent.


SEQ ID NO: 84 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a mutation at positions 285, 287, and 700, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein the methionine at position 1 is absent.


SEQ ID NO: 85 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a mutation at positions 270, 273, 286, 288, 461, 463, and 698, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the methionine at position 1 is absent.


SEQ ID NO: 86 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a mutation at positions 286, 288, and 698, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the methionine at position 1 is absent.


SEQ ID NO: 87 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004013 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 88 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004111 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 89 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004118 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 90 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004205 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 91 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004206 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 92 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005022 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 93 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005088 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 94 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005283 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 95 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005325 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 96 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005359 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 97 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2006017 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 98 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007070 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 99 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007217 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 100 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007302 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 101 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007816 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 102 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007838 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 103 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007858 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 104 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007886 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 105 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2008222 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 106 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009078 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 107 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009087 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 108 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009141 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 109 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009292 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 110 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004013 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 111 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004111 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 112 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004118 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 113 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004205 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 114 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2004206 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 115 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005022 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 116 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005088 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 117 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005283 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 118 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005325 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 119 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2005359 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 120 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2006017 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 121 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2006376 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 122 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007070 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 123 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007217 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 124 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007302 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 125 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007816 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 126 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007838 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 127 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007858 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 128 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2007886 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 129 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2008222 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 130 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009078 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 131 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009087 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 132 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009141 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 133 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 2009292 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 134 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 014 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 135 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 015 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 136 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 020 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 137 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 023 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 138 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 027 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 139 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 029 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 140 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 046 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 141 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 014 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 142 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 015 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 143 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 020 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 144 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 023 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 145 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 027 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 146 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 029 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 147 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 046 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 148 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 001 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 149 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 002 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 150 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 003 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 151 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 004 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 152 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 070 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 153 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 075 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 154 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 077 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 155 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 081 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 156 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 117 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 157 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 131 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 158 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 001 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 159 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 002 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 160 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 003 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 161 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 004 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 162 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 070 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 163 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 075 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 164 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 077 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 165 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 081 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 166 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 117 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 167 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 131 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 168 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 053 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 169 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 078 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 170 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 087 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 171 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 095 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 172 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 126 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 173 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 053 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 174 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 078 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 175 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 087 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 176 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 095 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 177 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 126 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 178 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 059 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 179 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 059 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 180 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 106 TcdA.


SEQ ID NO: 181 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 106 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 182 sets forth the amino acid sequence for wild-type C. difficile 017 TcdB.


SEQ ID NO: 183 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdA having a mutation at positions 285, 287, 700, 972, and 978 as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1.


SEQ ID NO: 184 sets forth the amino acid sequence for a mutant TcdB having a mutation at positions 286, 288, 698, 970, and 976 as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2.


SEQ ID NO: 185 through SEQ ID NO: 195 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin.


SEQ ID NO: 196 through SEQ ID NO: 212 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 213 through SEQ ID NO: 222 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 223 through SEQ ID NO: 236 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 237 through SEQ ID NO: 243 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 244 through SEQ ID NO: 245 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 246 through SEQ ID NO: 249 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 250 through SEQ ID NO: 253 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 254 sets forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin.


SEQ ID NO: 255 through SEQ ID NO: 263 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 264 through SEQ ID NO: 269 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 270 through SEQ ID NO: 275 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin.


SEQ ID NO: 276 through SEQ ID NO: 323 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 324 through SEQ ID NO: 373 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 374 through SEQ ID NO: 421 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 422 through SEQ ID NO: 471 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 472 through SEQ ID NO: 519 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 568 through SEQ ID NO: 615 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 520 through SEQ ID NO: 567 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 616 through SEQ ID NO: 663 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


SEQ ID NO: 664 through SEQ ID NO: 711 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin A.


SEQ ID NO: 712 through SEQ ID NO: 761 each set forth the amino acid sequence for an exemplary mutant toxin B.


DETAILED DESCRIPTION

The inventors surprisingly discovered, among other things, a mutant C. difficile toxin A and toxin B, and methods thereof. The mutants are characterized, in part, by being immunogenic and exhibiting reduced cytotoxicity compared to a wild-type form of the respective toxin. The present invention also relates to immunogenic portions thereof, biological equivalents thereof, and isolated polynucleotides that include nucleic acid sequences encoding any of the foregoing.


The immunogenic compositions described herein unexpectedly demonstrated the ability to elicit novel neutralizing antibodies against C. difficile toxins and they may have the ability to confer active and/or passive protection against a C. difficile challenge. The novel antibodies are directed against various epitopes of toxin A and toxin B. The inventors further discovered that a combination of at least two of the neutralizing monoclonal antibodies can exhibit an unexpectedly synergistic effect in respective in vitro neutralization of toxin A and toxin B.


The inventive compositions described herein may be used to treat, prevent, decrease the risk of, decrease occurrences of, decrease severity of, and/or delay the outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease (CDAD), syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition was not administered.


Moreover, the inventors discovered a recombinant asporogenic C. difficile cell that can stably express the mutant C. difficile toxin A and toxin B, and novel methods for producing the same.


Immunogenic Compositions


In one aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant C. difficile toxin. The mutant C. difficile toxin includes an amino acid sequence having at least one mutation in a glucosyltransferase domain and at least one mutation in a cysteine protease domain, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin.


The term “wild-type,” as used herein, refers to the form found in nature. For example, a wild-type polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence is a sequence present in an organism that can be isolated from a source in nature and which has not been intentionally modified by human manipulation. The present invention also relates to isolated polynucleotides that include nucleic acid sequences encoding any of the foregoing. In addition, the present invention relates to use of any of the foregoing compositions to treat, prevent, decrease the risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay the outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition is not administered, as well as methods for preparing said compositions.


As used herein, an “immunogenic composition” or “immunogen” refers to a composition that elicits an immune response in a mammal to which the composition is administered.


An “immune response” refers to the development of a beneficial humoral (antibody mediated) and/or a cellular (mediated by antigen-specific T cells or their secretion products) response directed against a C. difficile toxin in a recipient patient. The immune response may be humoral, cellular, or both.


The immune response can be an active response induced by administration of an immunogenic composition, an immunogen. Alternatively, the immune response can be a passive response induced by administration of antibody or primed T-cells.


The presence of a humoral (antibody-mediated) immune response can be determined, for example, by cell-based assays known in the art, such as a neutralizing antibody assay, ELISA, etc.


A cellular immune response is typically elicited by the presentation of polypeptide epitopes in association with Class I or Class II MHC molecules to activate antigen-specific CD4+ T helper cells and/or CD8+ cytotoxic T cells. The response may also involve activation of monocytes, macrophages, NK cells, basophils, dendritic cells, astrocytes, microglia cells, eosinophils or other components of innate immunity. The presence of a cell-mediated immunological response can be determined by proliferation assays (CD4+ T cells) or CTL (cytotoxic T lymphocyte) assays known in the art.


In one embodiment, an immunogenic composition is a vaccine composition. As used herein, a “vaccine composition” is a composition that elicits an immune response in a mammal to which the composition is administered. The vaccine composition may protect the immunized mammal against subsequent challenge by an immunizing agent or an immunologically cross-reactive agent. Protection can be complete or partial with regard to reduction in symptoms or infection as compared to a non-vaccinated mammal under the same conditions.


The immunogenic compositions described herein are cross-reactive, which refers to having a characteristic of being able to elicit an effective immune response (e.g., humoral immune response) against a toxin produced by another C. difficile strain that is different from the strain from which the composition is derived. For example, the immunogenic compositions (e.g., derived from C. difficile 630) described herein may elicit cross-reactive antibodies that can bind to toxins produced by multiple strains of C. difficile (e.g., toxins produced by C. difficile R20291 and VPI10463). See, for example, Example 37. Cross-reactivity is indicative of the cross-protection potential of the bacterial immunogen, and vice versa.


The term “cross-protective” as used herein refers to the ability of the immune response induced by an immunogenic composition to prevent or attenuate infection by a different bacterial strain or species of the same genus. For example, an immunogenic composition (e.g., derived from C. difficile 630) described herein may induce an effective immune response in a mammal to attenuate a C. difficile infection and/or to attenuate a C. difficile disease caused by a strain other than 630 (e.g., C. difficile R20291) in the mammal.


Exemplary mammals in which the immunogenic composition or immunogen elicits an immune response include any mammals, such as, for example, mice, hamsters, primates, and humans. In a preferred embodiment, the immunogenic composition or immunogen elicits an immune response in a human to which the composition is administered.


As described above, toxin A (TcdA) and toxin B (TcdB) are homologous glucosyltransferases that inactivate small GTPases of the Rho/Rac/Ras family. The action of TcdA and TcdB on mammalian target cells depends on a multistep mechanism of receptor-mediated endocytosis, membrane translocation, autoproteolytic processing, and monoglucosylation of GTPases. Many of these functional activities have been ascribed to discrete regions within the primary sequence of the toxins, and the toxins have been imaged to show that these molecules are similar in structure.


The wild-type gene for TcdA has about 8130 nucleotides that encode a protein having a deduced molecular weight of about 308-kDa, having about 2710 amino acids. As used herein, a wild-type C. difficile TcdA includes a C. difficile TcdA from any wild-type C. difficile strain. A wild-type C. difficile TcdA may include a wild-type C. difficile TcdA amino acid sequence having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1 (full length) when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights.


In a preferred embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile TcdA includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain 630 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number YP_001087137.1 and/or CAJ67494.1). C. difficile strain 630 is known in the art as being a PCR-ribotype 012 strain. SEQ ID NO: 9 describes the wild-type gene for TcdA from C. difficile strain 630, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number NC_009089.1.


Another example of a wild-type C. difficile TcdA includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 15, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain R20291 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number YP_003217088.1). C. difficile strain R20291 is known in the art as being a hypervirulent strain and a PCR-ribotype 027 strain. The amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain R20291 has about 98% identity to SEQ ID NO:1. SEQ ID NO: 16 describes the wild-type gene for TcdA from C. difficile strain R20291, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number NC_013316.1.


An additional example of a wild-type C. difficile TcdA includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 17, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain CD196 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number CBA61156.1). CD196 is a strain from a recent Canadian outbreak, and it is known in the art as a PCR-ribotype 027 strain. The amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain CD196 has about 98% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1, and has about 100% identity to TcdA from C. difficile strain R20291. SEQ ID NO: 18 describes the wild-type gene for TcdA from C. difficile strain CD196, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number FN538970.1.


Further examples of an amino acid sequence for a wild-type C. difficile TcdA include SEQ ID NO: 19, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain VPI10463 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number CAA63564.1). The amino acid sequence for TcdA from C. difficile strain VPI10463 has about 100% (99.8%) identity to SEQ ID NO: 1. SEQ ID NO: 20 describes the wild-type gene for TcdA from C. difficile strain VPI10463, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number X92982.1.


Additional examples of a wild-type C. difficile TcdA include TcdA from wild-type C. difficile strains obtainable from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Atlanta, GA). The inventors discovered that the amino acid sequence of TcdA from wild-type C. difficile strains obtainable from the CDC include at least about 99.3% to 100% identity, when optimally aligned, to amino acid residues 1 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 1 (TcdA from C. difficile 630). See Table 1.


The inventors also discovered that the amino acid sequence of TcdA from wild-type C. difficile strains may include at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, to about 100% identity, when optimally aligned (e.g., when full, length sequences are optimally aligned) to SEQ ID NO: 1.


Table 1: wild-type C. difficile strains obtained from CDC and the percent identity of amino acid residues 1-821 of TcdA from the respective wild-type C. difficile strain to amino acid residues 1-821 of SEQ ID NO: 1, when optimally aligned.









TABLE 1







Wild-type C. difficile Strains from CDC











C. difficile

Approximate % Amino Acid Identity



Strain ID
to Residues 1-821 of SEQ ID NO: 1













2004111
100



2004118
99.6



2004205
100



2004206
100



2005325
99.3



2005359
99.6



2006017
100



2007070
100



2007302
100



2007816
99.3



2007838
99.6



2007886
99.6



2008222
100



2009078
100



2009087
100



2009141
100



2009292
99.6









Accordingly, in one embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile TcdA amino acid sequence includes a sequence of at least about 500, 600, 700, or 800 contiguous residues, which has at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99%, or most preferably about 100% identity to a sequence of equal length between residues 1 to 900 of SEQ ID NO: 1 when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. Examples include strains described above (e.g., R20291, CD196, etc) and those listed in Table 1.


In another embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile TcdA amino acid sequence includes a sequence having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, preferably about 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 87-109 when optimally aligned. See Table 1-a.









TABLE 1-a







Wild-type C. difficile Strains









C. difficile Strain ID

Toxin A, SEQ ID NO:











2004013
SEQ ID NO: 87


2004111
SEQ ID NO: 88


2004118
SEQ ID NO: 89


2004205
SEQ ID NO: 90


2004206
SEQ ID NO: 91


2005022
SEQ ID NO: 92


2005088
SEQ ID NO: 93


2005283
SEQ ID NO: 94


2005325
SEQ ID NO: 95


2005359
SEQ ID NO: 96


2006017
SEQ ID NO: 97


2006376
N/A


2007070
SEQ ID NO: 98


2007217
SEQ ID NO: 99


2007302
SEQ ID NO: 100


2007816
SEQ ID NO: 101


2007838
SEQ ID NO: 102


2007858
SEQ ID NO: 103


2007886
SEQ ID NO: 104


2008222
SEQ ID NO: 105


2009078
SEQ ID NO: 106


2009087
SEQ ID NO: 107


2009141
SEQ ID NO: 108


2009292
SEQ ID NO: 109


001
SEQ ID NO: 148


002
SEQ ID NO: 149


003
SEQ ID NO: 150


012 (004)
SEQ ID NO: 151


014
SEQ ID NO: 134


015
SEQ ID NO: 135


017



020
SEQ ID NO: 136


023
SEQ ID NO: 137


027
SEQ ID NO: 138


029
SEQ ID NO: 139


046
SEQ ID NO: 140


053
SEQ ID NO: 168


059
SEQ ID NO: 178


070
SEQ ID NO: 152


075
SEQ ID NO: 153


077
SEQ ID NO: 154


078
SEQ ID NO: 169


081
SEQ ID NO: 155


087
SEQ ID NO: 170


095
SEQ ID NO: 171


106
SEQ ID NO: 180


117
SEQ ID NO: 156


126
SEQ ID NO: 172


131
SEQ ID NO: 157


SE844
SEQ ID NO: 196


12087
SEQ ID NO: 197


K14
SEQ ID NO: 198


BI6
SEQ ID NO: 199


BI17
SEQ ID NO: 200


CH6230
SEQ ID NO: 201


SE881
SEQ ID NO: 202









The wild-type gene for TcdB has about 7098 nucleotides that encode a protein with a deduced molecular weight of about 270 kDa, having about 2366 amino acids. As used herein, a wild-type C. difficile TcdB includes a C. difficile TcdB from any wild-type C. difficile strain. A wild-type C. difficile TcdB may include a wild-type amino acid sequence having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. In a preferred embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile TcdB includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 2, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain 630 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number YP_001087135.1 and/or CAJ67492). SEQ ID NO: 10 describes the wild-type gene for TcdB from C. difficile strain 630, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number NC_009089.1.


Another example of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 21, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain R20291 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number YP_003217086.1 and/or CBE02479.1). The amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain R20291 has about 92% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2. SEQ ID NO: 22 describes the wild-type gene for TcdB from C. difficile strain R20291, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number NC_013316.1.


An additional example of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB includes an amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 23, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain CD196 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number YP_003213639.1 and/or CBA61153.1). SEQ ID NO: 24 describes the wild-type gene for TcdB from C. difficile strain CD196, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number NC_013315.1. The amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain CD196 has about 92% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2.


Further examples of an amino acid sequence for a wild-type C. difficile TcdB include SEQ ID NO: 25, which describes the wild-type amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain VPI10463 (also disclosed in GenBank accession number P18177 and/or CAA37298). The amino acid sequence for TcdB from C. difficile strain VPI10463 has 100% identity to SEQ ID NO: 2. SEQ ID NO: 26 describes the wild-type gene for TcdB from C. difficile strain VPI10463, which is also disclosed in GenBank accession number X53138.1.


Additional examples of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB include TcdB from wild-type C. difficile strains obtainable from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC, Atlanta, GA). The inventors discovered that the amino acid sequence of TcdB from wild-type C. difficile strains obtainable from the CDC include at least about 96% to 100% identity, when optimally aligned, to amino acid residue 1 to 821 of SEQ ID NO: 2 (TcdB from C. difficile 630). See Table 2.


Table 2: wild-type C. difficile strains obtained from CDC and the % identity of amino acid residues 1-821 of TcdB from the respective wild-type C. difficile strain to amino acid residues 1-821 of SEQ ID NO: 2, when optimally aligned.









TABLE 2







Wild-type C. difficile Strains from CDC











C. difficile

Approximate % Amino Acid Identity



Strain ID
to Residues 1-821 of SEQ ID NO: 2













2004013
96.0



2004111
100



2004118
96.0



2004206
100



2005022
100



2005325
96.7



2007302
100



2007816
96.7



2008222
100



2009078
100



2009087
100



2009141
100









Accordingly, in one embodiment, a wild-type C. difficile TcdB amino acid sequence includes a sequence of at least about 500, 600, 700, or 800 contiguous residues, which has at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, preferably about 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to a sequence of equal length between residues 1 to 900 of SEQ ID NO: 2 when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. Examples include strains described above (e.g., R20291, CD196, etc) and those listed in Table 2.


In another embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile TcdB amino acid sequence includes a sequence having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, preferably about 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any sequence selected from SEQ ID NOs: 110-133 when optimally aligned. See Table 2-a.









TABLE 2-a







Wild-type C. difficile Strains









C. difficile Strain ID

Toxin B, SEQ ID NO:











2004013
SEQ ID NO: 110


2004111
SEQ ID NO: 111


2004118
SEQ ID NO: 112


2004205
SEQ ID NO: 113


2004206
SEQ ID NO: 114


2005022
SEQ ID NO: 115


2005088
SEQ ID NO: 116


2005283
SEQ ID NO: 117


2005325
SEQ ID NO: 118


2005359
SEQ ID NO: 119


2006017
SEQ ID NO: 120


2006376
SEQ ID NO: 121


2007070
SEQ ID NO: 122


2007217
SEQ ID NO: 123


2007302
SEQ ID NO: 124


2007816
SEQ ID NO: 125


2007838
SEQ ID NO: 126


2007858
SEQ ID NO: 127


2007886
SEQ ID NO: 128


2008222
SEQ ID NO: 129


2009078
SEQ ID NO: 130


2009087
SEQ ID NO: 131


2009141
SEQ ID NO: 132


2009292
SEQ ID NO: 133


001
SEQ ID NO: 158


002
SEQ ID NO: 159


003
SEQ ID NO: 160


012 (004)
SEQ ID NO: 161


014
SEQ ID NO: 141


015
SEQ ID NO: 142


017
SEQ ID NO: 182


020
SEQ ID NO: 143


023
SEQ ID NO: 144


027
SEQ ID NO: 145


029
SEQ ID NO: 146


046
SEQ ID NO: 147


053
SEQ ID NO: 173


059
SEQ ID NO: 179


070
SEQ ID NO: 162


075
SEQ ID NO: 163


077
SEQ ID NO: 164


078
SEQ ID NO: 174


081
SEQ ID NO: 165


087
SEQ ID NO: 175


095
SEQ ID NO: 176


106
SEQ ID NO: 181


117
SEQ ID NO: 166


126
SEQ ID NO: 177


131
SEQ ID NO: 167









The genes for toxins A and B (tcdA and tcdB) are part of a 19.6-kb genetic locus (the pathogenicity locus, PaLoc) that includes 3 additional small open-reading frames (ORFs), tcdD, tcdE, and tcdC, and may be considered useful for virulence. The PaLoc is known to be stable and conserved in toxigenic strains. It is present at the same chromosomal integration site in all toxigenic strains that have been analyzed to date. In nontoxigenic strains, the pathogenicity locus (PaLoc) is not present. Accordingly, a characteristic of the wild-type C. difficile strains described herein is the presence of a pathogenicity locus. Another preferred characteristic of the wild-type C. difficile strains described herein is the production of both TcdA and TcdB.


In one embodiment, the wild-type C. difficile strain is a strain having a pathogenicity locus that is at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identical to that of C. difficile 630 or VPI10463. The total pathogenicity locus sequence of C. difficile VPI10463, is registered at the EMBL database with the sequence accession number X92982, also shown in SEQ ID NO: 26. Strains in which the PaLoc is identical to that of the reference strain VPI10463 are referred to as toxinotype 0. Strains of toxinotypes I-VII, IX, XII-XV, and XVIII-XXIV produce both TcdA and TcdB despite variations in their toxin genes.


At the N-terminus of the toxins, the glucosyltransferase domain is located. The glucosyltransferase activity of the toxins is associated with the cytotoxic function of the toxins. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, the glucosyltransferase activity in both toxins is believed to catalyze the monoglucosylation of small GTP-binding proteins in the Rho/Rac/Ras superfamily. After glucosylation of these GTP binding proteins, cellular physiology is modified dramatically, resulting in a loss of structural integrity and disruption of essential signaling pathways of the host cells infected by the toxins. The Asp-Xaa-Asp (DXD) motif, which is involved with manganese, uridine diphosphate (UDP), and glucose binding, is a typical characteristic for the glucosyltransferase domain. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, it is believed that residues critical for catalytic activity, such as the DXD motif, do not vary between a TcdB from a known “historical” strain, such as 630, and a TcdB from a hypervirulent strain, such as R20291. The DXD motif is located at residues 285 to 287 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1, and at residues 286 to 288 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2.


Global alignment algorithms (e.g., sequence analysis programs) are known in the art and may be used to optimally align two or more amino acid toxin sequences to determine if the toxin includes a particular signature motif (e.g., DXD in the glucosyltransferase domain, DHC in the cysteine protease domain described below, etc.). The optimally aligned sequence(s) are compared to a respective reference sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:1 for TcdA or SEQ ID NO: 2 for TcdB) to determine the existence of the signature motif. “Optimal alignment” refers to an alignment giving the highest percent identity score. Such alignment can be performed using known sequence analysis programs. In one embodiment, a CLUSTAL alignment (such as CLUSTALW) under default parameters is used to identify suitable wild-type toxins by comparing the query sequence against the reference sequence. The relative numbering of the conserved amino acid residues is based on the residue numbering of the reference amino acid sequence to account for small insertions or deletions (for example, five amino acids of less) within the aligned sequence.


As used herein, the term “according to the numbering of” refers to the numbering of the residues of a reference sequence when the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence is compared to the reference sequence. In other words, the number or residue position of a given polymer is designated with respect to the reference sequence rather than by the actual numerical position of the residue within the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence.


For example, a given amino acid sequence, such as that of a hypervirulent wild-type C. difficile strain, can be aligned to a reference sequence (e.g., such as that of a historical wild-type C. difficile strain, e.g., 630) by introducing gaps, if necessary, to optimize residue matches between the two sequences. In these cases, although the gaps are present, the numbering of the residue in the given amino acid or polynucleotide sequence is made with respect to the reference sequence to which it has been aligned. As used herein, a “reference sequence” refers to a defined sequence used as a basis for a sequence comparison.


Unless stated otherwise, all references herein to amino acid positions of a TcdA refer to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. Unless stated otherwise, all references herein to amino acid positions of a TcdB refer to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2.


The glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA, as used herein, may begin at exemplary residue 1, 101, or 102, and may end at exemplary residue 542, 516, or 293 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdA, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1. Any minimum residue position may be combined with a maximum residue position between residues 1 and 542 of TcdA to define a sequence for the glucosyltransferase domain as long as the DXD motif region is included. For example, in one embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA includes SEQ ID NO: 27, which is identical to residues 101-293 of SEQ ID NO: 1, and it includes the DXD motif region. In another embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA includes SEQ ID NO: 28, which is identical to residues 1-542 of SEQ ID NO: 1.


The glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB, as used herein, may begin at exemplary residue 1, 101, or 102, and may end at exemplary residue 543, 516, or 293 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2. Any minimum residue position may be combined with a maximum residue position between residues 1 and 543 of TcdB to define a sequence for the glucosyltransferase domain as long as the DXD motif region is included. For example, in one embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB includes SEQ ID NO: 29, which is identical to residues 101-293 of SEQ ID NO: 2, and it includes the DXD motif region. In another embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB includes SEQ ID NO: 30, which is identical to residues 1-543 of SEQ ID NO: 2.


Without being bound to theory or mechanism, it is believed that the N-terminus of TcdA and/or TcdB is cleaved by an autoproteolytic process for the glucosyltransferase domain to be translocated and released into the host cell cytosol, where it can interact with Rac/Ras/Rho GTPases. Wild-type C. difficile TcdA has been shown to be cleaved between L542 and S543. Wild-type C. difficile TcdB has been shown to be cleaved between L543 and G544.


The cysteine protease domain is associated with the autocatalytic proteolytic activity of the toxin. The cysteine protease domain is located downstream of the glucosyltransferase domain and may be characterized by the catalytic triad aspartate, histidine, and cysteine (DHC), e.g., D589, H655, and 0700 of a wild-type TcdA, and D587, H653, and 0698 of a wild-type TcdB. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, it is believed that the catalytic triad is conserved between a toxin from a “historical” strain, such as 630, and a TcdB from a hypervirulent strain, such as R20291.


The cysteine protease domain of TcdA, as used herein, may begin at exemplary residue 543, and may end at exemplary residue 809 769, 768, or 767 of a wild-type TcdA, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1. Any minimum residue position may be combined with a maximum residue position between 543 and 809 of a wild-type TcdA to define a sequence for the cysteine protease domain as long as the catalytic triad DHC motif region is included. For example, in one embodiment, the cysteine protease domain of TcdA includes SEQ ID NO: 32, which has the DHC motif region located at residues 47, 113, and 158 of SEQ ID NO: 32, which respectively correspond to D589, H655, and C700 of a wild-type TcdA according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. SEQ ID NO: 32 is identical to residues 543 to 809 of SEQ ID NO: 1, TcdA.


The cysteine protease domain of TcdB, as used herein, may begin at exemplary residue 544, and may end at exemplary residue 801, 767, 755, or 700 of a wild-type TcdB, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2. Any minimum residue position may be combined with a maximum residue position between 544 and 801 of a wild-type TcdB to define a sequence for the cysteine protease domain as long as the catalytic triad DHC motif region is included. For example, in one embodiment, the cysteine protease domain of TcdB includes SEQ ID NO: 33, which includes the DHC motif region located at residues 44, 110, and 115 of SEQ ID NO: 33, which respectively correspond to D587, H653, and C698 of a wild-type TcdB according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. SEQ ID NO: 33 is identical to residues 544 to 767 of SEQ ID NO: 2, TcdB. In another embodiment, the cysteine protease domain of TcdB includes residues 544-801 of SEQ ID NO: 2, TcdB.


Mutant Toxin


In the present invention, the immunogenic composition includes a mutant C. difficile toxin. The term “mutant,” as used herein, refers to a molecule that exhibits a structure or sequence that differs from the corresponding wild-type structure or sequence, e.g., by having crosslinks as compared to the corresponding wild-type structure and/or by having at least one mutation, as compared to the corresponding wild-type sequence when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. The term “mutant” as used herein further includes a molecule that exhibits a functional property (e.g., abrogated glucosyltransferase and/or abrogated cysteine protease activity) that differs from the corresponding wild-type molecule.


A C. difficile toxin from any of the wild-type strains described above may be used as a source from which a mutant C. difficile toxin is produced. Preferably, C. difficile 630 is the source from which a mutant C. difficile toxin is produced.


The mutation may involve a substitution, deletion, truncation or modification of the wild type amino acid residue normally located at that position. Preferably, the mutation is a non-conservative amino acid substitution. The present invention also contemplates isolated polynucleotides that include nucleic acid sequences encoding any of the mutant toxins described herein.


A “non-conservative” amino acid substitution, as used herein, refers to an exchange of an amino acid from one class for an amino acid from another class, according to the following Table 3:









TABLE 3







Amino Acid Classes








Class
Amino acid





Nonpolar:
Ala (A), Val (V), Leu (L), Ile (I), Pro (P),



Met (M), Phe (F), Trp (W)


Uncharged polar:
Gly (G), Ser (S), Thr (T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y),



Asn (N), Gln (Q)


Acidic:
Asp (D), Glu (E)


Basic:
Lys (K), Arg (R), His (H)









Examples of a non-conservative amino acid substitution include a substitution wherein an aspartic acid residue (Asp, D) is replaced by an alanine residue (Ala, A). Other examples include replacing an aspartic acid residue (Asp, D) with an asparagine residue (Asn, N); replacing an arginine (Arg, R), glutamic acid (Glu, E), lysine (Lys, K), and/or histidine (His, H) residue with an alanine residue (Ala, A).


A conservative substitution refers to an exchange between amino acids from the same class, for example, according to Table 3.


The mutant toxins of the invention may be prepared by techniques known in the art for preparing mutations, such as, for example, site-directed mutagenesis, mutagenesis using a mutagen (e.g., UV light), etc. Preferably, site-directed mutagenesis is used. Alternatively, a nucleic acid molecule having an objective sequence may be directly synthesized. Such chemical synthesis methods are known in the art.


In the present invention, the mutant C. difficile toxin includes at least one mutation in a glucosyltransferase domain, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. In one embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain includes at least two mutations. Preferably, the mutation decreases or abrogates glucosyltransferase enzyme activity of the toxin, as compared to the glucosyltransferase enzyme activity of the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin.


Exemplary amino acid residues in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA that may undergo a mutation include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: W101, D269, R272, D285, D287, E460, R462, S541, and L542, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. Further exemplary amino acid residues that may undergo a mutation include E514, S517, and W519, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1.


Exemplary mutations in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: W101A, D269A, R272A, D285A, D287A, E460A, R462A, S541A, and L542G, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA. In a preferred embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA includes a L542G mutation, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA. In another preferred embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA includes a D285A and a D287A mutation, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA.


Exemplary amino acid residues in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB that may undergo a mutation include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: W102, D270, R273, D286, D288, N384, D461, K463, W520, and L543, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile toxin B, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. Further exemplary amino acid residues that may undergo a mutation include E515, S518, and W520, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile toxin B, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2.


Exemplary mutations in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: W102A, D270A, D270N, R273A, D286A, D288A, N384A, D461A, D461R, K463A, K463E, W520A, and L543A, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB. In a preferred embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB includes a L543A, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB. In another preferred embodiment, the glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB includes a D286A and a D288A mutation, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB.


Any of the mutations described herein above may be combined with a mutation in a cysteine protease domain. In the present invention, the mutant C. difficile toxin includes at least one mutation in a cysteine protease domain, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. Preferably, the mutation decreases or abrogates cysteine protease activity of the toxin, as compared to the cysteine protease activity of the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin.


Exemplary amino acid residues in a cysteine protease domain of TcdA that may undergo a mutation include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: S543, D589, H655, and C700, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. Exemplary mutations in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdA include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: S543A, D589A, D589N, H655A, C700A, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA. In a preferred embodiment, the cysteine protease domain of TcdA includes a C700A mutation, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdA.


Exemplary amino acid residues in a cysteine protease domain of TcdB that may undergo a mutation include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: G544, D587, H653, and C698, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. Exemplary mutations in a glucosyltransferase domain of TcdB include at least one of the following, or any combination thereof: G544A, D587A, D587N, H653A, C698A, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB. In a preferred embodiment, the cysteine protease domain of TcdB includes a C698A mutation, as compared to a wild-type C. difficile TcdB. Additional amino acid residues in a cysteine protease domain of TcdB that may undergo a mutation include: K600 and/or R751, as compared to a wild-type TcdB. Exemplary mutations include K600E and/or R751E.


Accordingly, the inventive mutant C. difficile toxin includes a glucosyltransferase domain having a mutation and a cysteine protease domain having a mutation, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes at least one mutation in the glucosyltransferase domain and at least one mutation in the cysteine protease domain. In a preferred embodiment, a mutant toxin A includes at least a D285, D287, and C700 mutation. In a preferred embodiment, a mutant toxin B includes at least a D286, D288, and C698 mutation. The mutant toxins may include any further mutation, individually or in combination, described herein.


An exemplary mutant C. difficile TcdA includes a glucosyltransferase domain including SEQ ID NO: 29 having an amino acid substitution at positions 285 and 287, and a cysteine protease domain comprising SEQ ID NO: 32 having an amino acid substitution at position 158, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin A. For example, such a mutant C. difficile TcdA includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, wherein the initial methionine is optionally not present. In another embodiment, the mutant C. difficile toxin A includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 84.


Further examples of a mutant C. difficile toxin A include the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 7, which has a D269A, R272A, D285A, D287A, E460A, R462A, and C700A mutation, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein the initial methionine is optionally not present. In another embodiment, the mutant C. difficile toxin A includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 83.


Another exemplary mutant TcdA includes SEQ ID NO: 34, wherein the residue at positions 101, 269, 272, 285, 287, 460, 462, 541, 542, 543, 589, 655, and 700 may be any amino acid.


In some embodiments, the mutant C. difficile toxin exhibits decreased or abrogated autoproteolytic processing as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. For example, a mutant C. difficile TcdA may include a mutation at one of the following residues, or any combination thereof: S541, L542 and/or S543, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdA. Preferably, the mutant C. difficile TcdA includes at least one of the following mutations, or any combination thereof: S541A, L542G, and S543A, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdA.


Another exemplary mutant C. difficile TcdA includes a S541A, L542, S543 and C700 mutation, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdA.


An exemplary mutant C. difficile toxin B includes a glucosyltransferase domain comprising SEQ ID NO: 31 having an amino acid substitution at positions 286 and 288, and a cysteine protease domain comprising SEQ ID NO: 33 having an amino acid substitution at position 155, relative to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin B. For example, such a mutant C. difficile TcdB includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the initial methionine is optionally not present. In another embodiment, the mutant C. difficile toxin A includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 86.


Further examples of a mutant C. difficile TcdB include the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8, which has a D270A, R273A, D286A, D288A, D461A, K463A, and C698A mutation, as compared to SEQ ID NO: 2. SEQ ID NO: 8 wherein the initial methionine is optionally not present. In another embodiment, the mutant C. difficile toxin A includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 85.


Another exemplary mutant TcdB includes SEQ ID NO: 35, wherein the residue at positions 101, 269, 272, 285, 287, 460, 462, 541, 542, 543, 589, 655, and 700 may be any amino acid.


As another example, a mutant C. difficile TcdB may include a mutation at positions 543 and/or 544, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdB. Preferably, the mutant C. difficile TcdB includes a L543 and/or G544 mutation, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdB. More preferably, the mutant C. difficile TcdB includes a L543G and/or G544A mutation, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdB.


Another exemplary mutant C. difficile TcdB includes a L543G, G544A and 0698 mutation, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile TcdB.


In one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide having a mutation at any position from amino acid residue 1 to 1500 according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2, to define an exemplary mutant C. difficile toxin B. For example, in one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes a mutation between amino acids residues 830 and 990 of SEQ ID NO: 2. Exemplary positions for mutations include positions 970 and 976 according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. Preferably, the mutation between residues 830 and 990 is a substitution. In one embodiment, the mutation is a non-conservative substitution wherein an Asp (D) and/or a Glu (E) amino acid residue is replaced by an amino acid residue that is not neutralized upon acidification, such as, for example, lysine (K), arginine (R), and histidine (H). Exemplary mutations include: E970K, E970R, E970H, E976K, E976R, E976H of SEQ ID NO: 2, to define a mutant C. difficile toxin B.


In one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes the following substitutions D286A/D288A/C698A/E970K/E976K (SEQ ID NO: 184). E970 and E976 are conserved in toxin B from all C. difficile strains observed (see Table 2-a, SEQ ID NOs: 110-133), except in ribotype 078 and ribotype 126 strains (see Table 38 and Table 40). In toxin B from ribotype 078 and ribotype 126 strains, there is a glycine-970 (G970) instead of glutamate-970. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes a mutation at G970 and E976, such as, for example, G970K and E976K. The mutant toxins described above and herein may exhibit reduced cytotoxicity as compared to the corresponding wild-type toxin. See Examples 8 and 15).


In another aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide having a mutation at any position from amino acid residue 1 to 1500 according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1, to define an exemplary mutant C. difficile toxin A. For example, in one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes a mutation between amino acids residues 832 and 992 of SEQ ID NO: 1. Exemplary positions for mutations include positions 972 and 978 according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. Preferably, the mutation between residues 832 and 992 is a substitution. In one embodiment, the mutation is a non-conservative substitution wherein an Asp (D) and/or a Glu (E) amino acid residue is replaced by an amino acid residue that is not neutralized upon acidification, such as, for example, lysine (K), arginine (R), and histidine (H). Exemplary mutations include: D972K, D972R, D972H, D978K, D978R, D978H of SEQ ID NO: 1, to define a mutant C. difficile toxin A.


In one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes the following substitutions D285A/D287A/C700A/D972K/D978K (SEQ ID NO: 183). D972 and D978 residues are conserved in toxin A from all C. difficile strains assessed (see Table 1-a, SEQ ID NOs: 87-109). The mutant toxins described above and herein may exhibit reduced cytotoxicity as compared to the corresponding wild-type toxin.


The following describes additional exemplary mutant toxins. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes (i) SEQ ID NO: 185 (ii) a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:185 having at least 90%, 92%, 93%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:185; or (iii) a fragment of at least 250, 280 or 300 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:185. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes (iv) SEQ ID NO:186; (v) a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:186 having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:186; or (vi) a fragment of at least 250, 280 or 300 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:186.


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA consists of less than 600, 675, 650, 625, 600, 575, 550, 525, 500, 475, 450, 425, 400, 375, 350, 325, 300, 275, 250, or 225 amino acids. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin consists of less than 800, 775, 750, 725, 700, 675, 650, 625, 600, 575, 550, or 525 amino acids. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes at least 200, 225, 250, 270, 280, 300 or 310 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:185 or at least 200, 225, 250, 270, 280, 300 or 310 amino acids of a polypeptide having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:185. In one embodiment the mutant toxin includes at least 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600 or 610 amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 186 or at least 400, 425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600 or 610 amino acids of a polypeptide having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 95%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:186.


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes a fusion protein that includes A) (i) SEQ ID NO:185 (ii) a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:185 having at least 90%, 92%, 93%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:185; or (iii) a fragment of at least 250, 280 or 300 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:185 fused to B) (iv) SEQ ID NO:186; (v) a polypeptide of SEQ ID NO:186 having at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 95%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to SEQ ID NO:186; or (vi) a fragment of at least 250, 280 or 300 amino acids of SEQ ID NO:186. In a further embodiment the N-terminus of SEQ ID NO: 185 is adjacent to the C-terminus of SEQ ID NO: 186. In a further embodiment the N-terminus of SEQ ID NO: 185 is adjacent to the N-terminus of SEQ ID NO: 186. In a further embodiment the C-terminus of SEQ ID NO:185 is adjacent to the C-terminus of SEQ ID NO:186. Further examples of a mutant toxin include a polypeptide having any one of the following amino acid sequences SEQ ID NO: 187, SEQ ID NO: 188, SEQ ID NO: 189, SEQ ID NO: 190, SEQ ID NO: 191, SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 193, SEQ ID NO: 194, and SEQ ID NO: 195.


In another embodiment, the mutant toxin includes a fusion and/or hybrid polypeptide that includes any combination of amino acid sequences selected from any of the following: SEQ ID NO: 223, SEQ ID NO: 224, SEQ ID NO: 225, SEQ ID NO: 226, SEQ ID NO: 227, SEQ ID NO: 228, SEQ ID NO: 229, SEQ ID NO: 230, SEQ ID NO: 231, SEQ ID NO: 232, SEQ ID NO: 233, SEQ ID NO: 234, SEQ ID NO: 235, SEQ ID NO: 236. SEQ ID NO: 237, SEQ ID NO: 238, SEQ ID NO: 239, SEQ ID NO: 240, SEQ ID NO: 241, SEQ ID NO: 242, and SEQ ID NO: 243. For example, in one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes an amino acid sequence as set forth in any one of the following: SEQ ID NO: 254, SEQ ID NO: 270, SEQ ID NO: 271, SEQ ID NO: 272, SEQ ID NO: 273, SEQ ID NO: 274, or SEQ ID NO: 275.


Another example of a mutant toxin includes a fragment of a wild-type toxin. A “fragment” mutant toxin TcdA as used herein refers to a peptide sequence that has less consecutive amino acids total than the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin TcdA sequence, e.g., a sequence that includes less than 2710 consecutive amino acids total. The fragment mutant toxin TcdA may further include a mutation of an amino acid residue as described herein. A “fragment” mutant toxin TcdB as used herein refers to a peptide sequence that has less consecutive amino acids total than the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin TcdB sequence, e.g., a sequence that includes less than 2366 consecutive amino acids total. The fragment mutant toxin TcdB may further include a mutation of an amino acid residue as described herein. Such exemplary mutant toxin sequences include SEQ ID NO: 28, SEQ ID NO: 29, SEQ ID NO: 30, SEQ ID NO: 31, SEQ ID NO: 32, SEQ ID NO: 33. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes at least 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, or 2000 consecutive amino acids of a wild-type mutant toxin A, as described herein, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1. In another embodiment, a mutant toxin includes a fragment of a genetically mutated toxin A described herein. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes at least 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, or 2000 consecutive amino acids of a wild-type mutant toxin B, as described herein, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2. In another embodiment, a mutant toxin includes a fragment of a genetically mutated toxin B described herein. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes at most 3000, 2710, 2500, 2400, 2366, 2000, 1900, 1800, 1700, 1600, 1500, 1400, 1300, 1200, 1100, 1000, 900, 800, 700, 600, 500, 400, or 300 consecutive amino acids. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin is fused to at least one other peptide or at least one other mutant toxin a manner that results in the production of a hybrid molecule.


Additional exemplary fragment mutant toxin TcdA includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 374 through SEQ ID NO: 421. Further exemplary fragment mutant toxin TcdA includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 472 through SEQ ID NO: 519. Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdB includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 422 through SEQ ID NO: 471. Further exemplary fragment mutant toxin TcdB includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 568 through SEQ ID NO: 615.


The following describes further exemplary mutant toxins. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes aTcdA which includes or consists of at least 3, at least 4, or at least 5 mutations at amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of: W101, D287, E514, D285, S517, W519, and C700, e.g., according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. In additional embodiments; the TcdA mutants include or consist of at least 3, at least 4, or at least 5 mutations selected from the group consisting of: W101A, D287A, E514Q, D285A, S517A, W519A, and C700A substitutions and a W101 deletion.


Another exemplary mutant toxin TcdA includes the amino acid substitutions W101, D287A, and E514Q, e.g., according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. A further embodiment provides a TcdA protein including or consisting of the amino acid substitutions W101A, D287A, E514Q, and W519A. Another specific embodiment of the invention is a TcdA protein including or consisting of the amino acid substitutions W101A, D287A, E514Q, W519A, and C700A.


In another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes the mutations W101A, D287A, E514Q and D285A, e.g., according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes the mutations W101A, D287A, E514Q and S517A.


In another embodiment, a further mutation may be added to the mutant TcdA, e.g. a C700A mutation. In additional embodiments, up to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 further mutations may be added to any of the mutant toxin TcdA embodiments described herein.


Further examples of a mutant toxin TcdA includes the amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 203, SEQ ID NO: 204, SEQ ID NO: 205, SEQ ID NO: 206, SEQ ID NO: 207, SEQ ID NO: 208, SEQ ID NO: 209, or SEQ ID NO: 211. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO: 210. In yet another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes a mutation at positions W101, D287, E514, W519 and C700, wherein W101 is replaced with any amino acid except tryptophan, D287 is replaced with any amino acid but aspartic acid, E514 is replaced with any amino acid but glutamic acid, W519 is replaced with any amino acid but tryptophan and C700 is replaced with any amino acid but cysteine, as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 212.


Additional examples of a mutant toxin TcdA include a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at (east 99% identical to the original reference sequence (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 203, SEQ ID NO: 204, SEQ ID NO: 205, SEQ ID NO: 206, SEQ ID NO: 207, SEQ ID NO: 208, SEQ ID NO: 209, SEQ ID NO: 210, SEQ ID NO: 211 or SEQ ID NO: 212 or SEQ ID NO: 82, SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 85 or SEQ ID NO: 86).


In a further embodiment, mutant toxin TcdA includes mutations at most than 12 amino acid residues, at most than 11 amino acid residues, at most than 10 amino acid residues, at most than 9 amino acid residues, at most than 8 amino acid residues, at most than 7 amino acid residues, at most than 6 amino acid residues, at most than 5 amino acid residues, at most than 4 amino acid residues, at most than 3 amino acid residues, at most than 2 amino acid residues, or 1 amino acid residue, for example, relative to SEQ ID NO: 203, SEQ ID NO: 204, SEQ ID NO: 205, SEQ ID NO: 206, SEQ ID NO: 207, SEQ ID NO: 208, SEQ ID NO: 209, SEQ ID NO: 210, SEQ ID NO: 211 and SEQ ID NO: 212 or SEQ ID NO: 82, SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 85 or SEQ ID NO: 86.


The following describes further exemplary mutant toxins. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin is a mutant TcdB that that includes at least 3, at least 4, or at least 5 mutations at amino acid residues selected from the group consisting of: W102, D288, E515, D286, S518, W520, and C698, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes at least 3, at least 4, or at least 5 mutations selected from the group consisting of: W102A, D288A, E515Q, D286A, S518A, W520A, and C698A substitutions and a W102 deletion. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes the amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 213, SEQ ID NO: 214, SEQ ID NO: 215, SEQ ID NO: 216, SEQ ID NO: 217, SEQ ID NO: 218, SEQ ID NO: 219, SEQ ID NO: 220, or SEQ ID NO: 221. In yet another embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes a mutation at positions W102, D288, E515, W520 and C698, wherein W102 is replaced with any amino acid except tryptophan, D288 is replaced with any amino acid but aspartic acid, E515 is replaced with any amino acid but glutamic acid, W520 is replaced with any amino acid but tryptophan and C698 is replaced with any amino acid but cysteine, as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 222.


Additional examples of a mutant toxin TcdB include a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at (east 99% identical to the original reference sequence SEQ ID NO: 213, SEQ ID NO: 214, SEQ ID NO: 215, SEQ ID NO: 216, SEQ ID NO: 217, SEQ ID NO: 218, SEQ ID NO: 219, SEQ ID NO: 220, SEQ ID NO: 221, or SEQ ID NO: 222.


In a further embodiment, mutant toxin TcdB includes mutations at most than 12 amino acid residues, at most than 11 amino acid residues, at most than 10 amino acid residues, at most than 9 amino acid residues, at most than 8 amino acid residues, at most than 7 amino acid residues, at most than 6 amino acid residues, at most than 5 amino acid residues, at most than 4 amino acid residues, at most than 3 amino acid residues, at most than 2 amino acid residues, or 1 amino acid residue, for example, relative to SEQ ID NO: 213, SEQ ID NO: 214, SEQ ID NO: 215, SEQ ID NO: 216, SEQ ID NO: 217, SEQ ID NO: 218, SEQ ID NO: 219, SEQ ID NO: 220, SEQ ID NO: 221, and/or SEQ ID NO: 222.


Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdA includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 276 through SEQ ID NO: 323. Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdB includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 324 through SEQ ID NO: 373.


The following describes further exemplary mutant toxins. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes an amino acid sequence: (a) having 50% or more identity (e.g. 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 98.5%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.8%, 99.9%, or 100%) to SEQ ID NO: 224 or SEQ ID NO: 245; and/or b) that is a fragment of at least “n” consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 224 or SEQ ID NO: 245, wherein “n” is 7 or more (e.g. 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 250, 300, 400, 500, 540, or more). or of a polypeptide having 80% or more identity to SEQ ID NO: 224 or SEQ ID NO: 245 and that comprises an epitope of SEQ ID NO: 224 and/or SEQ ID NO: 245.


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 223, SEQ ID NO: 224, SEQ ID NO: 225, SEQ ID NO: 226, SEQ ID NO: 227, SEQ ID NO: 228, SEQ ID NO: 229, SEQ ID NO: 230, SEQ ID NO: 231, SEQ ID NO: 232, SEQ ID NO: 233, SEQ ID NO: 234, SEQ ID NO: 235, or SEQ ID NO: 236. Additional exemplary embodiments of a mutant toxin TcdA includes the amino acid sequence set forth in any of the following: SEQ ID NO: 244, SEQ ID NO: 245, SEQ ID NO: 250, SEQ ID NO: 251, SEQ ID NO: 252, SEQ ID NO: 253, SEQ ID NO: 254, SEQ ID NO: 255, SEQ ID NO: 256, SEQ ID NO: 257, SEQ ID NO: 258, SEQ ID NO: 259, SEQ ID NO: 260, SEQ ID NO: 261, SEQ ID NO: 262, and/or SEQ ID NO: 263.


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes an amino acid sequence (a) having 80% or more identity to SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247; and/or b) that is a fragment of at least 7 consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247, or of a polypeptide having 80% or more identity to SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247 and that comprises an epitope of SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247.


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes an amino acid sequence: (a) having 50% or more identity (e.g. 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 98.5%, 99%, 99.5%, 99.8%, 99.9%, or more) to SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247; and/or (b) that is a fragment of at least “n” consecutive amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247, or of a polypeptide having 50% or more identity to SEQ ID NO: 238 or SEQ ID NO: 247, wherein “n” is 7 or more (e.g. 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 250, 300, 400, 500, 540, or more).


In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdB includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 237, SEQ ID NO: 238, SEQ ID NO: 239, SEQ ID NO: 240, SEQ ID NO: 241, SEQ ID NO: 242, or SEQ ID NO: 243. Additional exemplary embodiments of a mutant toxin TcdB includes the amino acid sequence set forth in any of the following: SEQ ID NO: 246, SEQ ID NO: 247, SEQ ID NO: 248, SEQ ID NO: 249, SEQ ID NO: 264, SEQ ID NO: 265, SEQ ID NO: 266, SEQ ID NO: 267, SEQ ID NO: 268, and/or SEQ ID NO: 269.


Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdA includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 520 through SEQ ID NO: 567. Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdB includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 616 through SEQ ID NO: 663.


The following describes yet additional exemplary mutant toxins. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin TcdA includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 664 through SEQ ID NO: 711. Additional exemplary mutant toxin TcdB includes a polypeptide having any one of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 712 through SEQ ID NO: 761.


The polypeptides of the invention may include an initial methionine residue, in some cases as a result of a host cell-mediated process. Depending on, for example, the host cell used in a recombinant production procedure and/or the fermentation or growth conditions of the host cell, it is known in the art that the N-terminal methionine encoded by the translation initiation codon may be removed from a polypeptide after translation in cells or the N-terminal methionine may remain present in the isolated polypeptide.


Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide including the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In one embodiment, the initial methionine of SEQ ID NO: 4 is absent. In one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide including the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 84, which is identical to SEQ ID NO: 4, but for an absence of the initial methionine.


In another aspect, the isolated polypeptide includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In one embodiment, the initial methionine of SEQ ID NO: 6 is absent. In one aspect, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide including the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 86, which is identical to SEQ ID NO: 6, but for an absence of the initial methionine.


In a further aspect, the isolated polypeptide includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 7, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In one embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide including the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 83, which is identical to SEQ ID NO: 7, but for an absence of the initial methionine. In yet another aspect, the isolated polypeptide includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 8, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In one embodiment, the isolated polypeptide includes the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 85, which is identical to SEQ ID NO: 8, but for an absence of the initial methionine.


In one aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 4, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In another aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In a further aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 7, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present. In yet another aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 8, wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is optionally not present.


In another aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 83. In one aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 84. In one aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 85. In another aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 86.


Cytotoxicity


In addition to generating an immune response in a mammal, the immunogenic compositions described herein also have reduced cytotoxicity compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. Preferably, the immunogenic compositions are safe and have minimal (e.g., about a 6-8 log10 reduction) to no cytotoxicity, relative to the cytotoxicity of a respective wild-type toxin, for administration in mammals.


As used herein, the term cytotoxicity is a term understood in the art and refers to apoptotic cell death and/or a state in which one or more usual biochemical or biological functions of a cell are aberrantly compromised, as compared to an identical cell under identical conditions but in the absence of the cytotoxic agent. Toxicity can be quantitated, for example, in cells or in mammals as the amount of an agent needed to induce 50% cell death (i.e., EC50 or ED50, respectively) or by other methods known in the art.


Assays for indicating cytotoxicity are known in the art, such as cell rounding assays (see, for example, Kuehne et al. Nature. 2010 Oct. 7; 467(7316):711-3). The action of TcdA and TcdB causes cells to round (e.g., lose morphology) and die, and such a phenomenon is visible by light microscopy. See, for example, FIG. 9.


Additional exemplary cytotoxicity assays known in the art include glucosylation assays relating to phosphorimaging of Ras labeled with [14C]glucose assays (as described in Busch et al., J Biol Chem. 1998 Jul. 31; 273(31):19566-72), and preferably the in vitro cytotoxicity assay described in the Examples below wherein EC50 may refer to a concentration of an immunogenic composition that exhibits at least about 50% of cytopathogenic effect (CPE) in a cell, preferably a human diploid fibroblast cell (e.g., IMR90 cell (ATCC CCL-186™), as compared to an identical cell under identical conditions in the absence of the toxin. The in vitro cytotoxicity assay may also be used to assess the concentration of a composition that inhibits at least about 50% of a wild-type C. difficile toxin-induced cytopathogenic effect (CPE) in a cell, preferably a human diploid fibroblast cell (e.g., IMR90 cell (ATCC CCL-186™), as compared to an identical cell under identical conditions in the absence of the toxin. Additional exemplary cytotoxicity assays include those described in Doern et al., J Clin Microbiol. 1992 August; 30(8):2042-6. Cytotoxicity can also be determined by measuring ATP levels in cells treated with toxin. For example, a luciferase based substrate such as CELLTITERGLO® (Promega) may be used, which emits luminescence measured as a relative light unit (RLU). In such an assay, cell viability may be directly proportional to the amount of ATP in the cells or the RLU values.


In one embodiment, the cytotoxicity of the immunogenic composition is reduced by at least about 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000-, 6000-, 7000-, 8000-, 9000-, 10000-, 11000-, 12000-, 13000-fold, 14000-fold, 15000-fold, or more, as compared to the corresponding wild-type C. difficile toxin. See, for example, Table 31.


In another embodiment, the cytotoxicity of the immunogenic composition is reduced by at least about 2-log10, more preferably by about 3-log10, and most preferably by about 4-log10 or more, relative to the corresponding wild-type toxin under identical conditions. For example, a mutant C. difficile TcdB may have an EC50 value of about 10−9 g/ml as measured in a standard cytopathic effect assay (CPE), as compared to an exemplary wild-type C. difficile TcdB which may have an EC50 value of at least about 10−12 g/ml. See, for example, Tables 11A and 11B, 12A and 12B in the Examples section below.


In yet another embodiment, the cytotoxicity of the mutant C. difficile toxin has an EC50 of at least about 50 μg/ml, 100 μg/ml, 200 μg/ml, 300 μg/ml, 400 μg/ml, 500 μg/ml, 600 μg/ml, 700 μg/ml, 800 μg/ml, 900 μg/ml, 1000 μg/ml or greater, as measured by, for example, an in vitro cytotoxicity assay, such as one described herein. Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment, the immunogenic compositions and mutant toxins are biologically safe for administration to mammals.


Without being bound by mechanism or theory, a TcdA having a D285 and D287 mutation, as compared to a wild-type TcdA, and a TcdB having a D286 and a D288 mutation, as compared to a wild-type TcdB, were expected to be defective in glycosyltransferase activity and therefore defective in inducing a cytopathic effect. In addition, a toxin having a mutation in the DHC motif was expected to be defective in autocatalytic processing, and therefore be without any cytotoxic effects.


However, the inventors surprisingly discovered, among other things, that exemplary mutant TcdA having SEQ ID NO: 4 and exemplary mutant TcdB having SEQ ID NO: 6 unexpectedly exhibited cytotoxicity (albeit significantly reduced from wild-type C. difficile 630 toxins) despite exhibiting dysfunctional glucosyltransferase activity and dysfunctional cysteine protease activity. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, the mutant toxins are believed to effect cytotoxicity through a novel mechanism. Nevertheless, the exemplary mutant TcdA having SEQ ID NO: 4 and exemplary mutant TcdB having SEQ ID NO: 6 were surprisingly immunogenic. See Examples below.


Crosslinking


Although chemical crosslinking of a wild-type toxin has a potential to fail in inactivating the toxin, the inventors further discovered that chemically crosslinking at least one amino acid of a mutant toxin further reduced cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin, relative to an identical mutant toxin lacking chemical crosslinks, and relative to the corresponding wild-type toxin. Preferably, the mutant toxin is purified before contact with the chemical crosslinking agent.


Moreover, despite a potential of chemical crosslinking agents to alter useful epitopes, the inventors surprisingly discovered that a genetically modified mutant C. difficile toxin having at least one amino acid chemically crosslinked resulted in immunogenic compositions that elicited multiple neutralizing antibodies or binding fragments thereof. Accordingly, epitopes associated with neutralizing antibody molecules were unexpectedly retained following chemical crosslinking.


Crosslinking (also referred to as “chemical inactivation” or “inactivation” herein) is a process of chemically joining two or more molecules by a covalent bond. The terms “crosslinking reagents,” “crosslinking agents,” and “crosslinkers” refer to molecules that are capable of reacting with and/or chemically attaching to specific functional groups (primary amines, sulfhydryls, carboxyls, carbonyls, etc) on peptides, polypeptides, and/or proteins. In one embodiment, the molecule may contain two or more reactive ends that are capable of reacting with and/or chemically attaching to specific functional groups (primary amines, sulfhydryls, carboxyls, carbonyls, etc) on peptides, polypeptides, and/or proteins. Preferably, the chemical crosslinking agent is water-soluble. In another preferred embodiment, the chemical crosslinking agent is a heterobifunctional crosslinker. In another embodiment, the chemical crosslinking agent is not a bifunctional crosslinker. Chemical crosslinking agents are known in the art.


In a preferred embodiment, the crosslinking agent is a zero-length crosslinking agent. A “zero-length” crosslinker refers to a crosslinking agent that will mediate or produce a direct crosslink between functional groups of two molecules. For example, in the crosslinking of two polypeptides, a zero-length crosslinker will result in the formation of a bridge, or a crosslink between a carboxyl group from an amino acid side chain of one polypeptide, and an amino group of another polypeptide, without integrating extrinsic matter. Zero-length crosslinking agents can catalyze, for example, the formation of ester linkages between hydroxyl and carboxyl moieties, and/or the formation of amide bonds between carboxyl and primary amino moieties.


Exemplary suitable chemical crosslinking agents include formaldehyde; formalin; acetaldehyde; propionaldehyde; water-soluble carbodiimides (RN═C═NR′), which include 1-Ethyl-3-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-Carbodiimide (EDC), 1-Ethyl-3-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-Carbodiimide Hydrochloride, 1-Cyclohexyl-3-(2-morpholinyl-(4-ethyl)carbodiimide metho-p-toluenesulfonate (CMC), N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), and N,N′-diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIC), and derivatives thereof; and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS); phenylglyoxal; and/or UDP-dialdehyde.


Preferably, the crosslinking agent is EDC. When a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide is chemically modified by EDC (e.g., by contacting the polypeptide with EDC), in one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (a) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (b) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (c) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and the amino group of the N-terminus of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (d) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (e) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (f) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (g) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and the amino group of the N-terminus of a second isolated polypeptide. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes (h) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide. See, for example, FIG. 24 and FIG. 25.


The “second isolated polypeptide” refers to any isolated polypeptide that is present during the reaction with EDC. In one embodiment, the second isolated polypeptide is a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide having an identical sequence as the first isolated polypeptide. In another embodiment, the second isolated polypeptide is a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide having a different sequence from the first isolated polypeptide.


In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes at least two modifications selected from the (a)-(d) modifications. In an exemplary embodiment, the polypeptide includes (a) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide and (b) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide. In a further embodiment, the polypeptide includes at least three modifications selected from the (a)-(d) modifications. In yet a further embodiment, the polypeptide includes the (a), (b), (c), and (d) modifications.


When more than one mutant polypeptide is present during chemical modification by EDC, in one embodiment, the resulting composition includes at least one of any of the (a)-(h) modifications. In one embodiment, the composition includes at least two modifications selected from the (a)-(h) modifications. In a further embodiment, the composition includes at least three modifications selected from the (a)-(h) modifications. In yet a further embodiment, the composition includes at least four modifications selected from the (a)-(h) modifications. In another embodiment, the composition includes at least one of each of the (a)-(h) modifications.


In an exemplary embodiment, the resulting composition includes (a) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide; and (b) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide. In one embodiment, the composition further includes (c) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and the amino group of the N-terminus of the polypeptide; and (d) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide.


In another exemplary embodiment, the resulting composition includes (e) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide; (f) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide; (g) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and the amino group of the N-terminus of a second isolated polypeptide; and (h) at least one crosslink between the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide.


In a further exemplary embodiment, the resulting composition includes (a) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide; (b) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide; (e) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide; and (f) at least one crosslink between a side chain of a glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of a second isolated polypeptide.


In a preferred embodiment, the chemical crosslinking agent includes formaldehyde, more preferably, an agent including formaldehyde in the absence of lysine. Glycine or other appropriate compound with a primary amine can be used as the quencher in crosslinking reactions. Accordingly, in another preferred embodiment, the chemical agent includes formaldehyde and use of glycine.


In yet another preferred embodiment, the chemical crosslinking agent includes EDC and NHS. As is known in the art, NHS may be included in EDC coupling protocols. However, the inventors surprisingly discovered that NHS may facilitate in further decreasing cytotoxicity of the mutant C. difficile toxin, as compared to the corresponding wild-type toxin, as compared to a genetically mutated toxin, and as compared to a genetically mutated toxin that has been chemically crosslinked by EDC. See, for example, Example 22. Accordingly, without being bound by mechanism or theory, a mutant toxin polypeptide having a beta-alanine moiety linked to a side chain of at least one lysine residue of the polypeptide (e.g., resulting from a reaction of the mutant toxin polypeptide, EDC, and NHS) may facilitate in further decreasing cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin, as compared to, for example, a C. difficile toxin (wild-type or mutant) wherein a beta-alanine moiety is absent.


Use of EDC and/or NHS may also include use of glycine or other appropriate compound with a primary amine as the quencher. Any compound having a primary amine may be used as a quencher, such as, for example glycine methyl ester and alanine. In a preferred embodiment, the quencher compound is a non-polymeric hydrophilic primary amine. Examples of a non-polymeric hydrophilic primary amine include, for example, amino sugars, amino alcohols, and amino polyols. Specific examples of a non-polymeric hydrophilic primary amine include glycine, ethanolamine, glucamine, amine functionalized polyethylene glycol, and amine functionalized ethylene glycol oligomers.


In one aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide having at least one amino acid side chain chemically modified by EDC and a non-polymeric hydrophilic primary amine, preferably glycine. The resulting glycine adducts (e.g., from a reaction of triple mutant toxins treated with EDC, NHS, and quenched with glycine) may facilitate in decreasing cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin as compared to the corresponding wild-type toxin.


In one embodiment, when a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide is chemically modified by EDC and glycine, the polypeptide includes at least one modification when the polypeptide is modified by EDC (e.g., at least one of any of the (a)-(h) modifications described above), and at least one of the following exemplary modifications: (i) a glycine moiety linked to the carboxyl group at the C-terminus of the polypeptide; (j) a glycine moiety linked to a side chain of at least one aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide; and (k) a glycine moiety linked to a side chain of at least one glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide. See, for example, FIG. 24 and FIG. 25.


In one embodiment, at least one amino acid of the mutant C. difficile TcdA is chemically crosslinked and/or at least one amino acid of the mutant C. difficile TcdB is chemically crosslinked. Any of the mutant toxins described herein may be chemically crosslinked. In another embodiment, at least one amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, and/or SEQ ID NO: 8 is chemically crosslinked. In one embodiment, at least one amino acid residue of a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 through SEQ ID NO: 761 is crosslinked. In another embodiment, at least one amino acid residue of a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of any of SEQ ID NOs: 183 through SEQ ID NO: 761 includes a modification as described above, e.g., any of the (a)-(k) modifications, such as (a) at least one crosslink between a side chain of an aspartic acid residue of the polypeptide and a side chain of a lysine residue of the polypeptide.


For example, the at least one amino acid may be chemically crosslinked by an agent that includes a carbodiimide, such as EDC. Carbodiimides may form a covalent bond between free carboxyl (e.g., from the side chains of aspartic acid and/or glutamic acid) and amino groups (e.g., in the side chain of lysine residues) to form stable amide bonds.


As another example, the at least one amino acid may be chemically crosslinked by an agent that includes NHS. NHS ester-activated crosslinkers may react with primary amines (e.g., at the N-terminus of each polypeptide chain and/or in the side chain of lysine residues) to yield an amide bond.


In another embodiment, the at least one amino acid may be chemically crosslinked by an agent that includes EDC and NHS. For example, in one embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide having the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 4, wherein the methionine residue at position 1 is optionally not present, wherein the polypeptide includes at least one amino acid side chain chemically modified by EDC and NHS. In another embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide having the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the methionine residue at position 1 is optionally not present, wherein the polypeptide includes at least one amino acid side chain chemically modified by EDC and NHS. In yet another embodiment, the invention relates to an isolated polypeptide having the amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 86, SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 85, SEQ ID NO: 7, or SEQ ID NO: 8. The polypeptide is modified by contacting the polypeptide with EDC and NHS. See, for example, FIG. 24 and FIG. 25.


When a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide is chemically modified by (e.g., by contacting) EDC and NHS, in one embodiment, the polypeptide includes at least one modification when the polypeptide is modified by EDC (e.g., at least one of any of the (a)-(h) modifications described above), and (I) a beta-alanine moiety linked to a side chain of at least one lysine residue of the polypeptide.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide wherein the polypeptide includes at least one amino acid side chain chemically modified by EDC, NHS, and a non-polymeric hydrophilic primary amine, preferably glycine. In one embodiment, the polypeptide includes at least one modification when the polypeptide is modified by EDC (e.g., at least one of any of the (a)-(h) modifications described above), at least one modification when the polypeptide is modified by glycine (e.g., at least one of any of the (i)-(k) modifications described above), and (I) a beta-alanine moiety linked to a side chain of at least one lysine residue of the polypeptide. See, for example, FIG. 24 and FIG. 25.


In one aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide, wherein a side chain of at least one lysine residue of the polypeptide is linked to a beta-alanine moiety. In one embodiment, a side chain of a second lysine residue of the polypeptide is linked to a side chain of an aspartic acid residue and/or to a side chain of a glutamic acid residue. The “second” lysine residue of the polypeptide includes a lysine residue of the polypeptide that is not linked to a beta-alanine moiety. The side chain of an aspartic acid and/or the side chain of a glutamic acid to which the second lysine residue is linked may be that of the polypeptide to form an intra-molecular crosslink, or that of a second polypeptide to form an inter-molecular crosslink. In another embodiment, a side chain of at least one aspartic acid residue and/or a side chain of at least one glutamic acid residue of the polypeptide is linked to a glycine moiety. The aspartic acid residue and/or the glutamic acid residue that is linked to a glycine moiety is not also linked to a lysine residue.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a mutant C. difficile toxin wherein at least one amino acid side chain of a wild-type C. difficile toxin is chemically modified. In one embodiment, at least one amino acid side chain of a wild-type C. difficile toxin A and/or at least one amino acid side chain of a wild-type C. difficile toxin B is chemically modified by EDC. For example, in one embodiment, TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 1) and/or Tcdb (SEQ ID NO: 2) is chemically modified by EDC. In another embodiment, the wild-type toxin is chemically modified by EDC and NHS. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin includes a chemically modified wild-type toxin A, wherein the wild-type toxin A is any one described in table 1-a. In another embodiment, the mutant toxin includes a chemically modified wild-type toxin B, wherein the wild-type toxin B is any one described in table 2-a.


As yet another example of a chemically crosslinked mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide, the at least one amino acid may be chemically crosslinked by an agent that includes formaldehyde. Formaldehyde may react with the amino group of an N-terminal amino acid residue and the side-chains of arginine, cysteine, histidine, and lysine. Formaldehyde and glycine may form a Schiff-base adduct, which may attach to primary N-terminal amino groups, arginine, and tyrosine residues, and to a lesser degree asparagine, glutamine, histidine, and tryptophan residues.


A chemical crosslinking agent is said to reduce cytotoxicity of a toxin if the treated toxin has less toxicity (e.g., about 100%, 99%, 95%, 90%, 80%, 75%, 60%, 50%, 25%, or 10% less toxicity) than untreated toxin under identical conditions, as measured, for example, by an in vitro cytotoxicity assay, or by animal toxicity.


Preferably, the chemical crosslinking agent reduces cytotoxicity of the mutant C. difficile toxin by at least about a 2-log10 reduction, more preferably about a 3-log10 reduction, and most preferably about a 4-log10 or more, relative to the mutant toxin under identical conditions but in the absence of the chemical crosslinking agent. As compared to the wild-type toxin, the chemical crosslinking agent preferably reduces cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin by at least about a 5-log10 reduction, about a 6-log10 reduction, about a 7-log10 reduction, about an 8-log10 reduction, or more.


In another preferred embodiment, the chemically inactivated mutant C. difficile toxin exhibits EC50 value of greater than or at least about 50 μg/ml, 100 μg/ml, 200 μg/ml, 300 μg/ml, 400 μg/ml, 500 μg/ml, 600 μg/ml, 700 μg/ml, 800 μg/ml, 900 μg/ml, 1000 μg/ml or greater, as measured by, for example, an in vitro cytotoxicity assay, such as one described herein.


Reaction conditions for contacting the mutant toxin with the chemical crosslinking agent are within the scope of expertise of one skilled in the art, and the conditions may vary depending on the agent used. However, the inventors surprisingly discovered optimal reaction conditions for contacting a mutant C. difficile toxin polypeptide with a chemical crosslinking agent, while retaining functional epitopes and decreasing cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin, as compared to the corresponding wild-type toxin.


Preferably, the reaction conditions are selected for contacting a mutant toxin with the crosslinking agent, wherein the mutant toxin has a minimum concentration of about 0.5, 0.75, 1.0, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2.0 mg/ml to a maximum of about 3.0, 2.5, 2.0, 1.5, or 1.25 mg/ml. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a range of suitable concentrations of a mutant toxin for the reaction. Most preferably, the mutant toxin has a concentration of about 1.0-1.25 mg/ml for the reaction.


In one embodiment, the agent used in the reaction has a minimum concentration of about 1 mM, 2 mM, 3 mM, 4 mM, 5 mM, 10 mM, 15 mM, 20 mM, 30 mM, 40 mM, or 50 mM, and a maximum concentration of about 100 mM, 90 mM, 80 mM, 70 mM, 60 mM, or 50 mM. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a range of suitable concentrations of the chemical agent for the reaction.


In a preferred embodiment wherein the agent includes formaldehyde, the concentration used is preferably any concentration between about 2 mM to 80 mM, most preferably about 40 mM. In another preferred embodiment wherein the agent includes EDC, the concentration used is preferably any concentration between about 1.3 mM to about 13 mM, more preferably about 2 mM to 3 mM, most preferably about 2.6 mM. In one embodiment, the concentration of EDC is at most 5 g/L, 4 g/L, 3 g/L, 2.5 g/L, 2 g/L, 1.5 g/L, 1.0 g/L, 0.5 g/L based on the total reaction volume, preferably at most 1 g/L, more preferably at most 0.5 g/L.


Exemplary reaction times in which the mutant toxin is contacted with the chemical crosslinking agent include a minimum of about 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, or 60 hours, and a maximum of about 14 days, 12 days, 10 days, 7 days, 5 days, 3 days, 2 days, 1 day, or 12 hours, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, or 1 hour. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a range of suitable reaction times.


In a preferred embodiment, the step of contacting the mutant toxin with the chemical crosslinking agent occurs for a period of time that is sufficient to reduce cytotoxicity of the mutant C. difficile toxin to an EC50 value of at least about 1000 μg/ml in a suitable human cell, e.g., IMR-90 cells, in a standard in vitro cytotoxicity assay, as compared to an identical mutant toxin in the absence of the crosslinking agent. More preferably, the reaction step is carried out for a time that is at least twice as long, and most preferably at least three times as long or more, as the period of time sufficient to reduce the cytotoxicity of the mutant toxin to an EC50 value of at least about 1000 μg/ml in a suitable human cell. In one embodiment, the reaction time does not exceed about 168 hours (or 7 days).


For example, in one embodiment wherein the agent includes formaldehyde, the mutant toxin is preferably contacted with the agent for about 12 hours, which was shown to be an exemplary period of time that was sufficient to reduce cytotoxicity of the mutant C. difficile toxin to an EC50 value of at least about 1000 μg/ml in a suitable human cell, e.g., IMR-90 cells, in a standard in vitro cytotoxicity assay, as compared to an identical mutant toxin in the absence of the crosslinking agent. In a more preferred embodiment, the reaction is carried out for about 48 hours, which is at least about three times as long as a sufficient period of time for the reaction. In such an embodiment, the reaction time is preferably not greater than about 72 hours.


In another embodiment wherein the agent includes EDC, the mutant toxin is preferably contacted with the agent for about 0.5 hours, more preferably at least about 1 hour, or most preferably about 2 hours. In one embodiment, the mutant toxin is contacted with EDC for at most about 5 hours, preferably at most about 3 hours, more preferably at most about 2 hours. In such an embodiment, the reaction time is preferably not greater than about 6 hours.


Exemplary pH at which the mutant toxin is contacted with the chemical crosslinking agent include a minimum of about pH 5.5, 6.0, 6.5, 7.0, or 7.5, and a maximum of about pH 8.5, 8.0, 7.5, 7.0, or 6.5. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a range of suitable pH. Preferably, the reaction occurs at pH 6.5 to 7.5, preferably at pH 7.0.


Exemplary temperatures at which the mutant toxin is contacted with the chemical crosslinking agent include a minimum of about 2° C., 4° C., 10° C., 20° C., 25° C., or 37° C., and a maximum temperature of about 40° C., 37° C., 30° C., 27° C., 25° C., or 20° C. Any minimum value may be combined with any maximum value to define a range of suitable reaction temperature. Preferably, the reaction occurs at about 20° C. to 30° C., most preferably at about 25° C.


The immunogenic compositions described above may include one mutant C. difficile toxin (A or B). Accordingly, the immunogenic compositions can occupy separate vials (e.g., a separate vial for a composition including mutant C. difficile toxin A and a separate vial for a composition including mutant C. difficile toxin B) in the preparation or kit. The immunogenic compositions may be intended for simultaneous, sequential, or separate use.


In another embodiment, the immunogenic compositions described above may include both mutant C. difficile toxins (A and B). Any combination of mutant C. difficile toxin A and mutant C. difficile toxin B described may be combined for an immunogenic composition. Accordingly, the immunogenic compositions can be combined in a single vial (e.g., a single vial containing both a composition including mutant C. difficile TcdA and a composition including mutant C. difficile TcdB). Preferably, the immunogenic compositions include a mutant C. difficile TcdA and a mutant C. difficile TcdB.


For example, in one embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes SEQ ID NO: 4 and SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein at least one amino acid of each of SEQ ID NO: 4 and SEQ ID NO: 6 is chemically crosslinked. In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes a mutant C. difficile toxin A, which includes SEQ ID NO: 4 or SEQ ID NO: 7, and a mutant C. difficile toxin B, which comprises SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8, wherein at least one amino acid of each of the mutant C. difficile toxins is chemically crosslinked.


In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes any sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 84, and SEQ ID NO: 83, and any sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 86, and SEQ ID NO: 85. In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes SEQ ID NO: 84 and an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 86. In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes SEQ ID NO: 83 and an immunogenic composition including SEQ ID NO: 85. In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 86, and SEQ ID NO: 85.


In another embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes a polypeptide having any one sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 761, and a second polypeptide having any one sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 761.


It is understood that any of the inventive compositions, for example, immunogenic compositions including a mutant toxin A and/or mutant toxin B, can be combined in different ratios or amounts for therapeutic effect. For example, the mutant C. difficile TcdA and mutant C. difficile TcdB can be present in a immunogenic composition at a ratio in the range of 0.1:10 to 10:0.1, A:B. In another embodiment, for example, the mutant C. difficile TcdB and mutant C. difficile TcdA can be present in a immunogenic composition at a ratio in the range of 0.1:10 to 10:0.1, B:A. In one preferred embodiment, the ratio is such that the composition includes a greater total amount of a mutant TcdB than a total amount of mutant TcdA.


In one aspect, an immunogenic composition is capable of binding to a neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof. Preferably, the neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof is one described herein below. In one exemplary embodiment, an immunogenic composition is capable of binding to an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof, wherein the anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a variable heavy chain having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37. For example, the immunogenic composition may include a mutant C. difficile TcdA, SEQ ID NO: 4, or SEQ ID NO: 7. As another example, the immunogenic composition may include SEQ ID NO: 84 or SEQ ID NO: 83.


In another exemplary embodiment, an immunogenic composition is capable of binding to an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof, wherein the anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain of B8-26 and a variable heavy chain of B8-26. For example, the immunogenic composition may include a mutant C. difficile TcdB, SEQ ID NO: 6, or SEQ ID NO: 8. As another example, the immunogenic composition may include SEQ ID NO: 86 or SEQ ID NO: 85.


Recombinant Cell


In another aspect, the invention relates to a recombinant cell or progeny thereof. In one embodiment, the cell or progeny thereof includes a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile TcdA and/or a mutant C. difficile TcdB.


In another embodiment, the recombinant cell or progeny thereof includes a nucleic acid sequence that encodes a polypeptide having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any of SEQ ID NO: 4, SEQ ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, or SEQ ID NO: 8, when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. In one embodiment, the recombinant cell or progeny thereof includes a nucleic acid sequence that encodes a polypeptide having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any of SEQ ID NOs: 1 through SEQ ID NO: 761.


In another embodiment, the recombinant cell or progeny thereof includes a nucleic acid sequence that encodes a polypeptide having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any of SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 86, SEQ ID NO: 83, or SEQ ID NO: 85, when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights.


In an additional embodiment, the recombinant cell or progeny thereof includes nucleic acid sequence having at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to any of SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 44, SEQ ID NO: 45, SEQ ID NO: 46, or SEQ ID NO: 47, when optimally aligned, such as by the programs GAP or BESTFIT using default gap weights. The recombinant cell may be derived from any cell useful in the recombinant production of a polypeptide of the present invention, e.g., a prokaryote or a eukaryote. Preferably, the recombinant cell is derived from any cell that is suitable for expressing heterologous nucleic acid sequences greater than about 5000, 6000, preferably about 7000, and more preferably about 8000 nucleotides or more. The prokaryotic host cell may be any gram-negative or gram-positive bacterium. In exemplary embodiments, the prokaryotic host cell lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin and/or spore.


Gram-negative bacteria include, but are not limited to, Campylobacter, E. coli, Flavobacterium, Fusobacterium, Helicobacter, Ilyobacter, Neisseria, Pseudomonas, Salmonella, and Ureaplasma. For example, the recombinant cell may be derived from a Pseudomonas fluorescens cell, as described in US Patent application publication 2010013762, paragraphs [0201]-[0230], which is incorporated herein by reference.


Gram-positive bacteria include, but are not limited to, Bacillus, Clostridium, Enterococcus, Geobacillus, Lactobacillus, Lactococcus, Oceanobacillus, Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, and Streptomyces. Preferably, the cell is derived from a C. difficile cell.


The inventors identified strains of wild-type C. difficile that lack an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a C. difficile toxin. The strains lacking endogenous toxin A and B genes include the following strains, which are available through the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (Manassas, VA): C. difficile 1351 (ATCC43593™) C. difficile 3232 (ATCC BAA-1801™), C. difficile 7322 (ATCC 43601™), C. difficile 5036 (ATCC 43603™), C. difficile 4811 (ATCC 43602™), and C. difficile VPI 11186 (ATCC 700057 ™).


Accordingly, in one embodiment, the recombinant C. difficile cell is derived from a strain described herein. Preferably, the recombinant C. difficile cell or progeny thereof is derived from the group consisting of C. difficile 1351, C. difficile 5036, and C. difficile VPI 11186. More preferably, the recombinant C. difficile cell or progeny thereof is derived from a C. difficile VPI 11186 cell.


In a preferred embodiment, the sporulation gene of the recombinant C. difficile cell or progeny thereof is inactivated. Spores may be infective, highly resistant, and facilitate the persistence of C. difficile in aerobic environments outside of the host. Spores may also contribute to survival of C. difficile inside the host during antimicrobial therapy. Accordingly, a C. difficile cell lacking a sporulation gene is useful to produce a safe immunogenic composition for administration to mammals. In addition, use of such cells facilitates safety during manufacturing, e.g., safety to protect the facility, future products, and staff.


Examples of sporulation genes for targeted inactivation include, inter alia, spo0A, spoIIE, σE, σG, and σK. Preferably, the spo0A gene is inactivated.


Methods of inactivating a C. difficile sporulation gene are known in the art. For example, a sporulation gene may be inactivated by targeted insertion of a selectable marker, such as, an antibiotic resistance marker. See, for example, Heap et al., J Microbiol Methods. 2010 January; 80(1):49-55, Heap et al., J. Microbiol. Methods, 2007 September; 70(3):452-464; and Underwood et al., J Bacteriol. 2009 December; 191(23):7296-305. See also, for example, Minton et al., WO2007/148091, entitled, “DNA Molecules and Methods,” incorporated herein by reference in its entirety from pages 33-66, or the corresponding US publication US 20110124109 A1, paragraphs [00137]-[0227].


Compositions Relating to Culturing a C. difficile Cell


The invention further relates to compositions and methods for use in culturing C. difficile and producing C. difficile toxins. In one aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium comprising a nitrogen source and a C. difficile cell.


Suitable culture medium nitrogen sources include: HY-SOY (Quest), AMI-SOY (Quest), NZ-SOY (Quest), NZ-SOY BL4 (Quest), NZ-SOY BL7 (Quest), SHEFTONE D (Sheffield), SE50M (DMV), SE50 (DMV), SE %) MK (DMV), SOY PEPTONE (Gibco), BACTO-SOYTON (Difco), NUTRISOY 2207 (ADM), BAKES NUTRISOY (ADM) NUTRISOY FLOUR, Soybean meal, BACTO-YEAST EXTRACT (Difco) YEAST EXTRACT (Gibco), HY-YEST 412 yeast extract (Quest), HY-YEST 441 yeast extract (Quest), HY-YEST 444 yeast extract (Quest), HY-YEST 455 yeast extract (Quest) BACTO-MALT EXTRACT (Difco), Corn Steep, and PROFLO (Traders).


In one aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate and a C. difficile cell. Any vegetable hydrolysate may be suitable. Examples of suitable vegetable hydrolysates are cottonseed hydrolysate, pea hydrolysate, and soy hydrolysate.


In a preferred embodiment, the vegetable hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate. Preferably, the soy hydrolysate is SE50MK (Friesland-Campaigna). Other examples of soy products that may be used in the invention, and their sources, include: Tekniscience: Soy Peptone A1, Soy Peptone A2, Soy Peptone A3, Plant Peptone E1, Plant Peptone ET1, and Wheat Peptone E1; Quest: HY-Soy, HY-Soy T, AMI-Soy, NZ-Soy, NZ-Soy BLA, and NZ-Soy BL7; DMV: SE50M, SE70M, SE50MK, SE50MK-NK (Friesland-Campaigna), WGE80BT, WGE80M, CNE50M, and SE70BT, Marcor: Soy Peptone Type AB, Soy Peptone Type AC, Soy Peptone Type SL, Soy Peptone Type II, and Soy Peptone Type F; Oxoid: Vegetable Peptone and Vegetable Peptone No. 1; Gibco: Soy Peptone; and Difco: Bacsoytone.


Concentrations of the vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 30 g/L. The concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a yeast extract (e.g., as a nitrogen source) and a Clostridium difficile cell. Most preferably, the yeast extract is HY YEST 412 (Kerry Biosciences).


Concentrations of the yeast extract in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of yeast extract in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 20 g/L. The concentration of yeast extract in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


The inventors discovered that growth of C. difficile can be supported in a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate without yeast extract, and in a culture medium that includes yeast extract without a vegetable hydrolysate. The culture of cells and/or production of toxin resulting from a culture medium that includes both a vegetable hydrosylate and yeast extract, however, has been observed to be higher than the yields resulting from a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate in the absence of yeast extract, and higher than the yields resulting from a culture medium including yeast extract in the absence of a vegetable hydrolysate.


Accordingly, the inventors discovered that a combination of a vegetable hydrolysate and yeast extract helps to support maximal growth of C. difficile and/or production of toxin. In one aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium including a vegetable hydrolysate, yeast extract, and a C. difficile cell. The vegetable hydrolysate can be any suitable vegetable hydrolysate known in the art as described above. Preferably, the hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate. More preferably, the soy hydrolysate is SE50MK (Friesland-Campaigna). In a preferred embodiment, the yeast extract is HY YEST 412.


In one embodiment, the medium does not include a carbon source. The inventors observed that culture medium including soy hydrolysate/yeast extract in the absence of a carbon source achieves OD600 values of 2-3 and toxin production yields of 10-15 mg/L.


However, a culture medium that includes a carbon source was surprisingly observed to increase the culture of C. difficile cells and production of toxin, as compared to a medium in the absence of a carbon source. In addition, the inventors surprisingly discovered that production of the mutant toxin was not markedly inhibited by culturing the C. difficile cell under anaerobic conditions including a carbon source in the presence of a medium including soy hydrolysate. Accordingly, in a preferred embodiment, the medium further includes a carbon source. More preferably, in one embodiment, the culture medium includes a carbon source, wherein the medium further includes a recombinant C. difficile cell. Even more preferably, the recombinant C. difficile cell includes a constitutive promoter. In a preferred embodiment, the promoter is a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter. In another preferred embodiment, the recombinant C. difficile cell does not include a regulated chromosomal promoter that may be negatively regulated by, for example, glucose repression. In a most preferred embodiment, the C. difficile cell is a recombinant cell or progeny thereof as described above. Any carbon source may be used in the culture medium. Suitable carbon sources include glucose, dextrose, mannitol, fructose, and/or mannose. Preferably, the carbon source in the culture medium is glucose. In a preferred embodiment, the culture medium does not include arabinose, xylose, sucrose, lactose, maltose, glycerol, rhamnose, and/or galactose.


Concentrations of a carbon source (e.g., glucose, mannitol, fructose, and/or mannose) in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 g/L to a maximal value of 150, 100, 90, 80, 75, 70, 50, 40, or 30 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is between 5-70 g/L. In one embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is about 10 g/L. In another embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is greater than 10 g/L. In another embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source (e.g., glucose) in the culture medium is 45-75 g/L, preferably 55-65 g/L more preferably 55-65 g/L. In another embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is about 60 g/L. The concentration of carbon source in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes a chloramphenicol derivative. Exemplary chloramphenicol derivatives include any one of thiamphenicol, florfenicol, chloramphenicol succinate, and fluoramphenicol. Preferably, the culture medium includes thiamphenicol. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, the chloramphenicol derivative is believed to help in preventing plasmid loss during fermentation and in increasing production of cells and/or toxin, as compared to a culture medium in the absence of a chloramphenicol derivative.


Concentrations of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 mg/L to a maximal value of 100, 75, 50, or 40 mg/L. In another embodiment, the concentration of chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium can range, for example between a minimal value of 0.5 g/L, 1 g/L, 1.5 g/L, 2 g/L, 2.5 g/L, 3 g/L, 3.5 g/L, 4 g/L, 4.5 g/L, or 5 g/L to a maximal value of 10 g/L, 9.5 g/L, 9 g/L, 8.5 g/L, 8 g/L, 7.5 g/L, 7 g/L, 6.5 g/L, 6 g/L, 5.5 g/L, 5 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium is between 5-20 mg/L, most preferably about 15 mg/L. In a another preferred embodiment, the concentration of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium is between 1 g/L-10 g/L, preferably between 1 g/L-5 g/L, most preferably about 3 g/L. The concentration of chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes a cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol, a polyvinyl alcohol or a pluronic polyol. In one embodiment, the culture medium includes polyethylene glycol, such as polyethylene glycol 2000 (PPG 2000).


Concentrations of a cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol, in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 0.01, 0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, or 1 ml/L to a maximal value of 2, 1, 0.90, 0.80, 0.70, 0.60, 0.50, 0.40, 0.30, 0.20 ml/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a the cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol in the culture medium is between 0.01 ml/L to 0.0.50, most preferably about 0.25 ml/L. The concentration of cell protectant in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In a preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes a vegetable hydrolysate, yeast extract, and a carbon source, wherein the vegetable hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate, wherein the yeast extract is HY YEST 412 (Kerry Biosciences), and wherein the carbon source is glucose, mannitol, fructose, and/or mannose. In a most preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes soy hydrolysate SE50MK, HY YEST 412 yeast extract, glucose, and thiamphenicol, at pH 7.


In one preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes 30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, 20 g/L HY YEST 412 yeast extract, 10 g/L glucose, and 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7. In one preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes about 30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, about 20 g/L HY YEST 412 yeast extract, about 10 g/L glucose, and about 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7. The culture medium may further include about 0.25 ml/L PPG 2000. In another embodiment, the culture medium may further include dextrose.


In another preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes 30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, 20 g/L HY YEST 412 yeast extract, 60 g/L glucose, and 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7. In another preferred embodiment, the culture medium includes about 30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, about 20 g/L HY YEST 412 yeast extract, about 60 g/L glucose, and about 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7. The culture medium may further include about 0.25 ml/L PPG 2000. In another embodiment, the culture medium may further include dextrose.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes polypropylene glycol 2000 (PPG 2000). The culture medium may include about 0.05 mL PPG 2000 to about 1 ml PPG 2000/L medium, preferably the culture medium includes about 0.25 ml/L PPG 2000/L medium.


The culture medium described herein may be suitable for culturing any C. difficile cell. In one embodiment, the cell is not genetically modified. In another embodiment, the cell is genetically modified, such as a recombinant cell or progeny thereof as described above. In one embodiment, the C. difficile cell is lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin. In a preferred embodiment, the C. difficile cell is derived from VPI 11186.


In another embodiment, the cell includes a constitutive promoter. In a preferred embodiment, the promoter is a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter. In another preferred embodiment, the cell does not include a regulated chromosomal promoter that may be negatively regulated by, for example, glucose repression. In a most preferred embodiment, the C. difficile cell is a recombinant cell or progeny thereof as described above.


The inventors also discovered that a monoclonal antibody medium supports growth of C. difficile. Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention relates to a culture medium that includes a monoclonal antibody medium. In one embodiment, the medium is SFM4MAb™ medium (Thermo Scientific). The medium was shown to give OD600 values of about 10 and toxin production yield was about 40 mg/L.


In one embodiment, the pH of the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or 7.0 to a maximal value of 8.0, 7.9, 7.8, 7.7, 7.6, 7.5, 7.4, 7.3, 7.2, or 7.1. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the pH of the culture medium is between 6.0 to 8.0, more preferably, between 6.5 to 7.5. Most preferably, the pH is 7.0.


Suitable pH titrants are known in the art, including, for example, NH4OH, Na2CO3, and NaOH. Preferably, the pH titrant is NaOH.


The culture medium may include phosphate-containing ingredients such as Na2HPO4, KH2PO4. However, in a preferred embodiment, the culture medium does not include a phosphate-containing ingredient.


Methods Relating to Culturing a C. difficile Cell


In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a medium as described above.


In one embodiment, growth of C. difficile according to the methods of the invention proceeds in at least two phases: seed growth and fermentation. A seed culture is first grown by inoculation from a stock culture, e.g., a working cell bank. The seed is used either to inoculate a second seed culture or to inoculate a relatively large fermentation culture. As is understood in the art, the number of seed cultures used may depend, for example, on the size and volume of the fermentation step.


Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a first culture medium under conditions that facilitate growth of the cell; inoculating a second culture medium with all or a portion of said first medium after said first culturing; culturing said inoculated second medium under conditions that facilitate growth of the cell. The method may further include isolating a C. difficile toxin from said second medium. In one embodiment, the C. difficile is grown in a first culture medium referred to as a seed culture. In one embodiment, the seed culture includes a culture medium as described above and an inoculation from a stock culture that was grown in the medium.


The seed growth phase (or phases) are generally carried out to scale-up the quantity of the microorganism from a stored culture, so that it can be used as an inoculant for the fermentation phase. The seed growth phase can also be carried out to allow relatively dormant microbes in stored cultures to become rejuvenated and to grow into actively growing cultures.


The volume and quantity of viable cells used to inoculate the fermentation culture can be controlled more accurately if taken from an actively growing culture (e.g., a seed culture), rather than if taken from a stored culture.


In addition, more than one (e.g., two or three) seed growth phases can be used to scale-up the quantity of C. difficile for inoculation of the fermentation medium. Alternatively, growth of C. difficile in the fermentation phase can proceed directly from the stored culture by direct inoculation, if desired.


The first culture medium includes a culture medium as described above. For example, in one embodiment, the first culture medium includes a vegetable hydrolysate and a C. difficile cell. Preferably, the vegetable hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate, most preferably soy hydrolysate SE50MK. In another embodiment, the first culture medium includes a yeast extract and a C. difficile cell. Preferably, the yeast extract is HY YEST 412. In a further embodiment, the first culture medium includes a vegetable hydrolysate and a yeast extract. In yet a further embodiment, the first culture medium further includes a carbon source. Preferably, the carbon source is glucose. In one embodiment, the culture medium includes a recombinant C. difficile cell when a carbon source is included, wherein the recombinant cell includes a constitutive promoter. In another embodiment, the first culture medium further includes a chloramphenicol derivative. Preferably, the culture medium includes thiamphenicol.


Concentrations of the vegetable hydrolysate in the first culture medium (e.g., seed culture medium) can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 30 g/L. The concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


Concentrations of the yeast extract in the first culture medium (e.g., seed culture medium) can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of yeast extract in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 20 g/L. The concentration of yeast extract in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


Concentrations of a carbon source in the first culture medium (e.g., seed culture medium) can range, for example, between a minimal value of 1, 5, 10, 15, or 20 g/L to a maximal value of 100, 75, 50, 40, or 30 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is between 5-20 g/L, most preferably about 10 g/L.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes a chloramphenicol derivative selected from the group consisting of thiamphenicol, florfenicol, chloramphenicol succinate, and fluoramphenicol. Preferably, the culture medium includes thiamphenicol. Concentrations of a chloramphenicol derivative in the first culture medium (e.g., seed culture medium) can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 mg/L to a maximal value of 100, 75, 50, or 40 mg/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium is between 5-20 mg/L, most preferably about 15 mg/L.


In one embodiment, the pH of the first culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or 7.0 to a maximal value of 8.0, 7.9, 7.8, 7.7, 7.6, 7.5, 7.4, 7.3, 7.2, or 7.1. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the pH of the first culture medium is between 6.0 to 8.0, more preferably, between 6.5 to 7.5. Most preferably, the pH is 7.0.


In a preferred embodiment, the first culture medium includes soy hydrolysate, yeast extract HY YEST 412, glucose, thiamphenicol, at pH 7. More preferably, the culture medium includes 30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, 20 g/L yeast extract HY YEST 412, 10 g/L glucose, 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7.


To start the fermentation phase, a portion or all of a seed culture containing C. difficile may be used to inoculate fermentation culture medium. An appropriate concentration of seed culture to use to inoculate fermentation media can be determined by those of skill in this art and can range, for example, from 0.1-10%. As specific examples, concentrations of 0.5, 1, 5, 5.5, 6, 6.25, 6.5, 7, 8, 9, 10% can be used.


Fermentation may be used to produce the maximum amount of cells in a large-scale anaerobic environment. In one embodiment, the C. difficile is grown as a fermentation culture. In one embodiment, the fermentation culture was inoculated from a seed culture that was grown in the medium.


The second culture medium includes a culture medium as described above. For example, in one embodiment, the second culture medium includes a vegetable hydrolysate and a C. difficile cell. Preferably, the vegetable hydrolysate is soy hydrolysate, most preferably soy hydrolysate SE50MK. In another embodiment, the second culture medium includes a yeast extract and a C. difficile cell. Preferably, the yeast extract is HY YEST 412. In a further embodiment, the second culture medium includes a vegetable hydrolysate and a yeast extract. In yet a further embodiment, the second culture medium further includes a carbon source. Preferably, the carbon source is glucose. In one embodiment, the culture medium includes a recombinant C. difficile cell when a carbon source is included, wherein the recombinant cell includes a constitutive promoter. In another embodiment, the second culture medium further includes a chloramphenicol derivative. Preferably, the culture medium includes thiamphenicol.


Concentrations of the vegetable hydrolysate in the second culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 30 g/L. The concentration of vegetable hydrolysate in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


Concentrations of the yeast extract in the second culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 g/L to a maximal value of 200, 150, 100, or 75 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of yeast extract in the culture medium is between 10-50 g/L, most preferably about 20 g/L.


Concentrations of a carbon source in the second culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 g/L to a maximal value of 150, 100, 90, 80, or 70 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the culture medium is between 50-70 g/L, most preferably about 60 g/L. In one embodiment, the concentration of a carbon source in the second culture medium is greater than the concentration of the carbon source in the first culture medium. The concentration of carbon source in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes a chloramphenicol derivative selected from the group consisting of thiamphenicol, florfenicol, chloramphenicol succinate, and fluoramphenicol. Preferably, the culture medium includes thiamphenicol. Concentrations of a chloramphenicol derivative in the second culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 5, 10, 15, 20, or 30 mg/L to a maximal value of 100, 75, 50, or 40 mg/L. In another embodiment, the concentration of chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium can range, for example between a minimal value of 0.5 g/L, 1 g/L, 1.5 g/L, 2 g/L, 2.5 g/L, 3 g/L, 3.5 g/L, 4 g/L, 4.5 g/L, or 5 g/L to a maximal value of 10 g/L, 9.5 g/L, 9 g/L, 8.5 g/L, 8 g/L, 7.5 g/L, 7 g/L, 6.5 g/L, 6 g/L, 5.5 g/L, 5 g/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium is between 5-20 mg/L, most preferably about 15 mg/L. In a another preferred embodiment, the concentration of a chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium is between 1 g/L-10 g/L, preferably between 1 g/L-5 g/L, most preferably about 3 g/L. The concentration of chloramphenicol derivative in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In one embodiment, the culture medium further includes a cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol, a polyvinyl alcohol or a pluronic polyol. In one embodiment, the culture medium includes polyethylene glycol, such as polyethylene glycol 2000 (PPG 2000).


Concentrations of a cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol, in the culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 0.01, 0.05, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.25, 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75, 0.80, 0.85, 0.90, 0.95, or 1 ml/L to a maximal value of 2, 1, 0.90, 0.80, 0.70, 0.60, 0.50, 0.40, 0.30, 0.20 ml/L. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the concentration of a the cell protectant, such as polyethylene glycol in the culture medium is between 0.01 ml/L to 0.0.50, most preferably about 0.25 ml/L. The concentration of cell protectant in the culture medium described herein may be based on the total volume of the culture medium.


In one embodiment, the pH of the second culture medium can range, for example, between a minimal value of 6.0, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or 7.0 to a maximal value of 8.0, 7.9, 7.8, 7.7, 7.6, 7.5, 7.4, 7.3, 7.2, or 7.1. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the pH of the second culture medium is between 6.0 to 8.0, more preferably, between 6.5 to 7.5. Most preferably, the pH is 7.0.


In a preferred embodiment, the second culture medium includes soy hydrolysate, yeast extract HY YEST 412, glucose, thiamphenicol, at pH 7. More preferably, the culture medium includes 30 g/L soy hydrolysate, 20 g/L yeast extract HY YEST 412, 60 g/L glucose, 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, at pH 7.


In one embodiment, the culturing is carried out under anaerobic conditions. In one embodiment, the culturing steps of the methods of the invention (both seed and fermentation) are carried out under anaerobic conditions, although aerobic conditions for either of these phases may be used as well.


Approaches to anaerobic culture of bacteria, such as C. difficile, are known in the art and can employ, for example, nitrogen gas or a mixture of nitrogen and hydrogen gases. The gas may be bubbled through the medium (e.g., sparging) during fermentation or passed through the area above the liquid in a culture chamber (e.g., the chamber headspace).


Culturing of the C. difficile cell can be carried out in an anaerobic chamber at approximately 30±1° C., 31±1° C., 32±1° C., 33±1° C., 34±1° C., 35±1° C., 36±1° C., 37±1° C., 38±1° C., or 39±1° C., preferably about 37±1° C. The culturing can be carried out for times ranging, for example, between a minimal value of 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, or 24 hours to a maximal value of 9 days, 8 days, 7 days, 6, days, 5 days, 4 days, 3 days, 48 hours, or 36 hours, or 24 hours. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In a preferred embodiment, the culturing of the cell occurs for 11 to 48 hours, most preferably about 24 hours. In another embodiment, the culturing of the cell occurs for 5 to 25 hours, 10 to 20 hours, preferably about 15 hours. Growth can be monitored by measuring the optical density (O.D.) of the medium.


In one embodiment, the method further includes isolating C. difficile toxins from said medium. C. difficile toxins can be isolated and/or purified from cultures using known protein purification methods. The purified toxins can then, for example, be inactivated by chemically inactivation treatment.


In an alternative aspect, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile. The method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a monoclonal antibody medium.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a method for production of a C. difficile toxin. The method includes culturing a C. difficile bacterium in a medium, as described above, under conditions to permit production of the toxin. The method further includes isolating the C. difficile toxin from the medium.


In one embodiment, the method includes culturing a C. difficile cell in a first medium under conditions that facilitate growth of C. difficile; inoculating a second medium with all or a portion of said first medium after said culturing; culturing said inoculated second medium under conditions that facilitate growth of C. difficile and toxin production; and isolating a C. difficile toxin from said second medium. In one embodiment, culturing of the first or second media including C. difficile is carried out under anaerobic conditions.


In one embodiment, the C. difficile cell is cultured in a continuous culture system. In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of culturing C. difficile in a perfusion culture. Surprisingly, the inventors discovered that a recombinant C. difficile cell expressing a mutant toxin may be successfully cultured in an anaerobic continuous culture and in an anaerobic perfusion culture. An advantage of a continuous system and/or a perfusion system is that fresh media may be added continuously. In addition, toxin byproducts from production may be removed during production while maintaining cell viability in the system.


The continuous culture system may include providing fresh medium to the cells while simultaneously removing spent medium and cells from the bioreactor. The continuous culture may include a perfusion culture, in which the liquid outflow contains culture medium that is substantially free of cells or includes a substantially lower cell concentration than that in the bioreactor. In a perfusion culture, cells can be retained by, for example, filtration, ultrasonic filtration, centrifugation, or sedimentation.


In one embodiment, the spent media is removed and filtered, which prevents cells from being removed from the bioreactor. The filter may be a cross-flow filter and/or a tangential flow filter. In one embodiment, said filtration system comprises a hollow fiber filter. In another embodiment, the cells are prevented from being removed from the bioreactor by a centrifugation step. In another embodiment, the cells are prevented from being removed from the bioreactor by an ultrasonic filtration step. In another embodiment, the cells arc prevented from being removed from the bioreactor via a sedimentation system. In another embodiment, said filtration system comprises a flat-sheet cassette.


In yet another embodiment, the perfusion system comprises a hollow fiber filter that will retain cells, but not the desired product. The cells are recycled back into the bioreactor and the spent media containing the desired product is passed through a desired molecular weight cut-off filter. The filter will retain the desired product. Waste products not retained by the filter can be disposed or recycled.


Method of Producing a Mutant C. difficile Toxin


In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of producing a mutant C. difficile toxin. In one embodiment, the method includes culturing any recombinant cell or progeny thereof described above, under suitable conditions to express a polypeptide. The method further includes a step of isolating the toxin from the medium.


In another embodiment, the method includes culturing a recombinant cell or progeny thereof under suitable conditions to express a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin, wherein the cell includes the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin, and wherein the mutant includes a glucosyltransferase domain having at least one mutation and a cysteine protease domain having at least one mutation, relative to the corresponding wild-type Clostridium difficile toxin. In one embodiment, the cell lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin.


In a further embodiment, the method includes culturing a recombinant C. difficile cell or progeny thereof under suitable conditions to express a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin, wherein the cell includes the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin and the cell lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a C. difficile toxin.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of producing a mutant C. difficile toxin. The method includes the steps of: (a) contacting a C. difficile cell with a recombinant Escherichia coli cell, wherein the C. difficile cell lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a C. difficile toxin and the E. coli cell includes a polynucleotide that encodes a mutant C. difficile toxin; (b) culturing the C. difficile cell and the E. coli cell under suitable conditions for transfer of the polynucleotide from the E. coli cell to the C. difficile cell; (c) selecting the C. difficile cell comprising the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin; (d) culturing the C. difficile cell of step (c) under suitable conditions to express the polynucleotide; and (e) isolating the mutant C. difficile toxin.


In the inventive method, the recombinant E. coli cell includes a heterologous polynucleotide that encodes the mutant C. difficile toxin, described herein. The polynucleotide may be DNA or RNA. In one exemplary embodiment, the polynucleotide that encodes the mutant C. difficile toxin is codon-optimized for E. coli codon usage. Methods for codon-optimizing a polynucleotide are known in the art.


In one embodiment, the polynucleotide includes a nucleic acid sequence that is at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile TcdA, as described above. In one embodiment, the polynucleotide includes a nucleic acid sequence that is at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide having any one sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 761. An exemplary polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin A includes SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 44, and SEQ ID NO: 45.


In another embodiment, the polynucleotide includes a nucleic acid sequence that is at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile TcdB, as described above. An exemplary polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin B includes SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 46, and SEQ ID NO: 47. In another embodiment, the polynucleotide encodes SEQ ID NO: 83, SEQ ID NO: 84, SEQ ID NO: 85, or SEQ ID NO: 86.


In one embodiment, the E. coli cell that includes the heterologous polynucleotide is an E. coli cell that stably hosts the heterologous polynucleotide, which encodes the mutant C. difficile toxin. Exemplary E. coli cells include a cell selected from the group consisting of MAX Efficiency® Stbl2™ E. coli Competent Cells (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), One Shot® Stbl3™ Chemically Competent E. coli (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, CA), ElectroMAX™ Stbl4™ E. coli Competent Cells (Invitrogen, and E. coli CA434. In a preferred embodiment, the E. coli cloning host cell is not DH5α. More preferably, the E. coli cloning host cell is a MAX Efficiency® Stbl2™ E. coli Competent Cell.


The inventive method further includes a step of culturing the C. difficile cell and the E. coli cell under suitable conditions for transfer of the polynucleotide from the E. coli cell to the C. difficile cell, resulting in a recombinant C. difficile cell. In a preferred embodiment, the culture conditions are suitable for transfer of the polynucleotide from the E. coli cell (the donor cell) into the C. difficile cell (the recipient cell), and resulting in a genetically stable inheritance.


Most preferably, the culture conditions are suitable for bacterial conjugation, which are known in the art. “Conjugation” refers to a particular process of transferring a polynucleotide in which a unidirectional transfer of a polynucleotide (e.g., from a bacterial plasmid) occurs from one bacterium cell (i.e., the “donor”) to another (i.e., the “recipient”). The conjugation process involves donor cell-to-recipient cell contact. Preferably, the donor E. coli cell is an E. coli CA434 cell.


Exemplary suitable (conjugation) conditions for transferring of the polynucleotide from the E. coli cell to the C. difficile cell include growing liquid cultures of C. difficile in brain heart infusion broth (BHI; Oxoid) or Schaedlers anaerobic broth (SAB; Oxoid). In another embodiment, solid C. difficile cultures may be grown on fresh blood agar (FBA) or BHI agar. Preferably, the C. difficile is grown at 37° C. in an anaerobic environment (e.g., 80% N2, 10% CO2, and 10% H2 [vol/vol]). In one embodiment, the suitable condition includes growing the E. coli aerobically in Luria-Bertani (LB) broth or on LB agar at 37° C. For conjugative transfer to C. difficile, an exemplary suitable condition includes growing E. coli anaerobically on FBA. Antibiotics may be included in the liquid and solid media as is known in the art. Examples of such antibiotics include cycloserine (250 μg/ml), cefoxitin (8 μg/ml), chloramphenicol (12.5 μg/ml), thiamphenicol (15 μg/ml), and erythromycin (5 μg/ml).


The inventive method additionally includes a step of selecting the resulting recombinant C. difficile cell that includes the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin. In an exemplary embodiment, the recombinant C. difficile cell is a recipient of the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin from the recombinant E. coli cell via conjugation.


The inventive method includes a step of culturing the recombinant cell or progeny thereof under suitable conditions to express the polynucleotide encoding the mutant C. difficile toxin, resulting in production of a mutant C. difficile toxin. Suitable conditions for a recombinant cell to express the polynucleotide include culture conditions suitable for growing a C. difficile cell, which are known in the art. For example, suitable conditions may include culturing the C. difficile transformants in brain heart infusion broth (BHI; Oxoid) or Schaedlers anaerobic broth (SAB; Oxoid). In another embodiment, solid C. difficile cultures may be grown on FBA or BHI agar. Preferably, the C. difficile is grown at 37° C. in an anaerobic environment (e.g., 80% N2, 10% CO2, and 10% H2 [vol/vol]).


In one embodiment, the inventive method includes a step of isolating the resulting mutant C. difficile toxin. Methods of isolating a protein from C. difficile are known in the art.


In another embodiment, the method includes a step of purifying the resulting mutant C. difficile toxin. Methods of purifying a polypeptide, such as chromatography, are known in the art.


In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes a step of contacting the isolated mutant Clostridium difficile toxin with a chemical crosslinking agent described above. Preferably, the agent includes formaldehyde, ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide, or a combination of EDC and NHS. Exemplary reaction conditions are described above and in the Examples section below.


In another aspect, the invention relates to an immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile toxin described herein, produced by any method, preferably by any of the methods described above.


Antibodies


Surprisingly, the inventive immunogenic compositions described above elicited novel antibodies in vivo, suggesting that the immunogenic compositions include a preserved native structure (e.g., a preserved antigenic epitope) of the respective wild-type C. difficile toxin and that the immunogenic compositions include an epitope. The antibodies produced against a toxin from one strain of C. difficile may be capable of binding to a corresponding toxin produced by another strain of C. difficile. That is, the antibodies and binding fragments thereof may by “cross-reactive,” which refers to the ability to react with similar antigenic sites on toxins produced from multiple C. difficile strains. Cross-reactivity also includes the ability of an antibody to react with or bind an antigen that did not stimulate its production, i.e., the reaction between an antigen and an antibody that was generated against a different but similar antigen.


In one aspect, the inventors surprisingly discovered monoclonal antibodies having a neutralizing effect on C. difficile toxins, and methods of producing the same. The inventive antibodies can neutralize C. difficile toxin cytotoxicity in vitro, inhibit binding of C. difficile toxin to mammalian cells, and/or can neutralize C. difficile toxin enterotoxicity in vivo. The present invention also relates to isolated polynucleotides that include nucleic acid sequences encoding any of the foregoing. In addition, the present invention relates to use of any of the foregoing compositions to treat, prevent, decrease the risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay the outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition is not administered, as well as methods for preparing said compositions.


The inventors further discovered that a combination of at least two of the neutralizing monoclonal antibodies can exhibit an unexpectedly synergistic effect in respective neutralization of TcdA or TcdB. Anti-toxin antibodies or binding fragments thereof can be useful in the inhibition of a C. difficile infection.


An “antibody” is a protein including at least one or two heavy (H) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VH), and at least one or two light (L) chain variable regions (abbreviated herein as VL). The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed “complementarity determining regions” (“CDR”), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed “framework regions” (FR). The extent of the framework region and CDRs has been precisely defined (see, Kabat, E. A., et al. Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242, 1991, and Chothia, C. et al., J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917, 1987). The term “antibody” includes intact immunoglobulins of types IgA, IgG, IgE, IgD, IgM (as well as subtypes thereof), wherein the light chains of the immunoglobulin may be of types kappa or lambda.


The antibody molecules can be full-length (e.g., an IgG1 or IgG4 antibody). The antibodies can be of the various isotypes, including: IgG (e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4), IgM, IgA1, IgA2, IgD, or IgE. In one preferred embodiment, the antibody is an IgG isotype, e.g., IgG1. In another preferred embodiment, the antibody is an IgE antibody.


In another embodiment, the antibody molecule includes an “antigen-binding fragment” or “binding fragment,” as used herein, which refers to a portion of an antibody that specifically binds to a toxin of C. difficile (e.g., toxin A). The binding fragment is, for example, a molecule in which one or more immunoglobulin chains is not full length, but which specifically binds to a toxin.


Examples of binding portions encompassed within the term “binding fragment” of an antibody include (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., Nature 341:544-546, 1989), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR) having sufficient framework to specifically bind, e.g., an antigen binding portion of a variable region.


A binding fragment of a light chain variable region and a binding fragment of a heavy chain variable region, e.g., the two domains of the Fv fragment, VL and VH, can be joined, using recombinant methods, by a synthetic linker that enables them to be made as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions pair to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (scFv); see e.g., Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). Such single chain antibodies are also encompassed within the term “binding fragment” of an antibody. These antibody portions are obtained using techniques known in the art, and the portions are screened for utility in the same manner as are intact antibodies.


As used herein, an antibody that “specifically binds” to or is “specific” for a particular polypeptide or an epitope on a particular polypeptide is an antibody that binds to that particular polypeptide or epitope on a particular polypeptide without substantially binding to any other polypeptide or polypeptide epitope. For example, when referring to a biomolecule (e.g., protein, nucleic acid, antibody, etc.) that “specifically binds” to a target, the biomolecule binds to its target molecule and does not bind in a significant amount to other molecules in a heterogeneous population of molecules that include the target, as measured under designated conditions (e.g. immunoassay conditions in the case of an antibody). The binding reaction between the antibody and its target is determinative of the presence of the target in the heterogeneous population of molecules. For example, “specific binding” or “specifically binds” refers to the ability of an antibody or binding fragment thereof to bind to a wild-type and/or mutant toxin of C. difficile with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for a non-specific antigen.


In an exemplary embodiment, the antibody is a chimeric antibody. A chimeric antibody can be produced by recombinant DNA techniques known in the art. For example, a gene encoding the Fc constant region of a murine (or other species) monoclonal antibody molecule can be digested with restriction enzymes to remove the region encoding the murine Fc, and the equivalent portion of a gene encoding a human Fc constant region is substituted. A chimeric antibody can also be created by recombinant DNA techniques where DNA encoding murine variable regions can be ligated to DNA encoding the human constant regions.


In another exemplary embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is humanized by methods known in the art. For example, once murine antibodies are obtained, a CDR of the antibody may be replaced with at least a portion of a human CDR. Humanized antibodies can also be generated by replacing sequences of the murine Fv variable region that are not directly involved in antigen binding with equivalent sequences from human Fv variable regions. General methods for generating humanized antibodies are known in the art.


For example, monoclonal antibodies directed toward C. difficile TcdA or C. difficile TcdB can also be produced by standard techniques, such as a hybridoma technique (see, e.g., Kohler and Milstein, 1975, Nature, 256: 495-497). Briefly, an immortal cell line is fused to a lymphocyte from a mammal immunized with C. difficile TcdA, C. difficile TcdB, or a mutant C. difficile toxin described herein, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened to identify a hybridoma producing a monoclonal antibody that binds to C. difficile TcdA or C. difficile TcdB. Typically, the immortal cell line is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes. Hybridoma cells producing a monoclonal antibody of the invention are detected by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for antibodies that bind C. difficile TcdA or C. difficile TcdB using an assay, such as ELISA. Human hybridomas can be prepared in a similar way.


As an alternative to producing antibodies by immunization and selection, antibodies of the invention may also be identified by screening a recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin library with a C. difficile TcdA, C. difficile TcdB, or a mutant C. difficile toxin described herein. The recombinant antibody library may be an scFv library or an Fab library, for example. Moreover, the inventive antibodies described herein may be used in competitive binding studies to identify additional anti-TcdA or anti-TcdB antibodies and binding fragments thereof. For example, additional anti-TcdA or anti-TcdB antibodies and binding fragments thereof may be identified by screening a human antibody library and identifying molecules within the library that competes with the inventive antibodies described herein in a competitive binding assay.


In addition, antibodies encompassed by the present invention include recombinant antibodies that may be generated by using phage display methods known in the art. In phage display methods, phage can be used to display antigen binding domains expressed from a repertoire or antibody library (e.g., human or murine). Phage expressing an antigen binding domain that binds to an immunogen described herein (e.g., a mutant C. difficile toxin) can be selected or identified with antigen, e.g., using labeled antigen.


Also within the scope of the invention are antibodies and binding fragments thereof in which specific amino acids have been substituted, deleted, or added. In particular, preferred antibodies have amino acid substitutions in the framework region, such as to improve binding to the antigen. For example, a selected, small number of acceptor framework residues of the immunoglobulin chain can be replaced by the corresponding donor amino acids. Preferred locations of the substitutions include amino acid residues adjacent to the CDR, or which are capable of interacting with a CDR. Criteria for selecting amino acids from the donor are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,585,089 (e.g., columns 12-16). The acceptor framework can be a mature human antibody framework sequence or a consensus sequence.


As used herein, a “neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof” refers to a respective antibody or binding fragment thereof that binds to a pathogen (e.g., a C. difficile TcdA or TcdB) and reduces the infectivity and/or an activity of the pathogen (e.g., reduces cytotoxicity) in a mammal and/or in cell culture, as compared to the pathogen under identical conditions in the absence of the neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof. In one embodiment, the neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof is capable of neutralizing at least about 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 99%, or more of a biological activity of the pathogen, as compared to the biological activity of the pathogen under identical conditions in the absence of the neutralizing antibody or binding fragment thereof.


As used herein, the term “anti-toxin antibody or binding fragment thereof” refers to an antibody or binding fragment thereof that binds to the respective C. difficile toxin (e.g., a C. difficile toxin A or toxin B). For example, an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof refers to an antibody or binding fragment thereof that binds to TcdA.


The antibodies or binding fragments thereof described herein may be raised in any mammal, wild-type and/or transgenic, including, for example, mice, humans, rabbits, and goats.


When an immunogenic composition described above is one that has been previously administered to a population, such as for vaccination, the antibody response generated in the subjects can be used to neutralize toxins from the same strain and from a strain that did not stimulate production of the antibody. See, for example, Example 37, which shows studies relating to cross-reactivity, generated by the immunogenic composition, between the 630 strain and toxins from various wild-type C. difficile strains.


In one aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile TcdA. Monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to TcdA include A65-33; A60-22; A80-29 and/or, preferably, A3-25.


In one aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to a TcdA from any wild type C. difficile strain, such as those described above, e.g., to SEQ ID NO: 1. In another aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to an immunogenic composition described above. For example, in one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 4 or SEQ ID NO: 7. In another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 4 or SEQ ID NO: 7, wherein at least one amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 4 or SEQ ID NO: 7 is crosslinked by formaldehyde, EDC, NHS, or a combination of EDC and NHS. In another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 84 or SEQ ID NO: 83.


Antibodies or binding fragments thereof having a variable heavy chain and variable light chain regions that are at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to the variable heavy and light chain regions of A65-33; A60-22; A80-29 and/or, preferably, A3-25 can also bind to TcdA.


In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 37.


In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 36.


In yet a further aspect, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 37, and a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 36.


In another embodiment, antibodies or binding fragments thereof having complementarity determining regions (CDRs) of variable heavy chains and/or variable light chains of A65-33; A60-22; A80-29 and/or, preferably, A3-25 can also bind to TcdA. The CDRs of the variable heavy chain region of A3-25 are shown in table 4, below.









TABLE 4







Variable Heavy Chain CDR Amino


Acid Sequences















SEQ






ID


Clone
Chain
CDR
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





A3-25
Heavy
CDR1
GFTFTNYWMN
41




CDR2
EIRLKSHNYATHFAESVKG
42




CDR3
DYYGNPAFVY
43









The CDRs of the variable light chain region of A3-25 are shown in table 5, below.









TABLE 5







Variable Light Chain CDR Amino


Acid Sequences















SEQ






ID


Clone
Chain
CDR
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





A3-25
Light
CDR1
RSSQSLIHSNGNTYLH
38




CDR2
KVSNRFS
39




CDR3
SQTTYFPYT
40









In one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof includes amino acid sequences of the heavy chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs) as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 41 (CDR H1), 42 (CDR H2) and 43 (CDR H3), and/or the amino acid sequences of the light chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 38 (CDR L1), 39 (CDR L2) and 40 (CDR L3).


In one exemplary embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin A specifically binds to an epitope within the N-terminal region of TcdA e.g., an epitope between amino acids 1-1256 of a TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1.


In a preferred embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin A specifically binds to an epitope within the C-terminal region of toxin A, e.g., an epitope between amino acids 1832 to 2710 of a TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1. Examples include A3-25; A65-33; A60-22; A80-29.


In yet another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin A specifically binds to an epitope within the “translocation” region of C. difficile toxin A, e.g., an epitope that preferably includes residues 956-1128 of a TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1, such as an epitope between amino acids 659-1832 of a TcdA, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 1.


In another aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile TcdB. For example, the antibody or binding fragment thereof may be specific to a TcdB from any wild type C. difficile strain, such as those described above, e.g., to SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to an immunogenic composition described above. For example, in one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8.


In another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8, wherein at least one amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8 is crosslinked by formaldehyde, EDC, NHS, or a combination of EDC and NHS. In another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 86 or SEQ ID NO: 85.


Monoclonal antibodies that specifically bind to TcdB include antibodies produced by the B2-31; B5-40, B70-2; B6-30; B9-30; B59-3; B60-2; B56-6; and/or, preferably, B8-26 clones described herein.


Antibodies or binding fragments thereof that can also bind to TcdB include those having a variable heavy chain and variable light chain regions that are at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to the variable heavy and light chain regions of B2-31; B5-40, B70-2; B6-30; B9-30; B59-3; B60-2; B56-6, preferably B8-26, B59-3, and/or B9-30.


In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 49.


In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 60.


In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 71.


In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 55.


In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 66.


In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of A3-25 as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 77.


The amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B8-26 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 49. See Table 6A.









TABLE 6A







Variable Heavy Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B8-26
Signal peptide
MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHS
50



Variable heavy
QVQLQQPGAELVKPGA
49



chain
PVKLSCKAS GYSFTSYWMN





WVKQRPGRGLEWIG





RIDPSNSEIYYNQKF





KDKATLTVDKSSSTAYIQLSSL





TSEDSAVYYCAS GHYGSIFAY





WGQGTTLTVSS




CDR1
GYSFTSYWMN
51



CDR2
RIDPSNSEIYYNQKF
52



CDR3
GHYGSIFAY
53



Constant region
AKTTPPSVYPLAPGNSK
54



(IgG1)









The amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B8-26 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 55. See Table 6B.









TABLE 6B







Variable Light (κ) Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B8-26
Signal
MRFQVQVLGLLLLWISGAQCD
56



peptide





Variable
VQITQSPSYLAASPGETITINC
55



light
RASKSISKYLA WYQEKPGKTNKLLLY




chain
SGSTLQS GIPS





RFSGSRSGTDFTLIISSLEPEDSAMYYC





QQHNEYPLT





FGAGTKLELKRADAAPTVSIFPPSSEEFQ




CDR1
RASKSISKYLA
57



CDR2
SGSTLQS
58



CDR3
QQHNEYPLT
59









In one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof includes amino acid sequences of the heavy chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 51 (CDR H1), 52 (CDR H2) and 53 (CDR H3), and/or the amino acid sequences of the light chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 57 (CDR L1), 58 (CDR L2) and 59 (CDR L3).


The amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B59-3 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 60. See Table 7A.









TABLE 7A







Variable Heavy Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B59-3
Signal peptide
MGWSYIILFLVATATDVHS
61



Variable heavy
QVQLQQPGAELVKPGASVKLS
60



chain
CKAS GYTFTSYWMH





WVKQRPGQGLEWIG





VINPSNGRSTYSEKF





KTTATVTVDKSSSTAYMQL





SILTSEDSAVYYCAR





AYYSTSYYAMDY





WGQGTSVTVSS




CDR1
GYTFTSYWMH
62



CDR2
VINPSNGRSTYSEKF
63



CDR3
AYYSTSYYAMDY
64



Constant region
AKTTPPSVYPLAPGNSK
65



(IgG1)











The amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B59-3 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 66. See Table 7B.









TABLE 7B







Variable Light (κ) Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B59-3
Signal
MKLPVRLLVLMFWIPASSSD
67



peptide





Variable
VLMTQSPLSLPVSLGDQASIS
66



light
C RSSQNIVHSNGNTYLE




chain
WYLQKPGQSPKLLIY KVSNRFS





GVPDRFSGSGSGTYFTLKISRVEAEDLGVYYC





FQGSHFPFT





FGTGTKLEIKRADAAPTVSIFPPSSEEFQ




CDR1
RSSQNIVHSNGNTYLE
68



CDR2
KVSNRFS
69



CDR3
FQGSHFPFT
70









In one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof includes amino acid sequences of the heavy chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 62 (CDR H1), 63 (CDR H2) and 64 (CDR H3), and/or the amino acid sequences of the light chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 68 (CDR L1), 69 (CDR L2) and 70 (CDR L3).


The amino acid sequence for the variable heavy chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B9-30 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 71. See Table 8A.









TABLE 8A







Variable Heavy Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B9-30
Signal
MGWSCIILFLVATATGVHS
72



peptide





Variable
QVQLQQPGAEVVKPGAPVKLS
71



heavy
CKAS GYPFTNYWMN




chain
WVKQRPGRGLEWIG





RIDPSNSEIYYNQKF





KDKATLTVDKSSSTAYIQLSSLTSEDSAVYY





CAS GHYGSIFAY WGQGTTLTVSS




CDR1
GYPFTNYWMN
73



CDR2
RIDPSNSEIYYNQKF
74



CDR3
GHYGSIFAY
75



Constant
AKTTPPSVYPLAPGNSK
76



region





(IgG1)









The amino acid sequence for the variable light chain of a neutralizing antibody of C. difficile TcdB (B9-30 mAb) is set forth in SEQ ID NO: 77. See Table 8B.









TABLE 8B







Variable Light (κ) Chain Amino Acid Sequences













SEQ





ID


Clone
Region
Amino Acid Sequence
NO:





B9-30
Signal
MRFQVQVLGLLLLWISGAQCD
78



peptide





Variable
VQITQSPSYLAASPGETITINC
77



light
RASKSISKYLA WYQEKPGKTNKLLIY




chain
SGSTLQS GIPS





RFSGSRSGTDFTLIISSLEPEDSAMYYC





QQHNEYPLT





FGAGTKLELKRADAAPTVSIFPPSSEEFQ




CDR1
RASKSISKYLA
79



CDR2
SGSTLQS
80



CDR3
QQHNEYPLT
81









In one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof includes amino acid sequences of the heavy chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 73 (CDR H1), 74 (CDR H2) and 75 (CDR H3), and/or the amino acid sequences of the light chain CDRs as shown in SEQ ID NOs: 79 (CDR L1), 80 (CDR L2) and 81 (CDR L3).


In one aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to a wild type C. difficile TcdB from any C. difficile strain, such as those described above, e.g., to SEQ ID NO: 2. In another aspect, the invention relates to an antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to an immunogenic composition described above. For example, in one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8. In another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof is specific to an immunogenic composition that includes SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8, wherein at least one amino acid of SEQ ID NO: 6 or SEQ ID NO: 8 is crosslinked by formaldehyde, EDC, NHS, or a combination of EDC and NHS.


Antibodies or binding fragments thereof having a variable heavy chain and variable light chain regions that are at least about 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, preferably about 98%, more preferably about 99% or most preferably about 100% identity to the variable heavy and light chain regions of B2-31, B5-40, B70-2; B6-30; B9-30; B59-3; B60-2; B56-6; and/or, preferably, B8-26 can also bind to TcdB.


In one embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of B8-26 (SEQ ID NO: 49).


In another embodiment, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of B8-26 (SEQ ID NO: 55).


In yet a further aspect, the antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof includes a variable heavy chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable heavy chain region amino acid sequence of B8-26 (SEQ ID NO: 49), and a variable light chain region including an amino acid sequence at least about 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% identical to a variable light chain region amino acid sequence of B8-26 (SEQ ID NO: 55).


In another embodiment, antibodies or binding fragments thereof having CDRs of variable heavy chains and/or variable light chains of B2-31; B5-40, B70-2; B6-30; B9-30; B59-3; B60-2; B56-6; and/or, preferably, B8-26 can also bind to TcdB.


In one embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof includes amino acid sequences of the heavy chain complementarity determining regions (CDRs) of B8-26, and/or the amino acid sequences of the light chain CDRs of B8-26.


In a preferred embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin B specifically binds to an epitope within the N-terminal region of toxin B, e.g., an epitope between amino acids 1-1256 of a TcdB, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2. Examples include B2-31; B5-40; B8-26; B70-2; B6-30; and B9-30.


In an exemplary embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin B specifically binds to an epitope within the C-terminal region of toxin B, e.g., an epitope between amino acids 1832 to 2710 of a TcdB, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2.


In yet another embodiment, the antibody or binding fragment thereof specific to C. difficile toxin B specifically binds to an epitope within the “translocation” region of C. difficile toxin B, e.g., an epitope that preferably includes residues 956-1128 of a TcdB, according to the numbering of SEQ ID NO: 2, such as an epitope between amino acids 659-1832 of a TcdB. Examples include B59-3; B60-2; and B56-6.


Combinations of Antibodies


The anti-toxin antibody or binding fragment thereof can be administered in combination with other anti-C. difficile toxin antibodies (e.g., other monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal gamma-globulin) or a binding fragment thereof. Combinations that can be used include an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof and an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof.


In another embodiment, a combination includes an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof and another anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof. Preferably, the combination includes a neutralizing anti-toxin A monoclonal antibody or binding fragment thereof and another neutralizing anti-toxin A monoclonal antibody or binding fragment thereof. Surprisingly, the inventors discovered that such a combination resulted in a synergistic effect in neutralization of toxin A cytotoxicity. For example, the combination includes a combination of at least two of the following neutralizing anti-toxin A monoclonal antibodies: A3-25; A65-33; A60-22; and A80-29. More preferably, the combination includes A3-25 antibody and at least one of the following neutralizing anti-toxin A monoclonal antibodies: A65-33; A60-22; and A80-29. Most preferably, the combination includes all four antibodies: A3-25; A65-33; A60-22; and A80-29.


In a further embodiment, a combination includes an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof and another anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof. Preferably, the combination includes a neutralizing anti-toxin B monoclonal antibody or binding fragment thereof and another neutralizing anti-toxin B monoclonal antibody or binding fragment thereof. Surprisingly, the inventors discovered that such a combination resulted in a synergistic effect in neutralization of toxin B cytotoxicity. More preferably, the combination includes a combination of at least two of the following neutralizing anti-toxin B monoclonal antibodies: B8-26; B9-30 and B59-3. Most preferably, the combination includes all three antibodies: B8-26; B9-30 and B59-3.


In yet another embodiment, a combination includes an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof and another anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof. As stated previously, the inventors discovered that a combination of at least two of the neutralizing monoclonal antibodies can exhibit an unexpectedly synergistic effect in respective neutralization of toxin A and toxin B.


In another embodiment, the agents of the invention can be formulated as a mixture, or chemically or genetically linked using art recognized techniques thereby resulting in covalently linked antibodies (or covalently linked antibody fragments), having both anti-toxin A and anti-toxin B binding properties. The combined formulation may be guided by a determination of one or more parameters such as the affinity, avidity, or biological efficacy of the agent alone or in combination with another agent.


Such combination therapies are preferably additive and/or synergistic in their therapeutic activity, e.g., in the inhibition, prevention (e.g., of relapse), and/or treatment of C. difficile-related diseases or disorders. Administering such combination therapies can decrease the dosage of the therapeutic agent (e.g., antibody or antibody fragment mixture, or cross-linked or genetically fused bispecific antibody or antibody fragment) needed to achieve the desired effect.


It is understood that any of the inventive compositions, for example, an anti-toxin A and/or anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof, can be combined in different ratios or amounts for therapeutic effect. For example, the anti-toxin A and anti-toxin B antibody or respective binding fragment thereof can be present in a composition at a ratio in the range of 0.1:10 to 10:0.1, A:B. In another embodiment, the anti-toxin A and anti-toxin B antibody or respective binding fragment thereof can be present in a composition at a ratio in the range of 0.1:10 to 10:0.1, B:A.


In another aspect, the invention relates to a method of producing a neutralizing antibody against a C. difficile TcdA. The method includes administering an immunogenic composition as described above to a mammal, and recovering the antibody from the mammal. In a preferred embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes a mutant C. difficile TcdA having SEQ ID NO: 4, wherein at least one amino acid of the mutant C. difficile TcdA is chemically crosslinked, preferably by formaldehyde or 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide. Exemplary neutralizing antibodies against TcdA that may be produced include A65-33; A60-22; A80-29 and/or A3-25.


In yet another aspect, the invention relates to a method of producing a neutralizing antibody against a C. difficile TcdB. The method includes administering an immunogenic composition as described above to a mammal, and recovering the antibody from the mammal. In a preferred embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes a mutant C. difficile TcdB having SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein at least one amino acid of the mutant C. difficile TcdB is chemically crosslinked, preferably by formaldehyde or 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide. Exemplary neutralizing antibodies against TcdB that may be produced include B2-31; B5-40, B70-2; B6-30; B9-30; B59-3; B60-2; B56-6; and/or B8-26.


Formulations


Compositions of the present invention (such as, e.g., compositions including a mutant C. difficile toxin, immunogenic compositions, antibodies and/or antibody binding fragments thereof described herein) may be in a variety of forms. These include, for example, semi-solid and solid dosage forms, suppositories, liquid forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g., injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, liposomes, and/or dried form, such as, for example, lyophilized powder form, freeze-dried form, spray-dried form, and/or foam-dried form. For suppositories, binders and carriers include, for example, polyalkylene glycols or triglycerides; such suppositories can be formed from mixtures containing the inventive compositions. In an exemplary embodiment, the composition is in a form that is suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid vehicles prior to injection. In another exemplary embodiment, the composition is emulsified or encapsulated in liposomes or microparticles, such as polylactide, polyglycolide, or copolymer.


In a preferred embodiment, the composition is lyophilized and extemporaneously reconstituted prior to use.


In one aspect, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions that include any of the compositions described herein (such as, e.g., compositions including a mutant C. difficile toxin, immunogenic compositions, antibodies and/or antibody binding fragments thereof described herein), formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. “Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers” include any solvents, dispersion media, stabilizers, diluents, and/or buffers that are physiologically suitable.


Exemplary stabilizers include carbohydrates, such as sorbitol, mannitol, starch, dextran, sucrose, trehalose, lactose, and/or glucose; inert proteins, such as albumin and/or casein; and/or other large, slowly metabolized macromolecules, such as polysaccharides such as chitosan, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids and copolymers (such as latex functionalized SEPHAROSE™ agarose, agarose, cellulose, etc/), amino acids, polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers, and lipid aggregates (such as oil droplets or liposomes). Additionally, these carriers may function as immunostimulating agents (i.e., adjuvants).


Preferably, the composition includes trehalose. Preferred amounts of trehalose (% by weight) include from a minimum of about 1%, 2%, 3%, or 4% to a maximum of about 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, or 5%. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the composition includes about 3%-6% trehalose, most preferably, 4.5% trehalose, for example, per 0.5 mL dose.


Examples of suitable diluents include distilled water, saline, physiological phosphate-buffered saline, glycerol, alcohol (such as ethanol), Ringer's solutions, dextrose solution, Hanks' balanced salt solutions, and/or a lyophilization excipient.


Exemplary buffers include phosphate (such as potassium phosphate, sodium phosphate); acetate (such as sodium acetate); succinate (such as sodium succinate); glycine; histidine; carbonate, Tris (tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane), and/or bicarbonate (such as ammonium bicarbonate) buffers. Preferably, the composition includes tris buffer. Preferred amounts of tris buffer include from a minimum of about 1 mM, 5 mM, 6 mM, 7 mM, 8 mM, 9 mM, 10 mM to a maximum of about 100 mM, 50 mM, 20 mM, 19 mM, 18 mM, 17 mM, 16 mM, 15 mM, 14 mM, 13 mM, 12 mM, or 11 mM.


Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the composition includes about 8 mM to 12 mM tris buffer, most preferably, 10 mM tris buffer, for example, per 0.5 mL dose.


In another preferred embodiment, the composition includes histidine buffer. Preferred amounts of histidine buffer include from a minimum of about 1 mM, 5 mM, 6 mM, 7 mM, 8 mM, 9 mM, 10 mM to a maximum of about 100 mM, 50 mM, 20 mM, 19 mM, 18 mM, 17 mM, 16 mM, 15 mM, 14 mM, 13 mM, 12 mM, or 11 mM. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the composition includes about 8 mM to 12 mM histidine buffer, most preferably, 10 mM histidine buffer, for example, per 0.5 mL dose.


In yet another preferred embodiment, the composition includes phosphate buffer. Preferred amounts of phosphate buffer include from a minimum of about 1 mM, 5 mM, 6 mM, 7 mM, 8 mM, 9 mM, 10 mM to a maximum of about 100 mM, 50 mM, 20 mM, 19 mM, 18 mM, 17 mM, 16 mM, 15 mM, 14 mM, 13 mM, 12 mM, or 11 mM. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the composition includes about 8 mM to 12 mM phosphate buffer, most preferably, 10 mM phosphate buffer, for example, per 0.5 mL dose.


The pH of the buffer will generally be chosen to stabilize the active material of choice, and can be ascertainable by those in the art by known methods. Preferably, the pH of the buffer will be in the range of physiological pH. Thus, preferred pH ranges are from about 3 to about 8; more preferably, from about 6.0 to about 8.0; yet more preferably, from about 6.5 to about 7.5; and most preferably, at about 7.0 to about 7.2.


In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions may include a surfactant. Any surfactant is suitable, whether it is amphoteric, non-ionic, cationic or anionic. Exemplary surfactants include the polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters surfactants (e.g., TWEEN 0), such as polysorbate 20 and/or polysorbate 80; polyoxyethylene fatty ethers derived from lauryl, cetyl, stearyl and (oleyl alcohols (known as Brij surfactants), such as triethyleneglycol monolauryl ether (Brij 30); Triton X 100, or t-octylphenoxypolyethoxyethanol; and sorbitan esters (commonly known as the SPANs), such as sorbitan trioleate (Span 85) and sorbitan monolaurate, and combinations thereof. Preferred surfactants include polysorbate 80 (polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate).


Preferred amounts of polysorbate 80 (% by weight) include from a minimum of about 0.001%, 0.005%, or 0.01%, to a maximum of about 0.010%, 0.015%, 0.025%, or 1.0%. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the composition includes about 0.005%-0.015% polysorbate 80, most preferably, 0.01% polysorbate 80.


In an exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes trehalose and phosphate 80. In another exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes tris buffer and polysorbate 80. In another exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes histidine buffer and polysorbate 80. In yet another exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes phosphate buffer and polysorbate 80.


In one exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes trehalose, tris buffer and polysorbate 80. In another exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes trehalose, histidine buffer and polysorbate 80. In yet another exemplary embodiment, the immunogenic composition includes trehalose, phosphate buffer and polysorbate 80.


The compositions described herein may further include components of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, and/or mineral oil. Examples include glycols such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol.


In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further includes formaldehyde. For example, in a preferred embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition that further includes formaldehyde has an immunogenic composition, wherein the mutant C. difficile toxin of the immunogenic composition has been contacted with a chemical crosslinking agent that includes formaldehyde. The amount of formaldehyde present in the pharmaceutical composition may vary from a minimum of about 0.001%, 0.002%, 0.003%, 0.004%, 0.005%, 0.006%, 0.007%, 0.008%, 0.009%, 0.010%, 0.013%, or 0.015%, to a maximum of about 0.020%, 0.019%, 0.018%, 0.017% 0.016%, 0.015%, 0.014%, 0.013%, 0.012% 0.011% or 0.010%. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition includes about 0.010% formaldehyde.


In some alternative embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein do not include formaldehyde. For example, in a preferred embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition that does not include formaldehyde has an immunogenic composition, wherein at least one amino acid of the mutant C. difficile toxin is chemically crosslinked by an agent that includes EDC. More preferably, in such an embodiment, the mutant C. difficile toxin has not been contacted with a chemical crosslinking agent that includes formaldehyde. As another exemplary embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition that is in a lyophilized form does not include formaldehyde.


In another embodiment, the compositions described herein may include an adjuvant, as described below. Preferred adjuvants augment the intrinsic immune response to an immunogen without causing conformational changes in the immunogen that may affect the qualitative form of the immune response.


Exemplary adjuvants include 3 De-O-acylated monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL™) (see GB 2220211 (GSK)); an aluminum hydroxide gel such as Alhydrogel™ (Brenntag Biosector, Denmark); aluminum salts (such as aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, aluminum sulfate), which may be used with or without an immunostimulating agent such as MPL or 3-DMP, QS-21, polymeric or monomeric amino acids such as polyglutamic acid or polylysine.


Yet another exemplary adjuvant is an immunostimulatory oligonucleotide such as a CpG oligonucleotide (see, e.g., WO 1998/040100, WO2010/067262), or a saponin and an immunostimulatory oligonucleotide, such as a CpG oligonucleotide (see, e.g., WO 00/062800). In a preferred embodiment, the adjuvant is a CpG oligonucleotide, most preferably a CpG oligodeoxynucleotides (CpG ODN). Preferred CpG ODN are of the B Class that preferentially activate B cells. In aspects of the invention, the CpG ODN has the nucleic acid sequence 5′ T*C*G*T*C*G*T*T*T*T*T*C*G*G*T*G*C*T*T*T*T 3′ (SEQ ID NO: 48) wherein * indicates a phosphorothioate linkage. The CpG ODN of this sequence is known as CpG 24555, which is described in WO2010/067262. In a preferred embodiment, CpG 24555 is used together with an aluminium hydroxide salt such as Alhydrogel.


A further class of exemplary adjuvants include saponin adjuvants, such as Stimulon™ (QS-21, which is a triterpene glycoside or saponin, Aquila, Framingham, Mass.) or particles generated therefrom such as ISCOMs (immune stimulating complexes) and ISCOMATRIX® adjuvant. Accordingly, the compositions of the present invention may be delivered in the form of ISCOMs, ISCOMS containing CTB, liposomes or encapsulated in compounds such as acrylates or poly(DL-lactide-co-glycoside) to form microspheres of a size suited to adsorption. Typically, the term “ISCOM” refers to immunogenic complexes formed between glycosides, such as triterpenoid saponins (particularly Quil A), and antigens which contain a hydrophobic region. In a preferred embodiment, the adjuvant is an ISCOMATRIX adjuvant.


Other exemplary adjuvants include RC-529, GM-CSF and Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) and Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant (IFA).


Yet another class of exemplary adjuvants is glycolipid analogues including N-glycosylamides, N-glycosylureas and N-glycosylcarbamates, each of which is substituted in the sugar residue by an amino acid.


Optionally, the pharmaceutical composition includes two or more different adjuvants. Preferred combinations of adjuvants include any combination of adjuvants including, for example, at least two of the following adjuvants: alum, MPL, QS-21, ISCOMATRIX, CpG, and Alhydrogel. An exemplary combination of adjuvants includes a combination of CpG and Alhydrogel.


Alternatively, in one embodiment, the composition is administered to the mammal in the absence of an adjuvant.


Compositions described herein can be administered by any route of administration, such as, for example, parenteral, topical, intravenous, mucosal, oral, subcutaneous, intraarterial, intracranial, intrathecal, intraperitoneal, intranasal, intramuscular, intradermal, infusion, rectal, and/or transdermal routes for prophylactic and/or therapeutic applications. In a preferred embodiment, the route of administration of the composition is parenteral, more preferably, intramuscular administration. Typical intramuscular administration is performed in the arm or leg muscles.


Compositions described herein can be administered in combination with therapies that are at least partly effective in prevention and/or treatment of C. difficile infection. For example, a composition of the invention may be administered before, concurrently with, or after biotherapy; probiotic therapy; stool implants; immunotherapy (such as intravenous immunoglobulin); and/or an accepted standard of care for the antibiotic treatment of C. difficile associated disease (CDAD), such as metronidazole and/or vancomycin.


A composition of the present invention relating to toxin A and toxin B may be administered to the mammal in any combination. For example, an immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile TcdA may be administered to the mammal before, concurrently with, or after administration of an immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile TcdB. Conversely, an immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile TcdB may be administered to the mammal before, concurrently with, or after administration of an immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile TcdA.


In another embodiment, a composition including an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof may be administered to the mammal before, concurrently with, or after administration of a composition including an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof. Conversely, a composition including an anti-toxin B antibody or binding fragment thereof may be administered to the mammal before, concurrently with, or after administration of a composition including an anti-toxin A antibody or binding fragment thereof.


In a further embodiment, a composition of the present invention may be administered to the mammal before, concurrently with, or after administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. For example, an adjuvant may be administered before, concurrently with, or after administration of a composition including a mutant C. difficile toxin. Accordingly, a composition of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be packaged in the same vial or they can be packaged in separate vials and mixed before use. The compositions can be formulated for single dose administration and/or multiple dose administration.


Methods of Protecting and/or Treating C. difficile Infection in a Mammal


In one aspect, the invention relates to a method of inducing an immune response to a C. difficile toxin in a mammal. The method includes administering an effective amount of a composition described herein to the mammal. For example, the method may include administering an amount effective to generate an immune response to the respective C. difficile toxin in the mammal.


In an exemplary embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inducing an immune response to a C. difficile TcdA in a mammal. The method includes administering an effective amount of an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant C. difficile TcdA to the mammal. In another exemplary embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inducing an immune response to a C. difficile TcdB in a mammal. The method includes administering an effective amount of an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant C. difficile TcdB to the mammal.


In a further embodiment, the method includes administering an effective amount of an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant C. difficile TcdA and an effective amount of an immunogenic composition that includes a mutant C. difficile TcdB to the mammal. In additional aspects, the compositions described herein may be used to treat, prevent, decrease risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition is not administered. The method includes administering an effective amount of the composition to the mammal.


Three clinical syndromes caused by C. difficile infection are recognized, based on the severity of the infection. The most severe form is pseudomembranous colitis (PMC), which is characterized by profuse diarrhea, abdominal pain, systemic signs of illness, and a distinctive endoscopic appearance of the colon.


Antibiotic-associated colitis (AAC) is also characterized by profuse diarrhea, abdominal pain and tenderness, systemic signs (e.g., fever), and leukocytosis. Intestinal injury in AAC is less severe than in PMC, the characteristic endoscopic appearance of the colon in PMC is absent, and mortality is low.


Finally, antibiotic-associated diarrhea (AAD, which is also known as C. difficile associated diarrhea (CDAD) is a relatively mild syndrome, and is characterized by mild to moderate diarrhea, lacking both large intestinal inflammation (as characterized by, e.g., abdominal pain and tenderness) and systemic signs of infection (e.g., fever).


These three distinct syndromes typically occur in an increasing order of frequency. That is, PMC typically occurs less frequently than AAC, and AAD is typically the most frequent clinical presentation of C. difficile disease.


A frequent complication of C. difficile infection is recurrent or relapsing disease, which occurs in up to 20% of all subjects who recover from C. difficile disease. Relapse may be characterized clinically as AAD, AAC, or PMC. Patients who relapse once are more likely to relapse again.


As used herein, conditions of a C. difficile infection include, for example, mild, mild-to-moderate, moderate, and severe C. difficile infection. A condition of C. difficile infection may vary depending on presence and/or severity of symptoms of the infection.


Symptoms of a C. difficile infection may include physiological, biochemical, histologic and/or behavioral symptoms such as, for example, diarrhea; colitis; colitis with cramps, fever, fecal leukocytes, and inflammation on colonic biopsy; pseudomembranous colitis; hypoalbuminemia; anasarca; leukocytosis; sepsis; abdominal pain; asymptomatic carriage; and/or complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes present during development of the infection, and combinations thereof, etc. Accordingly, for example, administration of an effective amount of the compositions described herein may, for example treat, prevent, decrease risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay outset of diarrhea; abdominal pain, cramps, fever, inflammation on colonic biopsy, hypoalbuminemia, anasarca, leukocytosis, sepsis, and/or asymptomatic carriage, etc., as compared to a mammal to which the composition was not administered.


Risk factors of a C. difficile infection may include, for example, present or immediate future use of an antimicrobial (any antimicrobial agent with an antibacterial spectrum and/or activity against anaerobic bacteria are encompassed, including, for example, antibiotics that cause disruption of normal colonic microbiota, e.g., clindamycin, cephalosporins, metronidazole, vancomycin, fluoroquinolones (including levofloxacin, moxifloxacin, gatifloxacin, and ciprofloxacin), linezolid, etc.); present or immediate future withdrawal of prescribed metronidazole or vancomycin; present or immediate future admission to a healthcare facility (such as a hospital, chronic care facility, etc.) and healthcare workers; present or immediate future treatment with proton-pump inhibitors, H2 antagonists, and/or methotrexate, or a combination thereof; present or risk of gastrointestinal diseases, such as inflammatory bowel disease; past, present, or immediate future gastrointestinal surgery or gastrointestinal procedure on the mammal; past or present recurrence of a C. difficile infection and/or a CDAD, e.g., patients who have had a C. difficile infection and/or a CDAD once or more than once; and humans aged at least about 65 and above.


In the methods described herein, the mammal may be any mammal, such as, for example, mice, hamsters, primates, and humans. In a preferred embodiment, the mammal is a human. According to the present invention, the human may include individuals who have exhibited a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof; individuals who are presently exhibiting a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof; and individuals who are at risk of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof.


Examples of individuals who have shown symptoms of C. difficile infection include individuals who have shown or are showing symptoms described above; individuals who have had or are having a C. difficile infection and/or a C. difficile associated disease (CDAD), and individuals who have a recurrence of a C. difficile infection and/or CDAD.


Examples of patients who are at risk of a C. difficile infection include individuals at risk of or are presently undergoing planned antimicrobial use; individuals at risk of or are presently undergoing withdrawal of prescribed metronidazole or vancomycin; individuals who are at risk of or are presently undergoing a planned admission to a healthcare facility (such as a hospital, chronic care facility, etc.) and healthcare workers; and/or individuals at risk of or are presently undergoing a planned treatment with proton-pump inhibitors, H2 antagonists, and/or methotrexate, or a combination thereof; individuals who have had or are undergoing gastrointestinal diseases, such as inflammatory bowel disease; individuals who have had or are undergoing gastrointestinal surgery or gastrointestinal procedures; and individuals who have had or are having a recurrence of a C. difficile infection and/or a CDAD, e.g., patients who have had a C. difficile infection and/or a CDAD once or more than once; individuals who are about 65 years old or older. Such at-risk patients may or may not be presently showing symptoms of a C. difficile infection.


In asymptomatic patients, prophylaxis and/or treatment can begin at any age (e.g., at about 10, 20, or 30 years old). In one embodiment, however, it is not necessary to begin treatment until a patient reaches at least about 45, 55, 65, 75, or 85 years old. For example, the compositions described herein may be administered to an asymptomatic human who is aged 50-85 years.


In one embodiment, the method of preventing, decreasing risk of, decreasing severity of, decreasing occurrences of, and/or delaying outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal includes administering an effective amount of a composition described herein to a mammal in need thereof, a mammal at risk of, and/or a mammal susceptible to a C. difficile infection. An effective amount includes, for example, an amount sufficient to prevent, decrease risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition is not administered. Administration of an effective amount of the compositions described herein may, for example, prevent, decrease risk of, decrease severity of, decrease occurrences of, and/or delay outset of diarrhea; abdominal pain, cramps, fever, inflammation on colonic biopsy, hypoalbuminemia, anasarca, leukocytosis, sepsis, and/or asymptomatic carriage, etc., as compared to a mammal to which the composition was not administered. In a preferred embodiment, the method includes administering an effective amount of an immunogenic composition described herein to the mammal in need thereof, the mammal at risk of, and/or the mammal susceptible to a C. difficile infection.


In an additional embodiment, the method of treating, decreasing severity of, and/or delaying outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal includes administering an effective amount of a composition described herein to a mammal suspected of, or presently suffering from a C. difficile infection. An effective amount includes, for example, an amount sufficient to treat, decrease severity of, and/or delay the outset of a C. difficile infection, C. difficile associated disease, syndrome, condition, symptom, and/or complication thereof in a mammal, as compared to a mammal to which the composition is not administered.


Administration of an effective amount of the composition may improve at least one sign or symptom of C. difficile infection in the subject, such as those described below. Administration of an effective amount of the compositions described herein may, for example, decrease severity of and/or decrease occurrences of diarrhea; decrease severity of and/or decrease occurrences of abdominal pain, cramps, fever, inflammation on colonic biopsy, hypoalbuminemia, anasarca, leukocytosis, sepsis, and/or asymptomatic carriage, etc., as compared to a mammal to which the composition was not administered. Optionally, the presence of symptoms, signs, and/or risk factors of an infection is determined before beginning treatment. In a preferred embodiment, the method includes administering an effective amount of an antibody and/or binding fragment thereof described herein to the mammal suspected of, or presently suffering from, a C. difficile infection.


Accordingly, an effective amount of the composition refers to an amount sufficient to achieve a desired effect (e.g., prophylactic and/or therapeutic effect) in the methods of the present invention. For example, the amount of an immunogen for administration may vary from a minimum of about 1 μg, 5 μg, 25 μg, 50 μg, 75 μg, 100 μg, 200 μg, 500 μg, or 1 mg to a maximum of about 2 mg, 1 mg, 500 μg, 200 μg per injection. Any minimum value can be combined with any maximum value to define a suitable range. Typically about 10, 20, 50 or 100 μg per immunogen is used for each human injection.


The amount of a composition of the invention administered to the subject may depend on the type and severity of the infection and/or on the characteristics of the individual, such as general health, age, sex, body weight and tolerance to drugs. It may also depend on the degree, severity, and type of disease. An effective amount may also vary depending upon factors, such as route of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, age of the patient, whether the patient is human or an animal, other therapies administered, and whether treatment is prophylactic or therapeutic. The skilled artisan will be able to determine appropriate amounts depending on these and other factors.


An effective amount may include one effective dose or multiple effective doses (such as, for example, 2, 3, 4 doses, or more) for use in the methods herein. Effective dosages may need to be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy.


A combination of amount and frequency of dose adequate to accomplish prophylactic and/or therapeutic uses is defined as a prophylatically- or therapeutically-effective regimen. In a prophylactic and/or therapeutic regimen, the composition is typically administered in more than one dosage until a sufficient immune response has been achieved. Typically, the immune response is monitored and repeated dosages are given if the immune response starts to wane.


The compositions may be administered in multiple dosages over a period of time. Treatment can be monitored by assaying antibody, or activated T-cell or B-cell responses to the therapeutic agent (e.g., the immunogenic composition including a mutant C. difficile toxin) over time. If the response falls, a booster dosage is indicated.


EXAMPLES
Example 1: Identification of Toxin-Negative C. difficile Strains

To identify C. difficile strains lacking toxin (A and B) genes and toxin expression, 13 C. difficile strains were tested. Culture media of 13 C. difficile strains were tested by ELISA for toxin A. Seven strains expressed toxin A: C. difficile 14797-2, C. difficile 630, C. difficile BDMS, C. difficile W1194, C. difficile 870, C. difficile 1253, and C. difficile 2149. See FIG. 3.


Six strains did not express toxin A and lacked the entire pathogenicity locus: C. difficile 1351 (ATCC 43593™), C. difficile 3232 (ATCC BAA-1801™), C. difficile 7322 (ATCC 43601™), C. difficile 5036 (ATCC 43603™), C. difficile 4811 (4 ATCC 3602™), and C. difficile VPI 11186 (ATCC 700057™). VPI 11186 was selected based upon its effectiveness to take up plasmid DNA by conjugation.


The same 13 strains were tested in a multiplex PCR assay using primers outside of the pathogenicity locus (PaLoc; Braun et al., Gene. 1996 Nov. 28; 181(1-2):29-38.). The PCR results demonstrated the DNA from the 6 toxin A negative strains by ELISA did not amplify any genes from the PaLoc (tcdA-tcdE). The PaLoc flanking sequences (cdd3 and cdu2) were present (data not shown).


Example 2: Inactivation of Sporulation Pathway in C. difficile VPI 11186

Knocking-out the spore-forming function of the C. difficile production strain facilitates large scale fermentation in a safe manufacturing environment. The ClosTron system was used to create an asporogenic C. difficile strain. See Heap et al., J Microbiol Methods. 2009 July; 78(1):79-85. The ClosTron system allows targeted gene inactivation with a group II intron for site directed insertional inactivation of a spo0A1 clostridial gene. The toxin-minus production strain VPI11186 was subjected to sporulation inactivation by the ClosTron technology. Erythromycin resistant mutants were selected and the presence of the insertional cassette was confirmed by PCR (not shown). The inability of two independent clones to form spores was confirmed.


Example 3: Genetic Modification of Toxin A and B Genes to Inactivate Cytotoxicity Function

Full-length mutant toxins A and B open reading frames (ORFs) based on strain 6304 genome sequences were designed for custom synthesis at Blue Heron Biotech. See, for example, SEQ ID NOs: 9-14. The active site for the glucosyltransferase activity responsible for cellular toxicity was altered by two allelic substitutions: D285A/D287A (see SEQ ID NO: 3) for toxin A, and D286A/D288A (see SEQ ID NO: 5) for toxin B. Two nucleotides were mutated in each aspartate (D) codon to create the codon for alanine (A). See, for example, SEQ ID NOs: 9-14. In addition, a pair of vectors expressing mutant toxins lacking cysteine residues was constructed following custom synthesis at Blue Heron Biotech. Seven cysteine residues from mutant toxin A and 9 cysteine residues from mutant toxin B were replaced with alanine. The substitutions include catalytic cysteines of the A and B toxin autocatalytic protease. Also, silent mutations were introduced where necessary to eliminate restriction enzyme sites used for vector construction.


Example 4: pMTL84121 Fdx Expression Vector

The plasmid shuttle vector used for C. difficile mutant toxin antigen expression was selected from the pMTL8000-series modular system developed by the Minton lab (see Heap et al., J Microbiol Methods. 2009 July; 78(1):79-85). The chosen vector pMTL84121fdx contains the C. difficile plasmid pCD6 Gram+ replicon, the catP (chloramphenicol/thiamphenicol) selectable marker, the p15a Gram-replicon and tra function, and the C. sporogenes feredoxin promoter (fdx) and distal multiple cloning site (MCS). Empirical data suggested that the low-copy number p15a replicon conferred greater stability in E. coli than the ColE1 alternative. The fdx promoter was selected as it yielded higher expression than other promoters tested in experiments with CAT reporter constructs (e.g. tcdA, tcdB; or heterologous tetR or xylR) (data not shown).


Example 5: Cloning the Modified Toxin ORFs into pMTL84121fdx

Full-length mutant toxin A and B open reading frames (ORFs) based on strain 6304 genome sequences were subcloned using pMTL84121fdx vector multiple cloning NdeI and BglII sites using standard molecular biology techniques. To facilitate cloning, the ORFs were flanked by a proximal NdeI site containing the start codon and a BglII site just downstream of the stop codon.


Example 6: Site Directed Mutagenesis of TcdA to Create a Triple Mutant

The catalytic cysteine residue of the autocatalytic protease domain was substituted (i.e., C700A for TcdA and C698A for TcdB) in SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 5, i.e., in each of the “double mutants.” For mutagenesis of mutant toxin A, a 2.48 kb NdeI-HindIII fragment from the TcdA D285A/D287A expression plasmid was subcloned into pUC19 (cut with same) and site-directed mutagenesis was performed on this template. Once the new alleles were confirmed by DNA sequence analysis, the modified NdeI-HindIII fragments were reintroduced into the expression vector pMTL84121 fdx to create the “triple mutants,” i.e., SEQ ID NO: 4 and SEQ ID NO: 6.


Example 7: Site Directed Mutagenesis of TcdB to Create a Triple Mutant

For mutagenesis of mutant toxin B, a 3.29 kb NdeI-EcoNI fragment from the mutant toxin B plasmid was modified and reintroduced. As the EcoNI site is not present in available cloning vectors a slightly larger 3.5 kb NdeI-EcoRV fragment was subcloned into pUC19 (prepared with NdeI-SmaI). After mutagenesis, the modified internal 3.3 kb NdeI-EcoNI fragment was excised and used to replace the corresponding mutant toxin B expression vector pMTL84121fdx fragment. As the cloning efficiency of this directional strategy was found to be quite low, an alternative strategy for introducing the C698A allele involving replacement of a 1.5 kb DraIII was attempted in parallel. Both strategies independently yielded the desired recombinants.


Example 8: Creating Additional Mutant Toxin Variants by Site-Directed Mutagenesis

At least twelve different C. difficile mutant toxin variants were constructed. Allelic substitutions were introduced into N-terminal mutant toxin gene fragments by site directed mutagenesis (Quickchange® kit). Recombinant toxins were also engineered as reference controls to evaluate the capacity of this plasmid-based system to generate protein quantitatively equivalent in biological activity to native toxins purified from wild-type C. difficile strains. In this case, allelic substitutions were introduced to revert the original glucosyltransferase substitutions. In addition, a pair of cysteineless mutant toxin vectors was constructed following custom synthesis at Blue Heron Biotech.


The twelve toxin variants include (1) a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a D285A/D287A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 3); (2) a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a D286A/D288A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 5); (3) a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a D285A/D287A C700A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 4); (4) a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a D286A/D288A C698A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 6); (5) a recombinant toxin A having SEQ ID NO: 1; (6) a recombinant toxin B having SEQ ID NO: 2; (7) a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a 0700A mutation; (8) a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a C698A mutation; (9) a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a 0700A C597S, 01169S, C1407S, 01623S, 02023S, and C2236S mutation; (10) a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a C698A C395S, C595S, C824S, 0870S, 01167S, 01625S, 01687S, and C2232S mutation; (11) a mutant C. difficile toxin A having a D285A, D287A, 0700A, D269A, R272A, E460A, and R462A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 7); and (12) a mutant C. difficile toxin B having a D270A, R273A, D286A, D288A, D461A, K463A, and C698A mutation (SEQ ID NO: 8)


Penta mutant toxins were also constructed by site directed mutagenesis and by using the same materials and methods as described above, e.g., in Examples 1-7. The penta mutant for toxin B included the following substitutions D286A/D288A 0698A/E970K/E976K (SEQ ID NO: 184). The penta mutant toxin B was expressed in VPI 11186 spoOA-negative cells as described above. A western blot using mAb #B8-26 (SEQ ID NO: 49), which is specific to an N-terminal epitope of toxin B, was done to confirm expression of the penta mutant toxin B. In the second, third, and fourth lanes from the left, 50 ng, 30 ng, and 10 ng of purified triple mutant B (SEQ ID NO: 86), respectively, were used as a reference protein. In the fifth and sixth lanes from the left, a 1:100 dilution and a 1:1000 dilution, respectively, of the penta mutant toxin B cell lysate concentrate was assessed. The estimated amount of protein in the penta mutant toxin B concentration is about 1000 ug/mL. As shown on the blot, the penta mutant toxin B (concentrated) exhibits a protein band of expected size at about 270 kD.


Example 9: Stability of Transformants

Rearranged plasmids were obtained with the commonly-used DH5□ E. coli lab strain. In contrast, transformations using the Invitrogen Stbl2™ E. coli host yielded slow-growing full-length mutant toxin recombinants after three days of growth at 30° C. on LB chloramphenicol (25 μg/ml) plates. Lower cloning efficiencies were obtained with related Stbl3™ and Stbl4™ E. coli strains, although these lines were found to be stable for plasmid maintenance. Transformants were subsequently propagated in agar or in liquid culture under chloramphenicol selection at 30° C. The use of LB (Miller's) media was also found to improve the recovery and growth of transformants compared with animal-free tryptone-soy based media.


Example 10: Transformation of C. difficile with pMTL84121 Fdx Encoding Wild-Type or Genetic Mutant Toxin Genes

Transformation of C. difficile by E. coli conjugal transfer was done essentially as described in Heap et al., Journal of Microbiological Methods, 2009. 78(1): p. 79-85. E. coli host CA434 was transformed with pMTL84121 fdx encoding wild type or variant mutant toxin genes. E. coli host CA434 is the intermediate to mobilize expression plasmids into the C. difficile production strain VPI 11186 spo0A1. CA434 is a derivative of E. coli HB101. This strain harbors the Tra+ Mob+ R702 conjugative plasmid which confers resistance to Km, Tc, Su, Sm/Spe, and Hg (due to Tn1831). Chemically competent or electrocompetent CA434 cells were prepared and expression vector transformants were selected on Miller's LB CAM plates at 30° C. Slow growing colonies appearing after 3 days were picked and amplified in 3 mL LB chloramphenicol cultures until mid-log phase (˜24h, 225 rpm, orbital shaker at 30° C.). E. coli cultures were harvested by low speed (5,000 g) centrifugation to avoid breaking pili, and cell pellets were resuspended gently with a wide-bore transfer pipette in 1 mL PBS. Cells were concentrated by low speed centrifugation. Most of the PBS was removed by inversion and the drained pellets were transferred into the anaerobic chamber and resuspended with 0.2 mL of C. difficile culture, spotted onto BHIS agar plates and left to grow for 8h or overnight. In the case of mutant toxin A transformants, better results were achieved with overnight conjugation. Cell patches were scraped into 0.5 mL PBS and 0.1 mL was plated on BHIS selection media supplemented with 15 μg/mL thiamphenicol (more potent analog of chloramphenicol) and D-cycloserine/cefoxitin to kill E. coli donor cells. Transformants appearing 16-24 h later were purified by re-streaking onto a new BHIS (plus supplements) plate and subsequent cultures were tested for expression of recombinant toxins or mutant toxins. Glycerol permanents and seed stocks were prepared from clones showing good expression. Plasmid minipreps were also prepared from 2 mL cultures using a modified Qiagen kit procedure in which cells were pretreated with lysozyme (not essential). The C. difficile miniprep DNA was used as a template for PCR sequencing to verify clone integrity. Alternatively, plasmid maxiprep DNA was prepared from E. coli Stbl2™ transformants and sequenced.


Example 11: C. difficile Expression Analysis of the Toxin A and B Triple Mutant (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, Respectively) and Hepta B Mutant (SEQ ID NO: 8)

Transformants were grown either in 2 mL cultures (for routine analysis) or in vent-capped flasks (for time course experiments). Samples (2 mL) were centrifuged briefly (10,000 rpm, 30s) to concentrate the cells: supernatants were decanted and concentrated 10× (Amicon-ultra 30k); pellets were drained and frozen at −80° C. Cell pellets were thawed on ice, resuspended in 1 mL lysis buffer (Tris-HCl pH7.5; 1 mM EDTA, 15% glycerol) and sonicated (1×20s burst with microtip). The lysate was centrifuged at 4° C. and supernatant was concentrated 5-fold. Samples of supernatant and lysate were combined with sample buffer and heat treated (10 min, 80° C.) before loading onto duplicate 3-8% Tris-acetate SDS-PAGE gels (Invitrogen). One gel was stained with Coomassie, the second was electroblotted for western analysis. Toxin A-specific and Toxin B-specific rabbit antisera (Fitgerald; Biodesign) were used to detect mutant toxin A and B variants. Expression of the hepta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 8) was also confirmed by western blot hybridization.


Example 12: Abrogation of Glucosyltransferase Activity of the Mutant Toxins

Genetic double mutant (DM) toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 5, respectively) and triple mutant (TM) toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) did not transfer 14C-glucose to 10 μg of RhoA, Rac1 and Cdc42 GTPases in in vitro glucosylation assays in the presence of UDP-14C-glucose [30 μM], 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.2, 100 mM KCl, 4 mM MgCl2, 2 mM MnCl2, 1 mM DTT, and 0.1 μg/μL BSA. However, wild-type A and B toxin controls (having SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively) transferred 14C-glucose to GTPases efficiently at a low dose of 10 and 1 ng each (and lower-data not shown) (FIGS. 4A and 4B), even in the presence of 100 μg of mutant toxin (FIG. 4B) indicating at least 100,000-fold reduction compared to respective wild-type toxins. Similar results were detected for Cdc42 GTPase (data not shown).


Specifically, in FIG. 4B, wild-type toxin A and toxin B (1 ng) or triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B (100 μg) were incubated with RhoA GTPase in the presence of UDP-14C-glucose for 2 hr at 30° C. As illustrated, 1 ng of wild-type TcdA and TcdB transferred 14C-glucose to RhoA but 100 μg of triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B did not. When 1 ng of wild-type TcdA or TcdB was spiked into the reaction with respective 100 μg of triple mutant toxin A or triple mutant toxin B, glucosylation of RhoA was detected, indicating the lack of glucosylation inhibitors. The sensitivity of detection for the glucosylation activity was established to be 1 ng of wild-type toxin in a background of 100 μg mutant toxin (ratio of 1:100,000). The results show that the mutations in the active site of the glucosyltransferase in the triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B reduced any measurable (less than 100,000-fold lower activity compared to the activity of the respective wild-type toxins) glucosyltransferase activity. A similar assay was also developed to quantify glucosyltransferase activity by TCA precipitation of glucosylated GTPases.


Example 13: Abrogation of Auto-Catalytic Cysteine Protease Activity

The function of auto-catalytic cleavage was abrogated in the triple genetic mutants A and B (TM) (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) when the cysteine protease cleavage site was mutated. As illustrated in FIG. 5, the wild type (wt) toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 5, respectively) are cleaved in the presence of inositol-6-phosphate. The double mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 3 and 5, respectively) are also cleaved in the presence of inositol-6-phosphate (data not shown), similar to that for wild-type. Toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 3) is cleaved from 308 kDa into 2 fragments of 245 and 60 kDa. Toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 5) is cleaved from 270 kDa into two fragments of 207 and 63 kDa. The triple genetic mutants A and B (TM) (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) remain unaffected at 308 and 270 kDa respectively, even in the presence of inositol-6-phosphate. See FIG. 5. Therefore, the cysteine protease activity was inactivated by genetic modification.


More specifically, in FIG. 5, one μg of triple mutant A and triple mutant B were incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature (21±5° C.) in parallel with wild-type TcdA and TcdB from List Biologicals. The cleavage reaction was performed in 20 μL volume in Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 2 mM DTT in the presence or absence of inositol-6-phosphate (10 mM for TcdA and 0.1 mM for Tcd B). The entire reaction volume was then loaded on a 3-8% SDS/PAGE; the protein bands were visualized by silver staining. As illustrated, wt Tcd A and TcdB were cleaved into two protein bands of 245 kD and 60 kD and 207 kD and 63 kD, respectively, in the presence of inositol-6-phosphate. The triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B were not cleaved, thus confirming the C700A mutation in triple mutant toxin A and C698A mutation in triple mutant toxin B blocked cleavage.


Example 14: Residual Cytotoxicity of Triple Mutant Toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, Respectively)

The genetic mutant toxins were evaluated for their cytotoxicity by an in vitro cytotoxicity assay in IMR90 cells, a human diploid lung fibroblast cell line. These cells are sensitive to both toxin A and B. As an alternative preferred embodiment, Vero normal kidney cells from Cercopithecus aethiops may be used in the cytotoxicity assay since they were observed to have reasonable sensitivities to toxin A and B. Preferably, HT-29 human colorectal adenocarcinoma cells are not used in the cytotoxicity assay because they have shown significantly decreased sensitivities to the toxins, as compared to the Vero and IMR90 cell lines. See, for example, Table 9 below.









TABLE 9







Cell Line Sensitivities to Toxins A and B*











Toxin

EC50 (pg/ml)











Cell line
50 μg/ml
Cells/well
48 hours
72 hours














Vero
A
10000
1816
244


(ATCC CCL-81 ™)
B
10000
62
29


IMR90
A
10000
1329
1152


(ATCC CCL-186TM)
B
10000
14
13


HT-29
A
10000
>1E6
>1E6


(ATCC HTB-38 ™)
B
10000
11089
53313





*In vitro cytotoxicity assay was performed by measuring cellular ATP using luciferase-based substrate, CellTiter-Glo ® (Promega, Madison, WI)






Serially diluted genetic mutant toxin or wt toxin samples were added to the cell monolayers grown in 96-well tissue culture plates. After incubation at 37° C. for 72h, the plates were evaluated for metabolically active cells by measuring cellular ATP levels by addition of luciferase based CellTiterGlo® reagent (Promega, Madison, WI) generating luminescence expressed as relative luminescence units (RLUs). High RLUs show that the cells are viable, low RLUs show that the cells are not metabolically active and are dying. The level of cytotoxicity, expressed as EC50, is defined as the amount of wt toxin or genetic mutant toxin that elicits a 50% reduction in RLUs compared to levels in cell culture controls (details of this assay are provided below). As shown in FIG. 6, Table 11A, and Table 12A, the EC50 values of TcdA and TcdB were about 0.92 ng/mL and 0.009 ng/mL, respectively. The EC50 values of triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B were about 8600 ng/mL and 74 ng/mL, respectively. Despite an approximate 10,000-fold reduction in cytotoxicity relative to wt toxins, both genetic mutant toxins still demonstrated low residual levels of cytotoxicity. This residual cytotoxicity could be blocked by neutralizing antitoxin monoclonal antibodies indicating that it was specific to the triple mutant toxins but not likely related to the known enzymatic activities of the wt toxins (glucosylation or autoprotolysis).


Both wt toxins exhibit potent in vitro cytotoxicity, with small amounts of the toxins being sufficient to cause various effects on mammalian cells such as cell rounding (cytopathic effect or CPE) and lack of metabolic activity (as measured by ATP levels). Consequently, two in vitro assays (a CPE or cell rounding assay and an ATP assay) have been developed to verify that no residual cytotoxicity in the mutant toxin drug substances remains. The results are expressed as EC50, which is the amount of toxin or mutant toxin that causes 1) 50% of the cells to develop CPE or 2) 50% reduction in ATP levels as measured in relative light units.


In the CPE assay, a sample of drug substance is serially diluted and incubated with IMR90 cells, which are observed for a potential cytopathic effect. The CPE assay is scored on a scale of 0 (normal cells) to 4 (˜100% cell rounding) and a score of 2 (˜50% cell rounding) is defined as EC50 value of the test sample. This method is used for testing of mutant toxin drug substance at the concentration of 1000 μg/mL, which is the maximal tolerable concentration that can be tested in this assay without matrix interference. Consequently, no detectable cytotoxicity is reported as EC50>1000 μg/ml.


The ATP assay is based on measurement of the amount of luminescence signal generated from ATP, which is proportional to the number of metabolically active cells. The maximal tolerable concentration that can be tested in this assay without assay interference is about 200 μg/mL. Therefore no detectable cytotoxicity in this assay is reported as EC50>200 μg/mL.


Different concentrations of mutant toxin A and B were added to cells in parallel with toxin controls. The endpoints of the assay were cell viability determined by cellular ATP levels using the CellTiter-Glo® (Promega). The degree of luminescence is proportional to ATP levels or viable cell number.


The in vitro cytotoxicity (EC50) of wild type (wt) toxin A was 920 pg/mL and 9 pg/mL for toxin B. The in vitro cytotoxicity (EC50) of mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) was 8600 ng/mL and 74 ng/mL for mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6). Although these values represent reductions of 9348 and 8222-fold, respectively, residual cytotoxicity was detected in both mutant toxins.


In other words, the cytotoxicity of triple mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) was significantly reduced in the in vitro cytotoxicity assay in IMR-90 cells relative to the cytotoxicity of wt toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2, respectively). As illustrated in FIG. 6, although both triple mutant toxins exhibited significant reduction in cytotoxicity (104 fold) relative to the wt toxin, residual cytotoxicity was observed at higher concentrations of both triple mutant toxins.


Furthermore, the residual cytotoxicity of each triple mutant toxin could be completely neutralized (e.g., at least a 6-8 log10 reduction in toxicity, relative to the wild-type toxin toxicity) by the toxin specific antibodies. See Example 16, below.


Cell culture assays are more sensitive for detection of cytotoxicity than in vivo animal models. When delivered by either i.p. or i.v routes in the mouse lethal challenge model, the wt TcdA has an LD50 of ˜50 ng per mouse while the wt TcdB is more potent with an LD50 of ˜5 ng per mouse. In contrast, the cell culture based in vitro assays described above have EC50 values of 100 pg per well for wt TcdA and 2 pg per well for wt Tcd B.


Example 15: Residual Cytotoxicity of the Genetic Hepta Mutant Toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 8), and Cytotoxicity of Penta Mutant Toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 184)

As illustrated in FIG. 7, the EC50 values are similar for the triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) (20.78 ng/mL) and hepta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 8) (35.9 ng/mL) mutants indicating that the four additional mutations to further modify the glucosyltransferase active site and GTPase substrate binding site did not further reduce the cytotoxicity of the genetic mutant toxins. The EC50 values were also similar for the double mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 5) as they are for the triple and hepta mutant toxins (data not shown). This observation suggests the mechanism for cytotoxicity of the mutant toxins is surprisingly independent of the glucosyltransferase and substrate recognition mechanism.


The penta mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 184) was evaluated for its cytotoxicity by an in vitro ATP cytotoxicity assay in IMR90 cells, as described above. See, e.g., Example 14. As shown in FIG. 26, the cytotoxicity of the penta mutant toxin B was greatly reduced, as compared to the wild-type toxin B (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 2), which was obtained commercially from List Biologicals), and as compared to the triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 86). The “cells only” control relates to IMR-90 cells. See Table 10 below, showing the respective EC50 values.











TABLE 10







Fold-reduction


Sample
EC50
in EC50

















Penta Mutant B (lysate concentrate)
11.5 μg/mL
1,642,857


Triple Mutant B (Purified)
18.9 ng/mL
2700


List Toxin B lot 127902-115
 7.0 pg/mL
1









Moreover, the penta mutant toxin B (“PM-B”)(SEQ ID NO: 184) was assessed for competitive inhibition of cytotoxicity that is mediated by the triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 86) on IMR-90 cells. See FIG. 27. To prepare the samples, the triple mutant toxin B (TM B) (SEQ ID NO: 86) was kept at a constant concentration of 200 ng/mL (10×EC50) in all wells. A 2-fold serially diluted penta mutant toxin B starting at 5 μg/mL was added to the wells containing the triple mutant toxin B. The samples were then transferred to a 96-well plate containing IMR-90 cells, then incubated for 72 hours. An ATP assay was completed, as described above, e.g., in Example 14. As can be shown in FIG. 27, the penta mutant toxin B competitively inhibited cytotoxicity of the triple mutant toxin B.


Example 16: Residual Cytotoxicity of Triple Mutant Toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, Respectively)

To further evaluate the nature of the residual cytotoxicity, the mutant toxins (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6) were mixed and incubated with their respective neutralizing antibodies before and the mixture was added to IMR90 cell monolayer.


The results (FIG. 8) showed that the residual cytotoxicity of mutant toxin A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) can be completely abrogated with neutralizing antibodies specific for mutant toxin A (top panel, FIG. 8) and mutant toxin B (bottom panel, FIG. 8). Increasing concentrations of mutant toxin A (top panel) and B (bottom panel) were incubated with rabbit anti-toxin polyclonal (pAb, 1:10 dilution) or murine monoclonal antibodies (1:50 dilution from a stock containing 3.0 mg IgG/mL) before adding to IMR90 cells. After 72-hr treatment incubation with IMR90 cells at 37° C., CellTiter-Glo® substrate was added and the relative light units (RLU) were measured in a spectrophotometer with the luminescence program to measure ATP levels. The lower the ATP level, the higher the toxicity. Controls included TcdA and TcdB added at 4 times their corresponding EC50 values.


Published reports suggest that mutations in the glucosyltransferase or autocatalytic protease domain of the toxins result in complete inactivation of the toxicity. However, our data do not agree with these published reports and this could be attributed to increased concentrations of the highly purified mutant toxins tested in our studies as opposed to crude culture lysates in published reports; increased time points at which cell rounding of mutant toxin-treated cells was observed (e.g., 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, or 96 hours) as opposed to observations made in less than 12 hours; use of cell lines that exhibit significantly higher sensitivities to toxins in present cytotoxicity assays in contrast to HT-29 human colorectal adenocarcinoma cells in cytotoxicity assays disclosed in published reports; and/or to an unknown activity or process, other than glycosylation, that could be driving the residual toxicity of the mutant toxins.


Example 17: Novel Mechanism of Cytotoxicity of Genetic Mutant Toxins

To investigate the mechanism of residual cytotoxicity of the genetic mutant toxins, IMR-90 cells were treated with wt toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 2) or genetic mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6), and glucosylation of Rac1 GTPase was studied with time of treatment. Samples were collected from 24 to 96 hours and cell extracts were prepared. Glucosylated Rac1 is distinguished from non-glucosylated Rac1 by western blots with two antibodies to Rac1. One antibody recognizes both forms of Rac1 (23A8) and the other (102) only recognizes non-glucosylated Rac1. As illustrated in FIG. 22, for toxin B, the total Rac1 levels stayed unchanged over time with majority of the Rac1 being glucosylated. Treatment with the genetic mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6), on the other hand, resulted in significant reduction of total Rac1, however, the Rac1 was non-glucosylated at all time points. This shows that Rac1 level was negatively affected by the treatment with the genetic mutant toxin, but not by wt toxin. As illustrated in FIG. 22, the level of actin was similar in toxin and genetic mutant toxin B treated cells and similar to mock treated cells at indicated time points. This showed that the genetic mutant toxins exerted cytotoxicity by a mechanism which is different than the wild-type toxin-driven glucosylation pathway.


Example 18: Chemical Treatment of Genetic Mutant Toxins

Although the genetically modified mutant toxins showed a 4-log reduction in cytotoxic activity is preferred, further reduction (2 to 4 logs) in cytotoxic activity was considered. Two chemical inactivation strategies have been evaluated.


The first method uses formaldehyde and glycine to inactivate the mutant toxins. Formaldehyde inactivation occurs by forming a Schiff base (imine) between formaldehyde and primary amines on the protein. The Schiff bases can then react with a number of amino acid residues (Arg, His, Trp, Tyr, Gln, Asn) to form either intra- or intermolecular crosslinks. This crosslinking fixates the structure of the protein rendering it inactive. In addition, formaldehyde can react with glycine to from a Schiff base. The glycyl Schiff base can then react with the amino acid residues to form intermolecular protein-glycine crosslinks. Formaldehyde reduced the cytotoxic activity of the genetic mutant toxins to below detectable limits (reduction in cytotoxicity >8 login for triple mutant B (SEQ ID NO: 6) and >6 log10 for triple mutant A (SEQ ID NO: 4). However, reversion was observed over time when the formaldehyde-inactivated (FI) triple mutant toxins were incubated at 25° C. The cytotoxic reversion can be prevented by addition of a low amount of formaldehyde (0.01-0.02%) into the FI-triple mutant toxins storage solution. See Example 23.


Another method uses 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC)/N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) treatment to generate inactivated mutant toxins. In this method, EDC/NHS reacts with carboxylic groups on the protein to form activated esters. The activated esters can then react with primary amines on the protein to form stable amide bonds. As with the formaldehyde reaction, this reaction results in intra- and intermolecular crosslinks. The amide bond formed by treatment with EDC/NHS is more stable and non-reversible than the labile imine bond formed by formalin inactivation. In addition to crosslinks formed by the reaction of activated esters with primary amines on the polypeptide, both glycine and beta-alanine adducts can be formed. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, glycine adducts are produced when glycine is added to quench unreacted activated esters. The amine of glycine reacts with the activated ester on the polypeptide to form stable amide bonds. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, beta-alanine adducts are formed by the reaction of activated beta-alanine with primary amines on the polypeptide. This reaction results in stable amide bonds. Activated beta-alanine is produced by the reaction of three moles of NHS with one mole of EDC.


To achieve the 2-4 logs reduction of cytotoxic activity relative to the genetically modified mutant toxins (6-8 logs, relative to native toxins), the chemically inactivated mutant toxins should have EC50 values of ≥1000 μg/mL. In addition to reduction in cytotoxic activity, it would be advantageous to retain key epitopes as determined by dot-blot analysis. To date, a number of reaction conditions have been identified that meet both the reduction cytotoxicity and epitope recognition criteria. Several batches of inactivated mutant toxins have been prepared for animal studies and analytical data from a few representative batches is shown in Tables 11A and 11B, Tables 12A and 12B.









TABLE 11A







Chemically Inactivated Mutant Toxin A is Safe and Antigenic















CPE
Reduction in



Sample


EC50
toxicity
Reactivities to


#
Toxin Sample ID
Treatment
μg/mL
Log Scale
mAbs















1
Mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)
Formalin
>1000
6.4
Medium/high



L44905-160A






2
Mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)
EDC
>1000
6.4
High



L44166-166






3
Mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)
Formalin
>1000
6.4
Low



L44905-170A











CONTROLS












4
TcdA wt (from List Bio)
none
390
1
High





pg/mL




5
TcdB wt (from List Bio)
none
3.90
Not applicable
None





pg/mL




6
rMutant TcdA TM Genetic
none
12.5
4.5
High



L36901-79 (SEQ ID NO: 4)

μg/mL




7
Toxoid A
Formalin
Not

Low



List Bio

Done


















TABLE 11B







Chemically inactivated Mutant Toxin A is Safe and Antigenic













Reactivity with mAb





(dot blot, nondenaturing conditions)
















Mid-






N-
Domain
C-terminal (neut)















Sample


terminal
mAb #
A80-
A3-
A60-
A65-


#
Toxin Sample ID
Treatment
mAb#6
102
29
25
22
33





1
Mutant TcdA
Formalin
++
++
++++
++
++++
++++



(SEQ ID NO: 4)










L44905-160A









2
Mutant TcdA
EDC
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



(SEQ ID NO: 4)










L44166-166









3
Mutant TcdA
Formalin
+
+
++
++
++
+



(SEQ ID NO: 4)










L44905-170A














CONTROLS















4
TcdA wt (from
none
++++
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++



List Bio)









5
TcdB wt (from
none









List Bio)









6
rMutant TcdA
none
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



TM Genetic










L36901-79










(SEQ ID NO: 4)









7
Toxoid A
Formalin


+

++
+



List Bio





List = List Biologicals; CPE = cytopathic effect assay; EC50 = the lowest concentration where 50% of the cells show cytotoxicity, mAbs = monoclonal antibodies; neut = neutralizing; ND = not done; TM = active site and cleavage mutant (“triple mutant”)













TABLE 12A







Chemically Inactivated Mutant Toxin B is Safe and Antigenic















CPE
Reduction in



Sample


EC50
toxicity
Reactivities to


#
Toxin Sample ID
Treatment
μg/mL
Log Scale
mAbs















1
Mutant TcdB L44905-182
Formalin
>1000
8.4
Medium/high



(SEQ ID NO: 6)






2
Mutant TcdB L34346-38A
EDC
>1000
8.4
High



(SEQ ID NO: 6)






3
Mutant TcdB L44905-170B
Formalin
>1000
8.4
Low



(SEQ ID NO: 6)











CONTROLS












4
Tcda wt (from List Bio)
none
390
Not applicable
None





pg/mL




5
TcdB wt (from List Bio)
none
3.90
1
High





pg/mL




6
rMutant Toxin B TM Genetic
none
69
4.2
High



(SEQ ID NO: 6) L34346-022

ng/mL




7
Toxoid A
Formalin
Not

Medium



List

done


















TABLE 12B







Chemically Inactivated Mutant Toxin B is Safe and Antigenic













Reactivity with mAb





(dot blot, nondenaturing conditions)














N-terminal aa
Mid-/C-terminal aa


Sample


1-543
544-2366













#
Toxin Sample ID
Treatment
B8-26
B9-30
B56-6
B59-3





1
Mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6)
Formalin
+++
+++
++
++



L44905-160A







2
Mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6)
EDC
++++
++++
++++
++++



L44166-166







3
Mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6)
Formalin
++
+
+/−




L44905-170A












CONTROLS













4
TcdA wt (from List Bio)
none






5
TcdB wt (from List Bio)
none
++++
+++
++++
++++


6
rMutant TcdB TM Genetic
none
++++
++++
++++
++++



L34346-022 (SEQ ID NO: 6)







7
Toxoid B
Formalin
+++
+++
+++
+++



List





List = List Biologicals;


CPE = cytopathic effect assay;


EC50 = the concentration where 50% of the cells show cytotoxicity,


mAbs = monoclonal antibodies;


neut = neutralizing;


ND = not done;


TM = active site and cleavage mutant (“triple mutant”)






Example 19: Fermentation and Purification

Fermentations were initiated from a frozen source of a recombinant Clostridium difficile including an fdx promoter described above. The frozen stocks were a cell suspension made to an OD600=2.0 and 20% glycerol. A starter culture was inoculated with 0.2 mL of the culture stock into 500 mL SHYG10 medium (30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, 20 g/L yeast extract HY YEST 412, 10 g/L glucose, 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, pH7). The medium was contained in a 500 mL vented bottle. The inoculation was performed in a conventional biosafety cabinet, the bottle was flushed with nitrogen, and the bottle was then incubated static (vents closed) for ˜16-18 hours at 37° C. in a conventional incubator.


A ten liter bioreactor containing 8 L of SHYG60 medium (30 g/L soy hydrolysate SE50MK, 20 g/L yeast extract HY YEST 412, 60 g/L glucose, 15 mg/L thiamphenicol, pH7) was used for the fermentation phase. The 500 mL contents of the inoculum bottle were inoculated to the fermentor which was operated at 37° C., 400 rpm (1.47 m/s) with 0.1 wm nitrogen sparge. The pH was controlled at 7.0 by auto-addition of 5N NaOH. Fermentation was typically run for ˜24 hours to reach peak potency. Growth during the course of the fermentation was monitored by OD600 readings. Samples taken for mutant toxin quantitation were spun at ˜5000×g and the resulting pellets were frozen at −70° C. The cell pellet was then defrosted and resuspended in a buffer consisting of 20 mM Tris, 3 mM NaCl, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 6.5 and sonicated at an amplitude of 40 for 20 seconds. The resulting cell lysate was spun at 5,000×g for 10 min. The supernatant was combined with loading buffer and reducing agent and run on a 3.8% Tris-acetate PAGE gel at 150 volts for 50-55 min versus authentic toxin standards. The gel was stained overnight, then destained and quantitated on a scanning densitometer. Typically, OD600 values of ˜10-12 were observed with toxin values of 80-120 mg/L.


The following table 13 is an example of fermentation data for mutant toxin A.











TABLE 13





Elapsed fermentation

Toxin yield


time (hrs)
OD600
(mg/L)

















1
0.32



3
1.16



5
3.55
33


7
5.56
53


9
7.11
63


11
8.64
81


24
11.14
123









An example of fermentation data for mutant toxin B is presented in the table below.











TABLE 14





Elapsed fermentation

Toxin yield


time (hrs)
OD600
(mg/L)

















1
0.73



3
1.18



5
4.54
30


7
5.93
40


9
7.05
48


11
8.44
62


24
10.03
94









Modifications of the composition and methods for culturing the recombinant C. difficile cell and/or production of the mutant toxins have been tested and are within the scope of the invention. For example, although SE50MK (and variously SE50MK-NK, both sourced from Friesland-Campaigna) was the preferred choice for nitrogen source, a variety of other soy hydrolysates from other manufacturers were identified that worked well in the process. A culture medium including soy hydrolysate in the absence of yeast extract provided 30-40% of the expected yield.


Yeast extracts from alternative manufacturers were shown to support equivalent yields. A culture medium including yeast extract in the absence of soy hydrolysate provided 60-70% of the expected yield.


Use of a culture medium based on soy hydrolysate/yeast extract, in the absence of a carbon source, yielded about 2-3 OD600 and about 10-15 mg/L toxin. Although glucose was a preferred carbon source for culturing, equivalent results were obtained with mannitol. A screen of carbon sources in bottles, indicated that C. difficile may also utilize fructose and mannose which would also be expected to support high OD/yield, as compared to a culture medium in the absence of a carbon source. The following carbon sources did not appear to support optimal growth: arabinose, xylose, sucrose, lactose, maltose, glycerol, rhamnose and galactose.


In addition, extending the fermentation time to 48 hours (requiring addition of more glucose) did not appear to substantially improve yield.


Further, fermentation at pH 6.5 and 7.5 gave yields in the expected range of 80-120 mg/L. Fermentation at more extreme pH (pH 6.0 or 8.0) still gave the expected OD600 values, but reduced yields (40-60 mg/L) of toxin.


Fermentation using a culture medium in the absence of thiamphenicol resulted in a loss of plasmid, e.g., about 10-20% for a plasmid encoding mutant toxin B, and about 30-40% for a plasmid encoding mutant toxin A. Accordingly, fermentation using a culture medium in the absence of a chloramphenicol derivative was feasible.


Alternative modes of operating fermentation were also tested and are within the scope of the invention. For example, fermentation may be run at 400 rpm or less and nitrogen overlay may be used, both techniques of which were tried and used successfully.


Moreover, a monoclonal antibody medium SFM4MAb was tested and was shown to give about 10 OD600 of cells and about 40 mg/L of mutant toxin.


Lastly, addition of a phosphate-containing ingredient to the fermentation appeared to reduce the production of toxin, as compared to culture medium in the absence of the phosphate-containing ingredient.


At the end of fermentation, the fermenter is cooled. The cell slurry is recovered by continuous centrifugation and re-suspended in the appropriate buffer. Lysis of the cell suspension is achieved by high-pressure homogenization. For mutant toxin A, the homogenate is flocculated and the flocculated solution undergoes continuous centrifugation. This solution is filtered and then transferred for downstream processing. For mutant toxin B, the homogenate is clarified by continuous centrifugation, and then transferred for downstream processing.


Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) is purified using two chromatographic steps followed by a final buffer exchange. The clarified lysate is loaded onto a hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) column and the bound mutant toxin is eluted using a sodium citrate gradient. The product pool from the HIC column is then loaded on a cation exchange (CEX) column and the bound mutant toxin A is eluted using a sodium chloride gradient. The CEX pool containing purified mutant toxin A is exchanged into the final buffer by diafiltration. The purified mutant toxin A is exchanged into the final drug substance intermediate buffer by diafiltration. After diafiltration, the retentate is filtered through a 0.2 micron filter prior to chemically inactivation to a final drug substance. The protein concentration is targeted to 1-3 mg/mL.


Mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) is purified using two chromatographic steps followed by a final buffer exchange. The clarified lysate is loaded onto an anion exchange (AEX) column, and the bound mutant toxin is eluted using a sodium chloride gradient. Sodium citrate is added to the product pool from the AEX column and loaded on a hydrophobic interaction chromatography (HIC) column. The bound mutant toxin is eluted using a sodium citrate gradient. The HIC pool containing purified mutant toxin polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 6) is exchanged into the final buffer by diafiltration. The purified mutant toxin B is exchanged into the final drug substance intermediate buffer by diafiltration. After diafiltration, the retentate is filtered through a 0.2 micron filter prior to chemically inactivation to a final drug substance. The protein concentration is targeted to 1-3 mg/mL.


Example 20: Formaldehyde/Glycine Inactivation

After purification, the genetic mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) are inactivated for 48 hours at 25° C. using 40 mM (1.2 mg/ml) of formaldehyde. The inactivation is carried out at pH 7.0±0.5 in 10 mM phosphate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer containing 40 mM (3 mg/ml) glycine. The inactivation period is set to exceed three times the period needed for reduction in the EC50 in IMR90 cells to greater than 1000 ug/mL. After 48 hours, the biological activity is reduced 7 to 8 log10 relative to the native toxin. Following the 48 hour incubation, the inactivated mutant toxin is exchanged into the final drug substance buffer by diafiltration. For example, using a 100 kD regenerated cellulose acetate ultrafiltration cassette, the inactivated toxin is concentrated to 1-2 mg/mL and buffer-exchanged.


Example 21: N-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-Ethylcarbodiimide (EDC)/N-Hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) Inactivation

After purification, the genetic mutant toxins (SEQ ID NO: 4 and SEQ ID NO: 6) are inactivated for 2 hours at 25° C. using 0.5 mg EDC and 0.5 mg NHS per mg of purified genetic mutant toxin A and B (approximately 2.6 mM and 4.4 mM respectively). The reaction is quenched by the addition of glycine to a final concentration of 100 mM and the reactions incubate for an additional 2 hours at 25° C. The inactivation is carried out at pH 7.0±0.5 in 10 mM phosphate, 150 mM sodium chloride buffer. The inactivation period is set to exceed three times the period needed for reduction in the EC50 in IMR90 cells to greater than 1000 ug/mL. After 2 hours, the biological activity is reduced 7 to 8 log10 relative to the native toxin. Following the 4 hour incubation, the inactivated mutant toxin is exchanged into the final drug substance buffer by diafiltration. For example, using a 100 kD regenerated cellulose acetate ultrafiltration cassette, the inactivated toxin is concentrated to 1-2 mg/mL and buffer-exchanged.


Unless otherwise stated, the following terms as used in the Examples section refer to a composition produced according to the present description in Example 21: “EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin”; “EDC-inactivated mutant toxin”; “mutant toxin [A/B] drug substance”; “EI-mutant toxin”; “EDC/NHS-triple mutant toxin.” For example, the following terms are synonymous: “EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin A”; “EDC-inactivated mutant toxin A”; “mutant toxin A drug substance”; “EI-mutant toxin A”; “EDC/NHS-triple mutant toxin A.” As another example, the following terms are synonymous: “EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin B”; “EDC-inactivated mutant toxin B”; “mutant toxin B drug substance”; “EI-mutant toxin B”; “EDC/NHS-triple mutant toxin B.”


The mutant toxin A drug substance and the mutant toxin B drug substance are each manufactured using a batch process, which includes (1) fermentation of a the toxin negative C. difficile strain (VPI 11186) containing a plasmid encoding the respective genetic triple mutant toxin polypeptide (in a medium including soy hydrolysate, yeast extract HY YEST™ 412 (Sheffield Bioscience), glucose, and thiamphenicol), (2) purification of the genetic mutant toxin (the “drug substance intermediate”) from the cell-free lysate using ion exchange and hydrophobic interaction chromatographic procedures to at least greater than 95% purity, (3) chemical inactivation by treatment with EDC/NHS followed by quenching/capping with glycine, and (4) exchange into the final buffer matrix.


Example 22: Studies Supporting Conditions of Inactivation and Formulation

To optimize the chemical inactivation of the genetic mutant toxins, a statistical design of experiment (DOE) was performed. Factors examined in the DOE included temperature, formaldehyde/glycine concentration, EDC/NHS concentration and time (Tables 15 and 16). To monitor loss of biological activity, EC50 values in IMR90 cells were determined. In addition, cell morphology of IMR-90 cells various timepoints post-treatment were also observed. See FIG. 9, showing morphology at 72 hours post treatment. To determine the effect on protein structure, epitope recognition was monitored using dot-blot analysis using a panel of monoclonal antibodies raised against different domains of the toxin.









TABLE 15







Parameters Tested Formaldehyde/Glycine DOE










Parameters
Range tested






Time (days)
1 to 14  



Temperature (° C.)
4 to 37  



Toxin concentration (mg/ml)
1 to 1.25



Formaldehyde concentration (mM)
2 to 80  



Glycine concentration (mg/ml)
0 to 80  
















TABLE 16







Parameters Tested EDC/NHS DOE










Parameters
Range tested






Time (hours)
1 to 4



Temperature (° C.)
25 to 35



Toxin concentration (mg/ml)
  1 to 1.25



EDC (mg/mg toxin)
0.25 to 2.5 



NHS (mg/mg toxin)
  0 to 2.5









In the formaldehyde/glycine inactivation of C. difficile mutant toxins, final reaction conditions were chosen such that the desired level of reduction in cytotoxic activity (7 to 8 log10) was achieved while maximizing epitope recognition. See Example 20 above.


In the EDC/NHS inactivation of C. difficile mutant toxins, final reaction conditions were chosen such that the desired level of reduction in cytotoxic activity (7 to 8 log10) was achieved while maximizing epitope recognition. See Example 21 above.


In an alternative embodiment, the EDC-NHS reaction was quenched by addition of alanine, which sufficiently quenched the reaction. Use of alanine may result in a modification on the mutant toxin protein that is similar to the modification when the reaction is quenched by glycine. For example, quenching by adding alanine may result in an alanine moiety on a side chain of a glutamic acid and/or aspartic acid residue of the mutant toxin. In another alternative embodiment, the EDC-NHS reaction was quenched by addition of glycine methyl ester, which sufficiently quenched the reaction.


Production of chemically inactive triple mutant C. difficile toxin A and toxin B under optimized conditions resulted in a further reduction of residual cytotoxicity to an undetectable level (>1000 μg/mL—the highest concentration tested via the CPE assay), while retaining antigenicity as measured by their reactivity to the toxin-specific neutralizing antibodies. The results shown in Table 17 demonstrate a stepwise reduction in cytotoxicity from wt toxin through to EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxins. Immunofluorescence labelling confirmed that triple mutant toxins (SEQ ID NO: 4 and 6) and mutant toxin drug substances exhibited comparable binding to the IMR-90 cells suggesting that the cytotoxicity loss was not due to reduced binding to the cells (data not shown). Compared to mutant toxin A drug substance, the mutant toxin B drug substance achieved higher fold-reduction in cytotoxicity, which is consistent with the observed -600-fold higher potency of TcdB compared to TcdA.









TABLE 17







Cytotoxicity Summary















Fold reduction in










Toxin
Sample
EC50
cytotoxicity














A
TcdA
1.6
ng/mL
1



(SEQ ID NO: 1)






Triple mutant
12.5
μg/mL
7800



toxin A






(SEQ ID NO: 4)






Mutant toxin A
>1000
μg/mL
>625,000



Drug Substance





B
TcdB
2.5
pg/mL
1



(SEQ ID NO: 2)






Triple mutant
45
ng/mL
18,000



toxin B






(SEQ ID NO: 6)






Mutant toxin B
>1000
μg/mL
>400,000,000



Drug Substance









Cytotoxicity assay results for mutant toxin B modified by EDC alone, or by EDC and sulfo-NHS were also assessed. See Table 18.











TABLE 18






Cytotoxicity




EC50,



Sample
mg · mL−1 (CPE)
Comment

















TcdB TM
0.03



(SEQ ID NO: 6),




unmodified




TM TcdB-EDC 1,
<0.97
Reacted with EDC alone


no NHS




TM TcdB-EDC 2,
<0.97
Duplicate preparation


no NHS




TM TcdB-EDC 3,
125
Reacted with EDC and


sulfo-NHS

sulfo-NHS


(0.5×)




TM TcdB-EDC 4,
125
Duplicate preparation


sulfo-NHS




(0.5×)




TM TcdB-EDC 3,
250
Reacted with EDC and


sulfo-NHS

sulfo-NHS


(1.0×)




TM TcdB-EDC 4,
750
Reacted with EDC and


sulfo-NHS

sulfo-NHS


(2.0×)











Conditions: Triple mutant toxin B (“TM TcdB”)(SEQ ID NO: 6) was modified in the weight ratios mutant toxin B:EDC:sulfo-NHS=1:0.5:0.94. This ratio is the molar equivalent (corrected for higher MW of sulfo-NHS) to the standard EDC/NHS reaction as described in Example 21. To determine the affect of sulfo-NHS, the sulfo-NHS ratio was varied from 0.5× to 2× the standard ratio. Duplicate reactions were performed in 1×PBS pH 7.0 at 25° C., and were initiated by addition of EDC solution. After 2 hours, reactions were quenched by the addition of 1 M glycine pH 7.0 (0.1 M final concentration) and incubated for a further 2 hours. Quenched reactions were desalted and mutant toxin B drug substance (“TM TcdB-EDC”) was concentrated using Vivaspin 20 devices, and sterile filtered into sterile vials and submitted for assessment in a cytotoxicity assay.


At the same molar ratio, sulfo-NHS reduced the EC50 to about 250 ug/mL as compared to >1000 ug/mL for NHS. Even at twice the molar ratio, sulfo-NHS does not appear not as effective as NHS in decreasing cytotoxicity. See Table 19.












TABLE 19







NHS




reference
control




Digest
digest
Sulfo-NHS



(TcdB
(TcdB
Sample


Modification
EDC 004)
EDC 001)
Digest


















glycine adduct (+57 da)
49
29
35


beta-alanine (+70 da)
24
19
0


crosslinks (−18 da)
7
4
3


dehydroalanine (−34 da)
6
5
4


Unmodified
273
195
217









To determine the number and type of modifications, peptide mapping was performed on both EDC/NHS and EDC/sulfo-NHS inactivated triple mutant toxin B samples. Similar amounts of glycine adducts, crosslinks and dehydroalanine modifications were observed in both samples. However in the sulfo-NHS sample, no beta-alanine was observed.


Wild-type toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 2) was inactivated using the standard protocol (see Example 21); toxin B:EDC:NHS 1:0.5:0.5, 25° C. for 2 hours in 1×PBS pH 7.0, then quench with 1 M glycine (0.1 M final concentration) and incubate for an additional 2 hours. The sample was desalted, concentrated and submitted for cytotoxicity assay. The EC50 for this samples was <244 ng/mL.


Example 23: Reversion Studies

To determine if reversion occurs with either the formaldehyde/glycine or EDC/NHS inactivated C. difficile mutant toxins, samples of inactivated mutant toxins (1 mg/mL) were incubated at 25° C. for five-six weeks. Aliquots were removed each week and the EC50 values in IMR90 cells were determined. One formaldehyde/glycine inactivated sample contained no formaldehyde and one sample contained 0.01% formaldehyde. The EC50 was measured by the CPE assay.









TABLE 20







Results from Inactivated TcdA Reversion Study











EC50 (IMR90 cell assay)











Time of
Formalin-inactivated













Incubation

0.01%




(Days)
No formaldehyde
formaldehyde
EDC/NHS







 0
1000 ug/ml
1000 ug/ml
1000 ug/ml



 7
 740 ug/mL
ND
1000 ug/ml



14
 493 ug/mL
1000 ug/ml
1000 ug/ml



21
 395 ug/mL
ND
1000 ug/ml



28
 395 ug/mL
1000 ug/ml
1000 ug/ml



35
 326 ug/M
ND
ND










At 25° C. in the absence of residual formaldehyde, partial reversion is observed (Table 20). After five weeks, the cytotoxic activity increased approximately 3-fold. Although the cytotoxic activity increased, after five weeks there was still a 7 log10 reduction relative to the native toxin. Reversion was completely prevented by inclusion of formalin at a concentration of 0.010%. No reversion was observed in the EDC/NHS inactivated sample. Throughout the 6-week incubation, EC50 values remained at the starting level of >1000 μg/mL for all four lots of both EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) and EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6). In contrast, the EC50 values of FI-treated triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) and FI-treated triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) were not stable and declined to unacceptably low EC50 values, indicating an increase in cytotoxicity or reversion of inactivation. See Table 20.


In addition to stably reducing the cytotoxicity to an undetectable level (>1000 μg/mL, as measured by the CPE assay), mutant toxins inactivated using EDC/NHS retained important epitopes that are targets of toxin-neutralizing mAbs. See Table 21. FI mutant toxins showed a loss of the same antigenic determinants.









TABLE 21







EDC/NHS Inactivation Reduced Cytotoxicity of Genetic Mutant


Toxins and Maintained Important Antigenic Determinants












Reduction





in





cytotoxicity
Max binding




relative
(Rmax)b




to wt toxin
Neut mAbd












Sample
EC50
(log10)a
1c
2
3
















Triple mutant A
12.5
μg/mL
4.5
100
100
100


(SEQ ID NO: 4)








FI-Triple
>1000
μg/mL
>6.4
55
59
53


mutant A








EDC/NHS-
>1000
μg/mL
>6.4
90
94
103


Triple mutant A








Triple mutant B
69
ng/mL
4.3
100
100
100


(SEQ ID NO: 6)








FI-Triple
>1000
μg/mL
8.4
67
67
36


mutant B








EDC/NHS-
>1000
μg/mL
8.4
87
78
73












Triple mutant B











acytotoxicity was measured using the CPE assay on IMR90 cells




bvalues determined by Biacore ™ analysis using multiple neutralizing mAbs directed at various non-overlapping toxin epitopes




cvalues are averages of two experiments




dFor the first three rows, the neut mAb “1,” “2,” “3” refer to mAbs A60-22, A80-29, and A65-33 for toxin A, respectively. For the bottom three rows, the neut mAb “1,” “2,” “3” refer to mAbs B8-26, B59-3, and B-56-15 for toxin B, respectively.







Example 24: Preclinical Immunogenicity Studies

Key preclinical objectives include testing compositions including C. difficile mutant toxins A and B in small animals and nonhuman primates (NHP). Mice and hamsters were immunized to determine, among other things, if the C. difficile compositions are capable of eliciting neutralizing antibodies against the mutant toxin A and B. The antigens were tested for induction of serum neutralization antibody responses following a series of immunizations in mice, hamsters, and cynomolgus macaques. The genetic and/or chemically-inactivated mutant toxins were formulated in either neutral buffer, aluminum phosphate buffer, or buffer containing ISCOMATRIX as an adjuvant in some embodiments. Neutralizing antibody responses were generally tested about two to four weeks after each boost or the final dose.


The toxin neutralization assay demonstrates the ability of an antiserum to neutralize the cytotoxic effect mediated by C. difficile TcdA or TcdB and is therefore able to measure the functional activity of antibodies that are present in a sample. A toxin neutralization assay was performed on a human lung fibroblast cell line, IMR-90, which is sensitive to both TcdA and TcdB. Briefly, a 96-well microtiter plate was seeded with IMR-90 cells serving as the target of toxin-mediated cytotoxicity. Each test serum sample was analyzed separately for the ability to neutralize TcdA and TcdB. Appropriate serial dilutions of test antisera were mixed with a fixed concentrations of TcdA or TcdB and incubated at 37° C. for 90 minutes in a humidified incubator (37° C./5% CO2) to allow for neutralization of the toxins to occur. For quality control, all plates included a Reference standard and controls which includes antitoxin antibodies of known titer. After 90 minutes, the toxin-antisera mixture was added to the IMR-90 cell monolayer and the plates were incubated for an additional 72 hours. Subsequently, CellTiter-Glo® substrate was added to the assay plate to determine the Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) levels present in metabolically active cells and was measured as Relative Luminescence Units (RLU). A large ATP level indicates high cell viability, and levels are directly proportional to the amount of neutralization of the toxin by the antibody present in the sample. For preclinical data, the RLU data was plotted against the dilution value of the test antisera sample to generate a Four-Parameter Logistic (4-PL) regression response fit curve. The neutralization titers were expressed as the sample dilution value which exhibited 50% reduction in cytotoxicity.


Example 25: Mouse Immunogenicity Study: mu C. difficile2010-06

The purpose of this study was to assess the immunogenicity of two forms of mutant C. difficile toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6), each chemically-inactivated by different methods. In this study, the untreated mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) (genetically inactivated but not chemically inactivated) was used as a control, with and without adjuvant.


Groups of 10 mice were immunized intramuscularly with 10 μg of an immunogen according to Table 22.









TABLE 22







Testing chemically inactivated mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) in mice












Group
Immunogen
Dose
No.
Route
Schedule





1
Formalin-Inactivated
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin Ba in



Boost wks 4, 8



AlPO4 c






2
Inactivated Mutant
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



toxin B form 2b in



Boost wks 4, 8



AIPO4 c






3
Genetic-Inactivated
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin B



Boost wks 4, 8,



unadjuvanted






4
Genetic-Inactivated
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin B in



Boost wks 4, 8,



AlPO4 c






achemical inactivation = Formalin/glycine treated 10° C. for 7 days




bchemical inactivation = EDC/NHS treated, 30° C. for 2 hours




c aluminum ion concentration = 0.5 mg/mL








Results: There were no adverse events in the mice following each administration of the vaccine candidates. As illustrated in FIG. 10, mice in each group developed significant robust anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies after the third dose with the respective mutant toxins.


Based on the week 12 titers, it appears that in mice the EDC-inactivated mutant toxin B (Group 2) and the formalin-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 1) generated potent neutralizing responses.


In the absence of chemical inactivation, the genetic mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) generated neutralizing responses after two doses (Groups 3-4, week 8), which were boosted after the third dose (Groups 3-4, week 12).


Example 26: Mouse Immunogenicity Study: muC. difficile2010-07

The purpose of this study was to assess immunogenicity of chemically inactivated C. difficile mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively), either alone or in combination. The immunogens for all groups were formulated with aluminum phosphate as an adjuvant.


Groups of 5 mice were immunized intramuscularly with 10 μg of an immunogen according to Table 23.









TABLE 23







Testing Chemically Inactivated Genetic A and B mutant toxins


(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) in Mice












Group
Immunogen
Dose
No.
Group
Schedule





1
Formalin-Inactivateda
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin B (SEQ ID



Boost wks 4, 8, 12



NO: 6) in AlPO4c






2
EDC-Inactivatedb
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin B



Boost wks 4, 8, 12



(SEQ ID NO: 6) in







AlPO4c






3
Formalin-Inactivated
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID



Boost wks 4, 8, 12



NO: 4) form 1 in







AlPO4c






4
EDC-Inactivated
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxin A



Boost wks 4, 8, 12



(SEQ ID NO: 4) in







AlPO4c






5
Formalin-Inactivated
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxins A + B in
each


Boost wks 4, 8, 12



AlPO4c






aFormalin-treatment = formalin/glycine treated for 2 days at 25° C., mutant toxin was not cytotoxic and retained binding to all mutant toxin-specific monoclonal antibodies tested




bEDC-treatment = EDC/NHS treated for 4 hrs at 30° C., mutant toxin was not cytotoxic and retained binding to all mutant toxin-specific monoclonal antibodies tested




caluminum ion concentration = 0.5 mg/mL







Results: There were no adverse events in the mice following each administration of the vaccine candidates. As illustrated in FIG. 11, after two doses of chemically inactivated genetic mutant toxins, the anti-toxin A neutralizing antibodies (Groups 3-5) were boosted to titers between 3 and 4 log10 while the anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies (Groups 1-2, 5) remained low to undetectable, which is consistent with the data from the mouse study described above (FIG. 10). Anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies boosted to 2-3 log10 in groups 1, 2, and 5 following the third dose (week 12 titers) and reached their peak two weeks following the fourth dose (week 14 titers). The anti-toxin A neutralizing antibody titers in groups 3-5 increased slightly following the third (week 12 titers) and fourth immunizations (week 14 titers).


Example 27: Hamster Immunogenicity Study: Ham C. difficile2010-02

The purpose of this study was to assess immunogenicity and protective potential of C. difficile triple mutant and chemically inactivated mutant toxins A and B in the Syrian golden hamster model. The Syrian golden hamster model represents the best available challenge model for simulating human CDAD. The same batches of mutant toxins A and B used in mouse study muC. difficile2010-07 were used in this study. As a control, one group was given mutant toxins without aluminum-containing adjuvant.


Groups of 5 Syrian golden hamsters were immunized intramuscularly with 10 μg of an immunogen according to Table 24.









TABLE 24







Testing Chemically Inactivated Mutant Toxins A and B


(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) in Hamsters


(ham C. difficile 2010-02)












Group
Immunogen
Dose
No.
Route
Schedule





1
Formalin-Inactivateda
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxins A + B
each


Boost wks 4, 8, 12



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6)







in AlPO4c






2
Formalin-Inactivated
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



Mutant toxins A + B
each


Boost wks 4, 8, 12



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6)







in PBS (no adjuvant)






3
EDC-Inactivatedb Mutant
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



toxins A + B
each


Boost wks 4, 8, 12



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6)







in AlPO4c






4
List Biological toxoid in
10 μg
5
IM
Prime wk 0,



AlPO4c
each


Boost wks 4, 8, 12






aFormalin-treatment = formalin/glycine treated for 2 days at 25° C., Mutant toxin was not cytotoxic and retained binding to all mutant toxin-specific monoclonal antibodies tested




bEDC-treatment = EDC/NHS treated for 4 hrs at 30° C., Mutant toxin was not cytotoxic and retained binding to all mutant toxin-specific monoclonal antibodies tested




caluminum ion concentration = 0.5 mg/mL



1. Animals: 15 Syrian golden hamsters, female, 6-8 weeks old/100-130 g each.


2. Vaccination: IM, 0.05 ml each, according to above schedule. Toxoids will be


provided by Process Development and will be formulated in AlPO4 diluent by the


Formulations Group. Group 2 will serve as a non-adjuvanted control group.


3. Bleed: All hamsters will be bled at weeks 0, 4, 8, and 12, just prior to each immunization.


4. Serum sample analysis: Neutralization assay






Results: There were no adverse events observed following immunization with the mutant toxins. As illustrated in FIG. 12, after a single dose of mutant toxins, the anti-toxin A neutralizing responses were between 2-3 log10 for the formalin-inactivated mutant toxins (Groups 1-2) and between 3-4 log10 for the EDC-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 3). After the second dose, anti-toxin A antibodies boosted in all three groups. Anti-toxin A antibodies in all three groups did not appear to increase after the third dose. A similar result was observed after the fourth immunization, where an increase in titer was observed in the formalin-inactivated group that did not contain the aluminum adjuvant (Group 2).


The anti-toxin B neutralizing responses were undetectable in the formalin-inactivated mutant toxins groups (Groups 1-2) and were just over 2 log10 for the EDC-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 3) after a single dose. After the second dose, anti-toxin B neutralizing antibody titers in the two formalin-inactivated groups (Groups 1-2) increased to 3-4 log10 while those in the EDC-inactivated group (Group 3) increased to 4-5 log10. For all three groups, increases in anti-toxin B neutralizing antibody titers were observed after the third and/or fourth doses, with all groups reaching a peak titer at week 16 (after the last dose). See FIG. 12.


In FIG. 13, the level of neutralizing antibody responses against chemically inactivated genetic mutant toxins (FIG. 12) was compared to those elicited by List Biological Laboratories, Inc. (Campbell, California) (also referred herein as “List Bio” or “List Biologicals”) toxoids (i.e., toxoids purchased from List Biological Laboratories were prepared by formalin inactivation of wild type toxins; control reagent used to establish the hamster challenge model).


As used herein, “FI” in figures and tables refers to formalin/glycine treatment of the toxins, 2 days at 25° C., unless otherwise stated. As used herein, “EI” in figures and tables refers to EDC/NHS treatment for 4 hours at 30° C., unless otherwise stated. In FIG. 13, 5 hamster animals were treated with the respective mutant toxin composition, whereas 11 hamster animals were treated with the toxoid purchased from List Biological.


The data in FIG. 13 shows that, in hamsters administered according to Table 24, the respective neutralizing antibody titers against toxin A (FIG. 13A) and toxin B (FIG. 13B) induced by the immunogenic composition including EDC inactivated mutant toxins after two doses is higher than the respective neutralizing antibody titers elicited by the List Biologicals toxoids.


Example 28: Hamster Immunogenicity Study: C. difficile Ham2010-02 (Continued)

To assess protective efficacy of the mutant toxins, immunized hamsters, along with one control group of non-immunized animals, were first given an oral dose of clindamycin antibiotic (30 mg/kg) to disrupt normal intestinal flora. After five days, the hamsters were challenged with an oral dose of wild type C. difficile spores (630 strain, 100 cfu per animal). Animals were monitored daily for eleven days post-challenge for signs of CDAD, which in hamsters is known as wet tail. Using a system of clinical scoring a number of different parameters, animals determined to have severe CDAD were euthanized. The parameters included activity following stimulation, dehydration, excrement, temperature, and weight, etc., which are known in the art.


At day 11, the study was terminated and all surviving animals were euthanized. FIG. 14 shows the survival curves for each of the three immunized groups (Groups 1-3, according to Table 24) as compared to the non-immunized controls. As can be seen, the non-immunized animals all developed severe CDAD and required euthanasia between days 1-3 post challenge (0% survival). Both groups administered with formalin-inactivated mutant toxin had 60% survival curves, with animals not requiring euthanasia until day 3 (Group 1) or day 4 (Group 2). The group administered with EDC-inactivated mutant toxin had an 80% survival curve, with 1 (out of 5) animal requiring euthanasia on day 7. Accordingly, the hamsters were protected from lethal challenge with C. difficile spores.


Example 29: Hamster Immunogenicity Study: Ham C. difficile2010-03: Immunogenicity of Genetic and Chemically-Inactivated C. difficile Mutant Toxins

The purpose of this study was to assess immunogenicity of non-adjuvanted C. difficile triple mutant and chemically inactivated mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) in the Syrian golden hamster model. The same batches of mutant toxins A and B (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6, respectively) used in mouse study muC. difficile2010-07 were used in this study. As a control, one group (Group 1) was given a phosphate-buffered saline as placebo.


Groups of five or ten Syrian golden hamsters were immunized with an immunogen according to Table 25. Animals were given three doses. In addition, animals were dosed every two weeks.









TABLE 25







Experimental Design of Hamster Immunization and Challenge












Group
Immunogen
Dose
No.
Route
Schedule





1
Placebo (PBS buffer)
NA
 5
NA



2
Mutant toxin A + B
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and
each


Boost wks 2, 4



6, respectively);







Formalin-inactivated






3
Mutant toxin A + B
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and
each


Boost wks 2, 4



6, respectively);







EDC-Inactivated






4
Mutant toxin A + B
10 μg
10
IM
Prime wk 0,



(SEQ ID NOs: 4 and
each


Boost wks 2, 4



6, respectively);







genetic









Results: See FIG. 15. No anti-toxin A or B antibodies were observed in the placebo control group. After one dose, anti-toxin A neutralizing antibodies were observed between 2-3 log10 for the formalin-inactivated (Group 2) and genetic mutant toxin (Group 4) groups and between 3-4 log10 for the EDC-inactivated group (Group 3). Anti-toxin A neutralizing antibodies increased in each of these groups (2-4) after the second immunization with the relevant mutant toxins (compare titers at week 2 to week 3 in FIG. 15). After the third dose of mutant toxins (given at week 4), anti-toxin A neutralizing antibody titers in Groups 2-4 increased compared to their week 4 titers.


Anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies were detectable after the second dose, wherein the formalin-inactivated (Group 2) and EDC-inactivated (Group 3) anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies increased to between 3-4 log10 and to between 2-3 log10 for the genetic triple mutant (Group 4). Following the third immunization (week 4), the anti-toxin B neutralizing antibody titers boosted to between 3-4 log10 for the formalin-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 2) and genetic mutant toxins (Group 4) and between 4-5 log10 for the EDC-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 3).


For both anti-toxin A and anti-toxin B neutralizing antibodies, peak titers were observed at week 6 (post-dose 3) for all vaccinated groups (Groups 2-4).


Assessment of Immunogenic Compositions Adjuvanted with Alhydrogel/CpG or ISCOMATRIX


Hamsters immunized with an immunogenic composition including a chemically inactivated mutant toxin formulated with Alhydrogel, ISCOMATRIX, or Alhydrogel/CpG24555 (Alh/CpG) developed robust neutralizing antitoxin antisera. It was observed that peak antitoxin A and antitoxin B responses were 2-3-fold higher and statistically significant in groups immunized with mutant toxins formulated in Alh/CpG or ISCOMATRIX when compared to vaccine formulated with Alhydrogel alone. See Table 26 showing 50% neutralization titers. Hamsters (n=10/group) were immunized IM at 0, 2, and 4 weeks with 10 μg each mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance formulated with 100 μg of Alhydrogel, or 200 μg of CpG 24555+100 μg of Alhydrogel, or 10 U of ISCOMATRIX. Sera were collected at each time point and analyzed in the toxin neutralization assay for functional antitoxin activity. Geometric mean titers are provided in Table 26. Asterisks (*) indicate statistical significance (p<0.05) when compared to titers in the Alhydrogel group.









TABLE 26







Immunogenicity of Adjuvanted Mutant Toxin


Drug Substances in Hamsters









50% Neutralization Titer














Week 0
Week 1
Week 2
Week 3
Week 4
Week 6
















Antitoxin A








Alhydrogel
10
26
88
7425
6128
15965


Titer:








Alh/CpG
10
103
*688
*34572
*23028
*62203


Titer:








ISCOMATRIX
10
27
*246
*12375
8566
*36244


Titer:








Antitoxin B








Alhydrogel
10
15
10
218
1964
7703


Titer:








Alh/CpG
10
10
18
*5550
*5212
*59232


Titer:








ISCOMATRIX
10
12
12
*7412
*15311
*92927


Titer:















Protective efficacy of the immunogenic composition including mutant toxin drug substances formulated with these adjuvants was tested. Hamsters were immunized and were given oral clindamycin (30 mg/kg) on week 5 and challenged according to the method described above. One group of unimmunized hamsters (n=5) was included as a control. Increased efficacy was observed in hamsters immunized with mutant toxin drug substances adjuvanted with either Alh/CpG or ISCOMATRIX (100% survival) as compared to Alhydrogel alone (70% survival). Accordingly, the hamsters were protected from lethal challenge with C. difficile spores.


Example 30: Clostridium difficile Vaccination in Cynomolgus Macaques

The purpose of this study was to test the immunogenicity of low and high doses of EDC-Inactivated and Formalin-Inactivated C. difficile mutant toxins in cynomolgus macaques. All mutant toxins were formulated in ISCOMATRIX® as an adjuvant except for one group, which served as the unadjuvanted control (Group 5).









TABLE 27







Immunization of Cynomolgus Macaques












Group
Immunogen
Number
Dose
Route
Schedule





1
FI-Mutant toxins
5
 10 μg
IM
Prime wk 0,



A + B

each

Boost wks 2, 4



(ISCOMATRIX)






2
FI-Mutant toxins
5
100 μg
IM
Prime wk 0,



A + B

each

Boost wks 2, 4



(ISCOMATRIX)






3
EI-Mutant toxins
5
 10 μg
IM
Prime wk 0,



A + B

each

Boost wks 2, 4



(ISCOMATRIX)






4
EI-Mutant toxins
5
100 μg
IM
Prime wk 0,



A + B

each

Boost wks 2, 4



(ISCOMATRIX)






5
EI-Mutant toxins
5
100 μg
IM
Prime wk 0,



A + B (no adjuvant)

each

Boost wks 2, 4





Animals: 25 cynomolgus macaques


The asterisk, “*”, in FIG. 16 refers to having only 4 cynos in the group for week 12, one cyno in the group was terminally bled week at 8


Vaccination: IM, 0.5 mL per dose, at weeks 0, 2, and 4. Mutant toxin compositions were prepared as described above. The mutant toxin compositions were formulated in ISCOMATRIX, except Group 5 was formulated in buffer without adjuvant.


Bleed: Weeks −2, 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12. Euthanasia and terminal bleeds on animals with highest C. difficile titers at week 8.


Serum sample analysis: Protein ELISA and Neutralization assays






Results: FIG. 16 shows the anti-toxin neutralizing antibody responses in these animals at weeks 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12. Anti-toxin A titers were between 2-3 log10 for all five groups after a single dose (week 2 titers). These titers boosted after each subsequent dose for each group. In these animals, there was no drop in titer between weeks 3 and 4. For all groups, the peak titers were between 4-5 log10. At all time points, the group without ISCOMATRIX adjuvant (Group 5) had the lowest titers, indicating the utility of ISCOMATRIX at boosting the immune responses. The no-adjuvant control group (Group 5) reached peak titers at week 12, as did the group immunized with the high dose of EDC-inactivated mutant toxins (Group 4); all other groups reached peak titers at week 6, two weeks after the last dose. The titers in all groups boosted after the second dose (week 3 time point). As with the anti-toxin A responses, the anti-toxin B responses did not decrease from week 3 to week 4. After the third dose (week 6 time point), the anti-toxin B neutralizing antibody titers in all groups were between 3-4 log10, except in the low dose formalin-inactivated group (Group 1) and the high dose EDC-inactivated group (Group 4), both of which had titers just >4 log10. The peak titers were observed at week 12 for all groups except the low dose EDC-inactivated group (Group 3), which had peak titers at week 8. All groups had peak titers >4 log10.


Example 31: Monoclonal Antibodies Production

Although toxins A and B share a lot of structural homology, the neutralizing activities of the antibodies were found to be toxin-specific. In this invention, several antibodies were identified that are specific to individual toxin, and directed to various epitopes and functional domains, and have high affinity and potent neutralizing activity toward native toxins. Antibodies were isolated from mice that were immunized with either a commercially available formalin inactivated (FI)-mutant toxin or recombinant holo-mutant toxin (SEQ ID NOs: 4 and 6) rendered non-toxic by introducing specific mutations in its catalytic site for producing toxin A and B mAb, respectively. Epitope mapping of the antibodies showed that the vast majority of the mAb against toxin A (49 out of 52) were directed to the non-catalytic C terminal domain of the toxin.


Monoclonals against toxin B were targeted to three domains of the protein. Out of a total of 17 toxin B specific mAb, 6 were specific to N-terminus (e.g., amino acids 1-543 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, such as 630), 6 to C-terminus (e.g., amino acids 1834-2366 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, such as 630) and 5 to mid-translocation domain (e.g., amino acids 799-1833 of a wild-type C. difficile TcdB, such as 630). The approach of using mutant C. difficile toxins (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 4 and 6) as immunizing antigens thus offers a key advantage of presenting most, if not all, antigenic epitopes as compared to the formalin inactivation process that tend to adversely affect the antigenic structure of the mutant toxin.


Example 32: Characterization of Toxin A mAb, A3-25, which Includes a Variable Light Chain Having the Amino Acid Sequence of SEQ ID NO: 36 and a Variable Heavy Chain Having the Amino Acid Sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37

The mAb A3-25 was of particular interest since this antibody defied all attempts to define its immunoglobulin (Ig) isotyping using the commonly available isotyping kits for IgG, IgM and IgA. Further analysis by western blot using Ig H-chain specific antisera showed that the A3-25 is of IgE isotype, a rare event in mAb production. This was further confirmed by the nucleotide sequencing of mRNA isolated from A3-25 hybridoma cells. The amino acid sequences deduced from the nucleotide sequences of the variable regions of H- and L-chain of A3-25 are shown in FIG. 17.


In order to further evaluate the A3-25 mAb in animal model for C difficile infection and disease, its Ig isotype was changed to murine IgG1 by molecular grafting of the variable region of c H chain onto the murine y heavy chain according to the published methods.


Example 33: Neutralizing Ability and Epitope Mapping of Toxin Specific Antibodies

Further, in an effort to identify functional/neutralizing antibodies, all monoclonals were evaluated for the ability to neutralize wild type toxins in a standard cytopathic effect (CPE) assay or in a more stringent and quantitative assay based on measurement of ATP as cell viability indicator.


Out of a total of 52 toxin A specific antibodies, four mAb (A3-25, A65-33, A60-22 and A80-29 (Table 28 and FIG. 18) exhibited varied levels of neutralizing activity. BiaCore competitive binding assay and hemagglutination inhibition (HI) assays were performed to map the antibody epitopes. Results indicated that these antibodies may be targeted to different epitopes of the toxin A protein (Table 28). To further identify the location of binding sites on the protein, the antibodies were individually evaluated in western blot or dot blot assays using toxin fragments of known sequences. All 4 neutralizing mAb were found to be directed to the C-terminus region of the toxin.


From a total of 17 toxin B specific antibodies, 9 were found to be neutralizing. Of the nine neutralizing mAb, six of them were directed to the N-terminus and the other three to the translocation domain of the B toxin (Table 29). Based on the Biacore competitive binding assay, the nine neutralizing monoclonal antibodies may be grouped into four epitope groups as shown in FIG. 19.









TABLE 28







Characteristics of Selected Toxin A mAb












Epitope


Hemagglu-




Group

Neutralizing
tination
Binding



(Biacore)
mAb #
activity
Inhibition
Specificity
Ig Isotype















1
A3-25
+

C-teriminal
IgE, κ


2
A65-33
+

C-teriminal
IgG2a, κ


3
A80-29
+
+
C-teriminal
IgG1, κ


ND
A60-22
+
+
C-teriminal
IgG1, κ


4
A64-6


In progress
IgG1, κ



A50-10


C-teriminal
IgG1, κ



A56-33


In progress
IgG1, κ


ND
A1


N-terminal
IgG1, κ
















TABLE 29







Characteristics of Selected Toxin B mAb











Epitope






Group
mAb
Neutralizing
Binding



(Biacore)
#
activity
Specificity
Ig isotype














1
B2-31
+
N-terminal
IgG1, κ



B5-40


IgG1, κ



B8-26


IgG1, κ



B70-2


IgG1, κ


2
B6-30
+
N-terminal
IgG1, κ



B9-30


IgG1, κ


3
B59-3
+
Translocation
IgG1, κ



B60-2

domain
IgG1, κ


4
B56-6
+
Translocation
IgG1, κ



B58-4

domain
IgG1, κ


5
B12-34

C-terminal
IgG1, K



B14-23


IgG1, κ



B80-3


IgG1, κ


6
B66-29

C-terminal
IgG1, κ


7
B84-3

C-terminal
IgG1, κ









Example 34: Identification of Novel Toxin a Antibodies Combinations with Significantly Enhanced Neutralizing Activity

The four toxin A mAb (A3-25, A65-33, A60-22 and A80-29) showed incomplete or partial neutralization of toxin A when tested individually in the ATP based neutralization assay. The mAb A3-25 was the most potent antibody and the other three were less neutralizing with A80-29 barely above background (FIG. 18). However, when A3-25 was combined with either one of the other three mAbs, a synergistic effect in neutralization was observed in all three combinations which was far greater than the sum total of neutralization of individual antibodies as shown in FIG. 20A-C. In addition, all three combinations exhibited complete neutralization capability normally observed with anti-toxin A polyclonal antibodies.


Example 35: Identification of Novel Toxin B Antibodies Combinations Showing Significantly Enhanced Neutralizing Activity

We also observed synergistic neutralization with the Toxin B mAbs from the different epitope groups identified by BiaCore analysis. Toxin B mAb B8-26, the most dominant mAb of group 1, was combined with multiple mAbs from group 3. The combinations were evaluated in a toxin B specific neutralization assay and the results are shown in FIG. 21 and Table 30.









TABLE 30







Neutralization of Toxin B with mAbs











Neut titer











mAb
CPE
ATP















B8-26 alone
20,480
5,000



B59-3 alone
320
120



B60-2 alone
320
80



B8-26 + B59-3
655,360
~60,000



B8-26 + B60-2
327,680
nd



nd, not done






The synergistic neutralizing effect was observed when B8-26 was combined with an epitope group 3 mAb (FIG. 21B), but not any other mAb (data not shown).


Example 36: In Vitro Screening by mAb for Safe and Efficacious Mutant Toxin Compositions

Genetic mutant toxins A and B of C difficile (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 4 and 6) generated via genetic engineering showed residual cytotoxicity using an in vitro cytotoxicity assay. Although we have achieved a ˜4 log reduction in cytotoxicity for each mutant toxin C. difficile toxin (Table 31), further chemical inactivation of the mutant toxins, such as with formalin treatment was preferred. However, chemical inactivation treatments may be harsh and may adversely affect key antigenic epitopes of these toxins or mutant toxins.









TABLE 31







A Comparison of In Vitro Cytotoxicity of WT Toxin, Triple Mutant Toxin, and


Formalin-Inactivated (FI, from List Biological) WT toxins (List Biological, commercial)













Fold Reduction in


Tcd
Source/treatment
EC50 ng/mL
Cytotoxicity










TcdA










Toxin A
WT
0.92
1


(SEQ ID NO: 1)





Mutant toxin A
Triple mutant
8600
9348


(SEQ ID NO: 4)





Toxoid A (FI)
Formalin treated,
>20,000
>21,739



commercial









TcdB










Toxin B
WT
0.009
1


(SEQ ID NO: 2)





Mutant toxin B
Triple mutant
74
8222


(SEQ ID NO: 6)





Toxoid B (FI)
Formalin treated,
4300
477,778



commercial











For bioprocess optimization, a statistical design of experiment (DOE) was performed for the chemical inactivation of triple mutant Tcd A and B (1 mg/mL) using formalin and EDC/NHS treatment. To optimize formalin inactivation of triple mutant TcdA, we varied concentrations of formalin/glycine (20-40 mM), pH (6.5-7.5), and temperature (25-40° C.). For triple mutant TcdB, we varied the formalin/glycine concentration from 2 to 80 mM and the temperature and pH were 25° C. and 7.0 respectively. The incubation time for all formalin treatments was 24 hours. For the formalin inactivation, “40/40” in Tables 32 and 34 represent the concentration of formalin and glycine used in the reaction. For EDC/NHS treatment, we varied the concentrations of EDC/NHS from 0.25 to 2.5 mg/mg of triple mutant TcdA and from 0.125 to 2.5 mg/mg of triple mutant TcdB and incubated for four hours at 25° C. At the end of the reactions, all samples were desalted in 10 mM phosphate, pH 7.0. After purification, the treated Tcds were analyzed for residual cytotoxicity and mAb recognition of epitopes by dot-blot analysis. The goal was to identify treatment conditions that reduce cytotoxicity to the desired level (EC50>1000 μg/mL) without negatively impacting epitopes recognized by a panel of neutralizing mAbs (++++ or +++). The treatment conditions (marked with a check mark “√” in Tables 32-35) yielded potentially safe and efficacious immunogenic compositions that retained reactivity to at least four neutralizing mAbs while exhibiting 6-8 log10 reduction in cytotoxicity, relative to the respective wild-type toxin cytotoxicity. Select results are illustrated in Tables 32 to 35. Additional data from varying treatment conditions on the triple mutant toxins and the data from in vitro cytotoxicity and toxin neutralization assays are shown in Table 36 and Table 37. See also, for example, Examples 20 and 21 above, which provide further details regarding preferred crosslinking treatment conditions of the mutant toxins.









TABLE 32







Cytotoxicity and Neutralizing mAb Reactivity of Formalin-inactivated Triple


Mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)











Reactivity with mAb (dot blot,


Chemical inactivation

non-denaturing conditions)











reaction conditions on
CPE
N-terminal
Translocation
C-terminal (neut)














Triple Mutant TcdA
μg/mL
Mab#6
Domain Mab# 102
A80-29
A3-25
A60-22
A65-33





25° C., pH 6.5, 20/20 mM
250
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., pH 6.5, 40/40 mM ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., pH 7.5, 40/40 mM ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


40° C., pH 6.5, 40/40 mM
>1000
++
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++


40° C., pH 7.5, 40/40 mM
>1000
++
++
++++
++++
++++
+++


None, Triple mutant toxin A
18.5-25
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


Fl Toxoid A (List
ND


++
++
+++
+


Biological)
















TABLE 33







Cytotoxicity and Neutralizing mAb Reactivity of EDC-inactivated Triple Mutant


TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4)











Reactivity with mAb (dot blot,


Chemical inactivation

non-denaturing conditions)











reaction conditions on
CPE
N-terminal
Translocation
C-terminal (neut)














Triple Mutant TcdA
μg/mL
Mab#6
Domain Mab# 102
A80-29
A3-25
A60-22
A65-33





25° C., 0.25 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., 0.5 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., 1.25 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
+++
++++
++++
+++
++++
++++


25° C., 2.5 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
+++
++++
++++
+++
++++
+++


None, Triple mutant TcdA
18.5-25
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


Fl Toxoid A (List
ND


++
++
+++
+


Biological)
















TABLE 34







Cytotoxicity and Neutralizing mAb Reactivity of Formalin-inactivated Triple Mutant TcdB


(SEQ ID NO: 6)












mAb #
mAb #


Chemical inactivation

(N-terminal
(mid-/C-terminal


reaction conditions
CPE
aa 1-543)
aa 544-2366)












on Triple Mutant TcdB
(μg/mL)
B8-26
B9-30
B56-6
B59-3















25° C., pH 7.0, 80/80 mM, 24 hr ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
+++


25° C., pH 7.0, 40/40 mM, 24 hr ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., pH 7.0, 10/10 mM, 24 hr
15.6
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., pH 7.0, 2/2 mM, 24 hr
<0.98
++++
++++
++++
++++


None, Triple mutant TcdB
0.058
++++
++++
++++
++++


FI Toxoid B (List Biological)
ND
+++
+++
+++
++
















TABLE 35







Cytotoxicity and Neutralizing mAb Reactivity of EDC-inactivated Triple Mutant TcdB


(SEQ ID NO: 6)












mAb #
mAb +190




(N-terminal
(mid-/C-terminal


Chemical inactivation

aa 1-543)
aa 544-2366)


reaction conditions
CPE
8-26 9-30
56-6 59-3












on Triple Mutant TcdB
(μg/mL)
B8-26
B9-30
B56-6
B59-3















25° C., 0.125 mg/mg, 4 hr
3.9
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., 0.25 mg/mg, 4 hr
250
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., 0.5 mg/mL, 4 hr ✓
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++


25° C., 1.25 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
++++
+++
+++
+++


25° C., 2.5 mg/mg, 4 hr ✓
>1000
++++
+++
+++
+++


None, Triple mutant TcdB
0.058
++++
++++
++++
++++


FI Toxoid B (List Biological)
ND
+++
+++
+++
++



















TABLE 36









Cyto Assay
Reactivity with mAb




(EC50)
(dot blot, non-denaturing conditions)














Mutant toxin A
CPE;
CPE,
N-
Translocation



Sample
(SEQ ID NO:
24 h
72 h
terminal
Domain Mab#
C-terminal (neut)
















#
4) Sample ID
μg/mL
μg/mL
Mab#6
102
80-29
3-25
60-22
65-33



















 1
L44166-157A
>1000
>1000
++++
++++
++++
+++
++++
++++


 2
L44166-157B
>1000
>1000
+++
++++
++++
+++
++++
++++


 3
L44166-157C
>1000
>1000
+++
+++
++++
+++
++++
++++


 4
L44166-157D
>1000
>1000
+++
+++
++++
+++
++++
++++


 5
L44905-160A
>1000
>1000
++
++
++++
++
++++
++++


 6
L44166-166
>1000
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


 7
L44905-170A
ND
>1000
+
+
++
++
++
+


 8
L44897-61
>1000
ND
+++
++
++++
++++
++++
++++


 9
L44897-63
>1000
ND
++++
+++
++++
+++
++++
++++


10
L44897-72
250
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#1










11
L44897-72
>1000
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#2










12
L44897-72
>1000
ND
+++
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#3










13
L44897-72
>1000
ND
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#4










14
L44897-72
>1000
ND
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#5










15
L44897-75
>1000
ND
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#6










16
L44897-75
>1000
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#7










17
L44897-75
>1000
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#8










18
L44897-75
>1000
ND
++
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#9










19
L44897-75
>1000
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Tube#10










20
L44897-75
>1000
ND
++
++
++++
++++
++++
+++



Tube#11










21
L44897-101
23.4
<7.8
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



(pre-











modification)











TxA control










22
L44897-101, 2
187.5
155.9
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



hr










23
L44897-101, 4
375
380.3
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



hr










24
L44897-101, 6
500
429.6
+++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



hr










25
L44897 102,
>1000
>1000
++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



24 hr










26
L44897-103,
>1000
>1000
+
+++
+++
++++
++++
+++



51 hr










27
L44897-104,
>1000
>1000

+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



74 hr










28
L44897-105,
>1000
>1000

++
++
+++
+++
++



120 hr










29
L44980-004
>1000
>1000
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


30
Reaction #1
750
ND
ND
++
++
+++
+++
++



Week 0, 25C
ug/mL









31
Reaction #1
375
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



Week 1, 25C
ug/mL









32
Reaction #1
375
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



Week 2, 25C
ug/mL









33
Reaction #1
375
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



Week 3, 25C
ug/mL









34
Reaction #1
250
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



Week 4, 25C
ug/mL









35
Reaction #1
93.8
ND
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Week 3, 37C
ug/mL









36
Reaction #2
375
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
+++
+++



Week 0, 25C
ug/mL









37
Reaction #2
375
ND
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Week 1, 25C
ug/mL









38
Reaction #2
750
ND
ND
++
++
++
+++
++



Week 2, 25C
ug/mL









39
Reaction #2
250
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
++++
+++



Week 3, 25C
ug/mL









40
Reaction #2
250
ND
ND
+++
+++
+++
++++
+++



Week 4, 25C
ug/mL









41
Reaction #2
187.5
ND
ND
+++
+++
++++
++++
+++



Week 3, 37C
ug/mL









42
TxA Control
18.8
ND
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Week 3, 25C
ug/mL









43
TxA Control
25
ND
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++



Week 3, 37C
ug/mL









44
L44897-116-6
>2000
ND
ND
++
++
++
+++
++



29.5 hrs
ug/mL









45
L44897-116-7
>2000
ND
ND
++
++
++
+++
++



57.5 hrs
ug/mL









46
L44897-116-8
>2000
ND
ND
+
+
+
+++
+



79.5 hrs
ug/mL









47
L44897-116-9
>2000
ND
ND
++
++
++
+++
++



123.5 hrs
ug/mL









48
L44897-139
>1000
ND
++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++


49
L44166-204
>1000
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++
++++










Chemical Crosslinking Reaction Conditions for the Samples of Triple Mutant Toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) Referenced in Table 36


Samples 1-4 were modified with EDC/NHS. Conditions: 30° C., 20 mM MES/150 mM NaCl pH 6.5. Reactions were initiated by addition of EDC. After 2 hours reaction, samples A, B, and C had 1 M glycine added to 50 mM glycine final concentration. Sample D had no glycine added. The reactions were set up with different weight ratios of Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4):EDC:NHS as indicated below.


1 L44166-157A 1:0.25:0.25 w:w:w


2 L44166-157B 1:1.25:1.25


3 L44166-157C 1:2.5:2.5


4 L44166-157D 1:2.5:2.5


Sample 5 L44905-160A 80 mM HCHO, 80 mM glycine, 80 mM NaPO4 pH 7, 1 mg/mL Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) Protein, 48 hrs reaction at 25° C.


Sample 6 L44166-166 EDC/NHS modification of Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) at 25° C. in 20 mM MES/150 mM NaCl pH 6.5. Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4):EDC:NHS=1:0.5:0.5. Reaction initiated by addition of EDC. After 2 hours reaction, 1M glycine added to 0.1 M glycine final concentration and further 2 hour incubation. After this time, reaction buffer exchanged into 1×PBS on Sephadex G25.


Sample 7 L44905-170A 80 mM HCHO, 80 mM glycine, 80 mM NaPO4 pH 7, 1 mg/mL Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) Protein, 48 hrs reaction at 35 C. This formalin reaction was directed at producing excessive crosslinking so that antigen binding would be severely diminished.


Sample 8 L44897-61 32 mM HCHO/80 mM glycine, 72 hrs reaction at 25° C.


Sample 9 L44897-63 80 mM HCHO/80 mM glycine, 72 hrs reaction at 25° C.


The following reactions all had 24 hrs reaction time.


Sample 10 L44897-72 Tube #1 25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 6.5, 20 mM HCHO/20 mM glycine


Sample 11 L44897-72 Tube #2 25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 6.5, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine


Sample 12 L44897-72 Tube #3 32.5° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 30 mM HCHO/30 mM glycine


Sample 13 L44897-72 Tube #4 32.5° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 30 mM HCHO/30 mM glycine Sample 14 L44897-72 Tube #5 32.5° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 30 mM HCHO/30 mM glycine


Sample 15 L44897-75 Tube #6 25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.5, 20 mM HCHO/20 mM glycine


Sample 16 L44897-75 Tube #7 25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.5, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine


Sample 17 L44897-75 Tube #8 40° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 6.5, 20 mM HCHO/20 mM glycine


Sample 18 L44897-75 Tube #9 40° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 6.5, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine


Sample 19 L44897-75 Tube #10 40° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.5, 20 mM HCHO/20 mM glycine


Sample 20 L44897-75 Tube #11 40° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.5, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine


The following 8 samples were reacted at 25° C. for the indicated times in 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0 containing 78 mM HCHO and 76 mM glycine


Sample 21 L44897-101 (pre-modification) TxA control time zero control sample, not modified or exposed to HCHO/glycine


Sample 22 L44897-101, 2 hr


Sample 23 L44897-101, 4 hr


Sample 24 L44897-101, 6 hr


Sample 25 L44897 102, 24 hr


Sample 26 L44897-103, 51 hr


Sample 27 L44897-104, 74 hr


Sample 28 L44897-105, 120 hr


Sample 29 (L44980-004) was EDC/NHS modified Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) (triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4)-EDC). Reaction conditions are: 25° C., buffer was 20 mM MES/150 mM NaCl pH 6.6. Triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4):EDC:NHS=1:0.5:0.5 w:w:w. Reaction initiated by addition of EDC. After 2 hours reaction, glycine added to 0.1 M final concentration and reacted further 2 hours at 25 C. Reaction terminated by desalting on Sephadex G25.


The following 12 samples and 2 controls were reversion experiments where samples were incubated at 25° C. and 37° C.


Reaction 1=25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 40 mM HCHO only (no glycine), 24 hour reaction.


Reaction 2=25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine, 24 hour reaction
















Sample
Reaction









30
Reaction #1 Week 0, 25° C.



31
Reaction #1 Week 1, 25° C.



32
Reaction #1 Week 2, 25° C.



33
Reaction #1 Week 3, 25° C.



34
Reaction #1 Week 4, 25° C.



35
Reaction #1 Week 3, 37° C.



36
Reaction #2 Week 0, 25° C.



37
Reaction #2 Week 1, 25° C.



38
Reaction #2 Week 2, 25° C.



39
Reaction #2 Week 3, 25° C.



40
Reaction #2 Week 4, 25° C.



41
Reaction #2 Week 3, 37° C.



42
TxA Control Week 3, 25° C.



43
TxA Control Week 3, 37° C.










The next 4 samples were generated by reaction for the indicated times at 25° C. in 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine


44 L44897-116-6 29.5 hrs


45 L44897-116-7 57.5 hrs


46 L44897-116-8 79.5 hrs


47 L44897-116-9 123.5 hrs


Sample 48 L44897-139 48 hrs reaction at 25° C., 80 mM NaPi pH 7.0, 40 mM HCHO/40 mM glycine.


Sample 49 L44166-204 EDC/NHS modification of Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4). 25 C, buffer 1×PBS pH7.0. Mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4):EDC:NHS=1:0.5:0.5 w:w:w. 2 hours reaction with EDC/NHS, then 1 M glycine added to 0.1 M final concentration and further 2 hours reaction. Buffer exchanged on Sephadex G25 into 20 mM L-histidine/100 mM NaCl pH 6.5.













TABLE 37










Reactivity with neut mAb (dot blot,






non-denaturing conditions)
















mAb # (N-
mAb # (mid-/C-













Cyto Assay (EC50)
terminal aa 1-543)
terminal aa 544-2366)
Strong












Mutant toxin B
CPE;

8-26
56-6
reactivities


Sample ID
24 h
ATP, 72 h
9-30
59-3
to all 4 mAbs

















L44905-86-01
<0.1
<0.1 μg/mL
++++
++++
++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL








B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Untreated Control









L44905-86-02
≥100
2.2 μg/mL
++++
++++
++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL








B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 10° C., day 1









L44905-86-03
>100
>100
+++
++++
++
+++
✓*


Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 25° C., day 1









L44905-86-04
>100
5.2 μg/mL
++++
++++
++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL








B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 10° C., day 1









L44905-86-05
>100
>100
++++
++++
++
+++
✓*


Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 25° C., day 1









L44905-86-06
>100
>100
++++

++++
+++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 10° C., day 1









L44905-86-07
>100
>100
++++

++++
+++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 25° C., day 1









L44905-86-08
>100
>100
++++
++++
++++
+++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 10° C., day 5









L44905-86-09
>100
>100
++
++

+



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 25° C., day 5









L44905-86-10
>100
>100
++++
++++
++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 10° C., day 5









L44905-86-11
>100
>100
++
++++

+



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 25° C., day 5









L44905-86-12
>100
>100
++++

++++
+++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 10° C., day 5









L44905-86-13
>100
>100
++++

++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 25° C., day 5









L44905-86-14
>100
>100
++++
++++
++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 10° C., day 7









L44905-86-15
>100
>100
+++
++++

+



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn1, 25° C., day 7









L44905-86-16
>100
>100
+++
++++
+++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 10° C., day 7









L44905-86-17
>100
>100
++
++

+



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn2, 25° C., day 7









L44905-86-18
>100
>100
++++

++++
++++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 10° C., day 7









L44905-86-19
>100
>100
+++

++
++



Triple mutant toxin
μg/mL
μg/mL







B (SEQ ID NO: 6),









Rxn3, 25° C., day 7









L34346-30A
>100
>100
++++
++++
++++
++++




μg/mL
μg/mL







L34346-30B
>100
>100
+++
++++
++++
++++




μg/mL
μg/mL







Commercial, Fl
ND
ND
++++
++++
++++
++++



Toxoid B (List









Biologicals)









Commercial,
22.5
7.8 μg/mL
+++
++
+++
+++



Control Toxin B wt
pg/ mL








(List Biologicals)









Control,
78
72 ng/ml
+++
++
++++
+++



recombinant triple
ng/mL








mutant toxin B









(SEQ ID NO: 6)










Chemical Crosslinking Reaction Conditions for the Samples of Mutant Toxin B Referenced in Table 37


Triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) was chemically crosslinked and tested according to the following reaction conditions. The L44905-86 samples were tested in an experiment involving three formalin reaction variations and two incubation temperatures. Each day, 6 samples were taken for a total of 18 samples. The first sample in the list is the untreated control (which makes 19 samples total). The untreated control included an untreated triple mutant toxin B polypeptide (SEQ ID NO: 6).


Reaction1 (“Rxn1”)=80 mM HCHO, 80 mM glycine, 80 mM NaPO4 pH 7, 1 mg/mL Triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) Protein


Reaction2 (“Rxn2”)=80 mM HCHO, No glycine, 80 mM NaPO4 pH 7, 1 mg/mL Triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) Protein


Reaction3 (“Rxn3”)=80 mM HCHO, No glycine, 80 mM NaPO4 pH 7, 1 mg/mL Triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) Protein+Cyanoborohydride capping. Cyanoborohydride Capping involved 80 mM CNBrH4 added to desalted final reaction and incubated 24 hr at 36° C.


For Sample L34346-30A 0.5 g EDC and NHS per gram of triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6), 4 hours at 30° C., in 20 mM MES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 6.5.


For Sample L34346-30B 0.5 g EDC and NHS per gram of triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6), 2 hours at 30° C. followed by addition of glycine (final concentration of g/L) and incubated another 2 hours at 30° C., in 20 mM MES, 150 mM NaCl, pH 6.5. The only difference between the two reactions for L34346-30A and L34346-30B is the addition of glycine to reaction L34346-30B.


Example 37: Antibodies Induced by Immunogenic Compositions are Capable of Neutralizing Toxins from Various C. difficile Strains

To assess whether antibodies induced by the immunogenic compositions including the mutant toxin drug substances can neutralize a broad spectrum of diverse toxin sequences, strains representing diverse ribotypes and toxinotypes were sequenced to identify the extent of genetic diversity among the various strains compared to the mutant toxin drug substances. Culture supernatants containing secreted toxins from the various strains were then tested in an in vitro neutralization assay using sera from immunized hamsters to determine the coverage of the immunogenic composition and to determine the ability of the immunogenic composition to protect against diverse toxins from circulating clinical strains.


Both HT-29 cells (colon carcinoma cell line) and IMR-90 cells were used to test the neutralization of toxins expressed from CDC strains. HT-29 cells are more sensitive to TcdA; the EC50 of the purified TcdA in these cells is 100 pg/mL as compared to 3.3 ng/mL for TcdB. On the other hand IMR-90 cells are more sensitive to TcdB, the EC50 of the purified TcdB in these cells ranges between 9-30 pg/mL as compared to 0.92-1.5 ng/mL for TcdA. The assay specificity for both TcdA and TcdB in these cell lines was confirmed by using both polyclonal and monoclonal toxin-specific antibodies. For assay normalization, culture filtrates of the 24 CDC isolates were tested at a concentration four times their respective EC50 value. Three of the strains had toxin levels that were too low for testing in the neutralization assay.


Twenty-four strains representing diverse ribotypes/toxinotypes covering greater than 95% of the circulating strains of C. difficile in the USA and Canada were obtained from the CDC. Among these isolates were strains representing ribotypes 027, 001 and 078, three epidemic strains of CDAD in the United States, Canada and UK. Strains 2004013 and 2004118 represented ribotype 027; strain 2004111 represented ribotype 001 and strains 2005088, 2005325 and 2007816 represented ribotype 078. To identify the extent of genetic diversity between the disease-causing clinical isolates and the 630 strain, the toxin genes (tcdA and tcdB) from these clinical strains were fully sequenced. See Table 38. The amino acid sequences of the toxins were aligned using ClustalW in the Megalign™ program (DNASTAR® Lasergene®) and analyzed for sequence identity. For tcdA, genomic alignment analysis showed that all of the clinical isolates and strain 630 shared overall about 98-100% amino acid sequence identity. The C-terminal portion of the tcdA gene was slightly more divergent. The same analysis was performed for the tcdB gene which exhibited greater sequence divergence. Notably strains 2007838/NAP7/126 and 2007858/NAP1/unk5 displayed the most divergent patterns from the 630 strain in the N terminal (79-100%) and the C terminal domains (88-100%; data not shown).


A hamster serum pool (HS) was collected from the Syrian golden hamsters that were immunized with an immunogen including mutant TcdA (SEQ ID NO: 4) and mutant TcdB (SEQ ID NO: 6), wherein the mutant toxins were inactivated with EDC, according to, for example, Example 29, Table 25, described above, and formulated with aluminum phosphate. The results in Table 38 show that at least toxin B from the respective culture supernatants were neutralized, in an in vitro neutralization assay, by sera from the immunized hamsters.









TABLE 38







Description of C. difficile strains from CDC and Ability


of Immune Hamster Sera to Neutralize Various Toxins













Neutralized





by Hamster


Strain
PFGE Type
Ribotype
Sera





2005088
NAP7
 78
yes


2007816
NAP7-related
 78
yes


2005325
NAP7
 78
yes


2004013
NAP1
 27
yes


2007886
NAP1

yes


2008222
NAP4
 77
yes


2004206
NAP4
154
yes


2005283
NAP5
Unk3
Not testedb


2009141
NAP2

yes


2007838
NAP7
126
yes


2004111
NAP2
 1
yes


2007070
NAP10
 70
yes


2006017
NAP12
 15
yes


2009078
NAP11
106
Not testedb


2007217
NAP8
126
yes


2006376
NAP9
 17
yes


2007302
NAP11
Unk2
yes


2004118
NAP1
 27
yes


2005022
NAP3
 53
yes


2009292
NAP1

yes


2004205
NAP6
 2
yes


2007858
NAP1
Unk5
yes


2009087
NAP11
106
Not testedb


2005359
NAP1-related

yes






bToxin levels were too low to perform the neutralization assay.








FIG. 23 depicts the results of the neutralization assay using toxin preparations from various C. difficile strains on IMR-90 cells. The data show TcdB neutralizing antibodies in the hamster antisera were capable of neutralizing toxins from all 21 isolates tested, including hypervirulent strains and a TcdA-negative, TcdB-positive strain. At least 16 different strains of C. difficile were obtained from the CDC (Atlanta, GA)(previously described) and were cultured in C. difficile culture media under suitable conditions as known in the art and as described above. Culture supernatants containing the secreted toxins were analyzed to determine their cytotoxicity (EC50) on IMR-90 monolayers and subsequently tested in a standard in vitro neutralization assay at 4 times the EC50 using various dilutions of sera from hamsters immunized with mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance, formulated with aluminium phosphate. Crude toxin obtained from culture supernatants of each strain and purified toxin (commercial toxin obtained from List Biologicals)(not purified from respective supernatants) were tested for cytotoxicity to IMR-90 cells using the in vitro cytotoxicity assay described above.


In FIGS. 23A-K, the graphs show results from in vitro cytotoxicity tests (previously described) in which the ATP levels (RLUs) are plotted against increasing concentrations of: C. difficile culture media and the hamster serum pool (▪); crude toxin and the hamster serum pool (●); purified toxin and the hamster serum pool (A); crude toxin (▾), control; and purified toxin (♦), control. The toxins from the respective strains were added to the cells at 4×EC50 values.


As shown in FIGS. 23A-K, the hamsters that received the described immunogen surprisingly developed neutralizing antibodies that exhibited neutralizing activity against toxins from at least the following 16 different CDC strains of C. difficile, in comparison to the respective toxin only control: 2007886 (FIG. 23A); 2006017 (FIG. 23B); 2007070 (FIG. 23C); 2007302 (FIG. 23D); 2007838 (FIG. 23E); 2007886 (FIG. 23F); 2009292 (FIG. 23G); 2004013 (FIG. 23H); 2009141 (FIG. 23I); 2005022 (FIG. 23J); 2006376 (FIG. 23K). See also Table 38 for additional C. difficile strains from which toxins were tested and were neutralized by the immunogenic composition including a mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance, formulated in aluminum phosphate.


In another study, culture supernatants containing secreted toxins from the various C. difficile strains (obtained from the CDC and from Leeds Hospital, UK) were tested in the in vitro neutralization assay using sera from hamsters that were administered with mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance, formulated with Alhydrogel. See Table 39 for the experimental design. The results are shown in Table 40 and Table 41.









TABLE 39





Experimental design
















Assay
In assay using HT-29 cells: Rabbit anti-serum


Control
(Anti-Toxin Apolyclonal Fitzgerald Industries,



#70-CR65) and Reference ToxinA



(wild-type toxin A from List Biologicals)



In assay using IMR-90 cells: Rabbit anti-serum



(Anti-Toxin B polyclonal Meridian Life Science,



#B01246R) and Reference Toxin B



(wild-type toxin B from List Biologicals)


Sample
In assay using HT-29 cells: HS serum + Reference


Controls
Toxin A



In assay using IMR-90 cells: HS serum + Reference



Toxin B



HS serum + 630 wt toxin



HS serum + Culture media of IMR-90 or HT-29 cell line



HS serum + culture supernatant of VPI11186


Test
HS + respective C. difficile culture supernatant


Sample



Source of
Animals administered with mutant toxin A drug


Hamster
substance and mutant toxin B drug substance formulated


antiserum
with Alhydrogel


(HS)
















TABLE 40







Immunogenic Composition-induced Antibodies Neutralized Toxin A and Toxin B from


Various Wild-type C. difficile Strains from the CDC, including Hypervirulent strains


















Neutralized by
Neutralized by


Cdiff
PFGE


Other Typing
HS (IMR-90,
HS (HT-29,


Strain
Type
Ribotype
Toxinotype
Method
Toxin B)
Toxin A)





2004111
NAP2
 1
0
Respective toxin
Yes
Yes


2009141
NAP2

0
sequence has 100%
Yes
Yes


2006017
NAP12
 15
0
Homology to toxin
Yes
Yes


2007302
NAP11
Unk2
0
from Strain 630
Yes
Yes


2009087
NAP11
106
0

Yes
Yes


2005022
NAP3
 53
0

Yes
Yes


2005283
NAP5
Unk3
0

Yes
Yes


2009078
NAP5
 53
0

Yes
Yes


2004206
NAP4
154
0

Yes
Yes


2008222
NAP4
 77
0

Yes
Yes


2004205
NAP6
 2
0

Yes
Yes


2007070
NAP10
 70
0

Yes
Yes


2006376
NAP9
 17
VIII
txnA−/txnB+
Yes
N/A


2007816
NAP7-
 78
V
Increasing
Yes
Yes



related


prevalence in US




2007838
NAP7
126

and Europe
Yes
Yes


2005088
NAP7
 78


Yes
Yes


2005325
NAP7
 78


Yes
Yes


2007217
NAP8
126


Yes
Yes


2004013
NAP1
 27
III
Hypervirulent
Yes
Yes


2004118
NAP1
 27

NAP1/027/III
Yes
Yes


2009292
NAP1



Yes
Yes


2005359
NAP1-



Yes
Yes



related







2007858
NAP1
Unk5
IX/XXIII
Other
Yes
Yes


2007886
NAP1

IX/XXIII

Yes
Yes
















TABLE 41







Immunogenic Composition-induced Antibodies Neutralized Toxin A and Toxin B


from Various Wild-type C. difficile Strains from Europe, including Hypervirulent strains












Cdiff
PFGE
Other Typing
Toxin
Neutralized by HS
Neutralized by HS


Strain
Type
Method
type
(IMR-90, Toxin B)
(HT-29, Toxin A)





001
NAP2
Toxinotype 0
0
Yes
Yes


002
NAP6
Strains

Yes
Yes


012
NAPCR1


Yes
Yes


(004)







014
UK


Yes
Yes


015
NAP12


Yes
Yes


020
NAP4


Yes
Yes


029
UK


Yes
Yes


046
UK


Yes
Yes


053
NAP5


Yes
Yes


059
UK


Yes
Yes


077
UK


Yes
Yes


078
UK


Yes
Yes


081
UK


Yes
Yes


087
UK


Yes
Yes


095
UK


Yes
Yes


106
UK


Yes
Yes


117
UK


Yes
Yes


017
NAP9
txnA−/txnB+
VIII
Yes
NA


027
NAP1
Hypervirulent
III
Yes
Yes


075
UK


Yes
Yes


003
NAP10
Other
I
Yes
Yes


023
UK

IV
Yes
Yes


070
UK

XIII
Yes
Yes


126
UK

UK
Yes
Yes


131
UK

UK
In Progress
Yes





Wild-type C. difficile strains obtained from Leeds Hospital, UK.


“UK” = unknown status


NA, not applicable; strain does not make toxin A; was not tested in Toxin A neutralization assay






Example 38: Peptide Mapping of EDC/NHS Triple Mutant Toxins

To characterize the EDC/NHS inactivated triple mutant toxins, peptide mapping experiments were performed on four lots of EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) and four lots of EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant B (SEQ ID NO: 6). After digesting the mutant toxins with trypsin, the resulting peptide fragments were separated using reverse-phase HPLC. Mass spectral analysis was used to identify modifications that occur as a result of the inactivation process. For both mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance, greater than 95% of the theoretical tryptic peptides were identified. Crosslinks and glycine adducts (glycine was used as the capping agent) were identified. In both mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance, beta-alanine adducts were also observed. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, the beta-alanine adducts appear to result from the reaction of three moles of NHS with one mole of EDC which forms NHS activated beta-alanine. This molecule can then react with lysine groups to form beta-alanine adducts (+70 Da). In the EDC/NHS-treated triple mutant toxin B samples, low levels (0.07 moles/mole protein) of dehydroalanine (−34 Da) were also observed. Dehydroalanine is a result of de-sulfonation of a cysteine residue. The same type and degree of modification was observed in all four batches of each mutant toxin, indicating that the process produces a consistent product. Peptide mapping (at greater than 95% sequence coverage) confirms that modifications are present. A summary of the modifications are shown in Table 39. See also FIGS. 24-25. In addition, the size and charge heterogeneity of the triple mutant toxin A drug substance and of the triple mutant toxin B drug substance increased, as compared to the size and charge heterogeneity of the respective triple mutant toxin A and triple mutant toxin B in the absence of chemical inactivation. As a result, the size-exclusion chromatography (SEC) and anion-exchange chromatography (AEX) profiles had relatively broad peaks (data not shown).









TABLE 42







Summary of Modifications Observed in Mutant Toxin Drug Substances















Moles



# of


modified/



Modified
Total # of
Degree of
mole


Modification
Residues
Residues
Modification
protein










Mutant toxin A drug substance











Crosslink
2
313 Asp/Glu
16-40%
0.6


Glycine moiety
8
313 Asp/Glu
10-53%
2.2


Beta Alanine
19
233 Lys
10-60%
4.7


moiety











Mutant toxin B drug substance











Crosslink
3
390 Asp/Glu
11-63%
0.8


Glycine moiety
23
390 Asp/Glu
10-31%
3.9


Beta Alanine
10
156 Lys
12-42%
2.6


moiety






dehydroalanine
2
 8 Cys
1.0-3.5%
.07









The degree of modification is calculated by dividing the HPLC area of modified peptide by the HPLC area of the native+modified peptide.


Example 39: Drug Product Production

The C. difficile immunogenic composition (drug product) contains two active pharmaceutical ingredients (mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance):□. An exemplary drug product is a lyophilized formulation containing 10 mM Tris buffer pH 7.4, 4.5% (w/w) trehalose dihydrate, and 0.01% (w/v) polysorbate 80, including each of a mutant toxin A drug substance and a mutant toxin B drug substance. See Table 40. The immunogenic composition is prepared for injection by resuspending the lyophilized vaccine either with diluent or with diluent containing Alhydrogel. The placebo will include a sterile normal saline solution for injection (0.9% sodium chloride).












TABLE 43







Component
Selected









Formulation dosage form
Lyophilized



Antigen dose per 0.5 mL
25, 50, 100 μg of each EDC/NHS-




treated triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID




NO: 4) and EDC/NHS-treated triple




mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6)



pH
7.4 ± 0.5



Buffer
10 mM Tris



Stabilizer/Bulking agent
4.5% Trehalose dihydrate




(3-6%)



Surfactant
0.01% Polysorbate 80




(0.005-0.015%)



Container closures
 2 mL 13 mm Type 1 flint




glass Vial, Blowback,




West-Flurotec











Buffer Preparation


Water for injection (WFI) is added to a compounding vessel. While mixing, the excipients are added and dissolved until into solution. The pH is measured. If required, the pH is adjusted to 7.4±0.1 with HCl. The solution is diluted to the final weight with WFI then filtered using a 0.22 μm Millipore Express SHC XL150 filter. A pre-filtration bioburden reduction sample is taken prior to filtration. The filtered buffer is sampled for osmolality and pH.


Formulation Preparation


The thawed mutant toxin Drug Substances are pooled in the formulation vessel based on the precalculated amounts in the following order of operation: 50% of the target dilution buffer volume to achieve 0.6 mg/mL is added to the vessel first, followed by addition of mutant toxin A drug substance and mixed for 5 minutes at 100 rpm. Mutant toxin B drug substance is then added to the vessel and the solution is further diluted to 0.6 mg/mL dilution point and then mixed for another 5 minutes at 100 rpm. A sample is removed and tested for total mutant toxin concentration. The solution is diluted to 100 percent volume based on the in-process mutant toxin concentration value then mixed for 15 minutes at 100 rpm. The formulated drug product is sampled for pH and bioburden pre-filtration. The formulated drug product is then filtered using a Millipore Express SHC XL150 for overnight storage, or brought to the filling line for sterile filtration.


The formulated bulk is brought to the filling area, sampled for bioburden, and then sterile filtered with two in-series Millipore Express SHC XL150 filters. The formulated bulk is filled into depyrogenated glass vials at a target fill volume of 0.73 mL. The filled vials are partially stoppered and then loaded into the freeze dryer. The lyophilization cycle is executed as shown in Table 41. At the completion of cycle, the lyophilization chamber is back-filled with nitrogen to 0.8 atm and then the stoppers are fully seated. The chamber is unloaded and the vials are capped using flip-off seals.









TABLE 44








C. difficile Drug Product Lyophilization Cycle Set Points













Temperature
Ramp
Soak



Step
(° C.)
(minutes)
(minutes)
Pressure














Loading
   5° C.
N/A
60



Freezing 1
−50° C.
183
60



Annealing
−10° C.
133
180



Freezing 2
−45° C.
117
90



Vacuum Initiation
−45° C.

60
50


Primary Drying
−30° C.
75
3420
50


Secondary Drying
  30° C.
300
600
50


Storage
   5° C.
50

50









Drug product stability data is summarized in Table 45. The data suggest that the drug product is physically and chemically stable during storage at 2-8° C. for at least 3 months or at least 1 month at 25° or 40° C. Under both storage conditions, the level of impurities detected by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) did not change, nor were there changes in in vitro antigenicity through the latest timepoints tested.









TABLE 45







Stability of Lyophilized Drug Product a









Drug Product Formulation



200 μg/mL mutant toxin A drug substance,



200 μg/mL mutant toxin B drug substance,



4.5% Trehalose dihydrate,



0.01% Polysorbate 80, 10 mM Tris buffer pH 7.4













1
1
3 months @


Test
t = 0
Month @ 25° C.
Month @ 40° C.
2-8° C.





Appearance
White cake
White cake
White cake
White cake


before
essentially free
essentially free
essentially free
essentially


Reconstitution.
from visible
from visible
from visible
free from



foreign
foreign
foreign
visible foreign



particulate
particulate
particulate
particulate



matter
matter
matter
matter


Appearance
Clear colorless
Clear colorless
Clear colorless
Clear colorless


after
solution
solution
solution
solution


Reconstitution.






pH
7.5
7.6
7.6
7.5


Strength by
mutant toxin A
Mutant toxin A
Mutant toxin A
Mutant toxin A


AEX (μg/mL)
drug substance 212
drug substance 193
drug substance 191
drug substance 193



mutant toxin B
mutant toxin B
Mutant toxin B
mutant toxin B



drug substance 235
drug substance 223
drug substance 222
drug substance 230


Impurity by SEC
<2.5%
2.8%
2.8%
2.9%


Characterization
HMMS: 29.6%
HMMS: 30.2%
HMMS: 30.2%
HMMS: 28.5%


by SEC
Monomer:
Monomer:
Monomer:
Monomer:



68.0%
67.1%
67.1%
68.7%


Moisture
0.5
NA
NA
NA






a Lyophilized DP is reconstituted with 60 mM NaCl diluent for these tests.







Example 40: Vaccine Diluents

For saline, 60 mM NaCl is used as a diluent for the lyophilized drug product without any adjuvant to ensure an isotonic solution upon reconstitution.


Alhydrogel:


Alhydrogel “85” 2% (Brenntag) is a commercially available Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP) grade product composed of octahedral crystalline sheets of aluminum hydroxide. An exemplary Alhydrogel diluent formulation is shown in Table 46. The exemplary formulation may be used in combination with the drug product described above.









TABLE 46







Formulation Rationale for Alhydrogel Diluent










Component
Selected







Formulation dosage form
Liquid Suspension



Adjuvant dose per 0.5 mL
0.5 mg Al



pH
6.5 ± 0.5



Buffer
10 mM His



Salt
60 mM NaCl



Container closures
 2 mL 13 mm Type 1




Flint Glass Vial, Blowback,




West-Flurotec










Studies with the Alhydrogel adjuvant show 100% binding of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance to 1 mg Al/mL Alhydrogel from pH 6.0 to 7.5. Maximum binding of both drug substances was seen at the highest protein concentration tested (300 μg/mL each).


The binding of the proteins to Alhydrogel was also tested with the lyophilized drug product formulation containing 200 μg/mL of each drug substance and Alhydrogel ranging from 0.25 to 1.5 mg/ml. The drug product was reconstituted with diluents containing the varying concentrations of Alhydrogel and the percent of each mutant toxin bound was measured. All tested concentrations of Alhydrogel demonstrated 100% binding of the antigens.


The binding kinetics of the proteins to Alhydrogel at the target dose of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance (200 μg/mL each) were also assessed. The results show that 100% of the mutant toxin drug substances were bound to Alhydrogel throughout the 24-hour RT time course.


CpG 24555 and Alhydrogel:


CpG 24555 is a synthetic 21-mer oligodeoxynucleotide (ODN) having a sequence 5-TCG TCG TTTTTC GGT GCT TTT-3 (SEQ ID NO: 48). An exemplary formulation for a combination of CpG 24555 and Alhydrogel diluents is shown in Table 47. The exemplary formulation may be used in combination with the drug product described above.









TABLE 47







Formulation Rationale for CpG/Alhydrogel Diluent










Component
Selected







Formulation dosage form
Liquid Suspension



Adjuvant dose per 0.5 mL
0.5 mg Al and 1 mg cpG



pH
6.5 ± 0.5



Buffer
10 mM His



Salt
60 mM NaCl



Container closures
 2 mL 13 mm Type 1




Flint Glass Vial, Blowback,




West-Flurotec










ISCOMATRIX®:


The ISCOMATRIX® adjuvant is a saponin-based adjuvant known in the art. An exemplary formulation for the ISCOMATRIX® adjuvant formulation is shown in Table 48. The exemplary formulation may be used in combination with the drug product described above.









TABLE 48







Formulation Rationale for ISCOMATRIX ® Diluent










Component
Selected







Formulation dosage form
Liquid Suspension



Adjuvant dose per 0.5 mL
45 units



pH
6.2 ± 0.5



Buffer
10 mM phosphate



Salt
60 mM NaCl



Container closures
 2 mL 13 mm Type 1




Flint Glass Vial, Blowback,




West-Flurotec










Example 41: Immunogenicity of Mutant Toxin Drug Substance Compositions Adjuvanted with Alhydrogel in NHP Model and Preclinical Proof of Concept

The immunogenicity of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance compositions adjuvanted with Alhydrogel in NHPs was assessed, specifically cynomolgus macaques. NHPs immunized at two-week intervals (weeks 0, 2, 4) with 10 μg of each mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance compositions (formulated with Alhydrogel) per dose, developed robust neutralizing antitoxin responses. See Table 49. Both antitoxin A and antitoxin B neutralizing responses reached a protective range after the third immunization and remained within or above the protective range at least through week 33 (last timepoint studied).


Cynomolgus macaques (n=8) were immunized IM at 0, 2 and 4 weeks with 10 μg each of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance formulated in 250 μg of Alhydrogel. Sera was collected at each time point and analyzed in the toxin neutralization assay for functional antitoxin activity. GMTs are provided in Table 49. The protective titer range provided in the table depicts the neutralizing antibody titer range which correlates to significant reduction in recurrence of C. difficile infection in the Merck monoclonal antibody therapy trial.









TABLE 49







Immunogenicity of Mutant Toxin A Drug Substance and Mutant Toxin B Drug


Substance (Formulated in 250 μg Alhydrogel) in Cynomolgus Monkeys (50% Neutralization Titer)




















Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk
Wk


Week:
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
12
25
29
33










Antitoxin A (Merck/Medarex protective range: 666-6,667 for antitoxin A)



















Titer:
15
19
129
382
336
2469
3069
2171
1599
1520
1545
2178







Antitoxin B (Merck/Medarex protective range: 222-2,222 for antitoxin B)



















Titer:
10
10
 10
 10
 20
 311
 410
 446
 676
1631
2970
3510










Correlation of Human Protective Antibody Titers from Merck mAb Therapy Trial to Titers Induced by Pfizer's Vaccine Candidate in NHPs


The Phase 2 efficacy study with Merck/Medarex mAbs (Lowy et al., N Engl J Med. 2010 Jan. 21; 362(3):197-205) seemed to demonstrate a correlation between the level of neutralizing antitoxin mAbs in the serum and the prevention of recurrence of CDAD. After administration of the toxin-specific mAbs to humans, serum antibody levels in human recipients in the range of 10 to 100 μg/mL appear to protect against recurrences (70% reduction in the recurrence of CDAD).


Immunogenic compositions including the mutant toxin drug substances were tested to gauge whether the immunogenic compositions are capable of inducing a potentially efficacious neutralizing antibody responses in humans by comparing published data from the Merck/Medarex Phase 2 study to the levels of antibody induced by the immunogenic compositions in the NHP model. This was accomplished by utilizing previously published characteristics of the Merck/Medarex mAbs to convert the range of these mAbs in the serum obtained from subjects that displayed no sign of recurrences (10-100 μg/mL) into 50% neutralization titers and comparing these titers (“protective titer range”) to the titers observed in the preclinical models described herein. As shown in Table 49, the immunogenic compositions including the mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance adjuvanted with Alhydrogel generated immune responses in NHPs that reached the “protective range” after the third dose and have remained within or above this range through week 33. The level of toxin-neutralizing antibodies induced in NHPs by the inventive C. difficile immunogenic composition is comparable to the serum antibody levels in the Merck/Medarex trial subjects who appeared to be protected from recurrences of CDAD.


Example 42: Immunogenicity of Mutant Toxin Drug Substance Compositions Adjuvanted with ISCOMATRIX or Alhydrogel/CpG 24555 (Alh/CpG) in NHP Model

In NHPs, both ISCOMATRIX and Alh/CpG statistically significantly enhanced antitoxin A and B neutralization titers when compared to vaccine administered with Alhydrogel alone (Table 50). Antitoxin responses above background were elicited at earlier time points by vaccine administered with either Alh/CpG or ISCOMATRIX (week 2-4) as compared to Alhydrogel alone (week 4-6), which may have an important effect on protection from recurrence of CDAD in humans. Compared to Alhydrogel, the immunogenic composition adjuvanted with Alh/CpG or with ISCOMATRIX generated antitoxin neutralization titers that reached the protective range (see also Example 41) more swiftly and that have remained within or above this range through week 33.


As shown in Table 50, Cynomolgus macaques were immunized IM at weeks 0, 2, and 4 with 10 μg each of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance formulated in 250 μg of Alhydrogel (n=8), or 500 μg of CpG+250 μg of Alhydrogel (n=10), or 45 U of ISCOMATRIX (n=10). Sera were collected at each time point and analyzed in the toxin neutralization assay described above for functional antitoxin activity. GMTs are listed in the tables. Asterisks (*) indicate statistical significance (p<0.05) when compared to titers in the Alhydrogel group. The protective titer range represents the neutralizing antibody titer range which correlates to significant reduction in recurrence of C. difficile infection according to the Merck/Medarex mAb therapy trial.









TABLE 50







Immunogenicity of Adjuvanted Mutant Toxin Drug Substances in


NHPs (50% Neutralization Titer)














Week:
Wk 0
Wk 2
Wk 4
Wk 6
Wk 12
Wk 25
Wk 33










Antitoxin A (Merck/Medarex protective range:


666-6,667 for antitoxin A)














Alhydrogel
15
129
336
3069
1599
1520
2178


Titer:









Alhydrogel +
17
*1004
*2162
*15989
*7179
*5049
*7023


CpG Titer:









ISCOMATRIX
25
*1283
*3835
*19511
*12904
*6992
*7971


Titer:














Antitoxin B (Merck/Medarex protective range:


222-2,222 for antitoxin B)














Alhydrogel
10
10
20
410
676
1631
3510


Titer:









Alhydrogel +
10
13
*136
*2163
*5076
*9057
*27971


CpG Titer:









ISCOMATRIX
10
10
*269
*5325
*9161
*19479
*25119


Titer:
















The dose of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance administered, in the presence of ISCOMATRIX or Alh/CpG adjuvants, on neutralizing antitoxin antibody titers generated in NHPs was also evaluated. In one study, NHPs were administered a low (10 μg) or a high (100 μg) dose of each mutant toxin drug substance formulated in ISCOMATRIX. Responses were compared at each time point after immunization. As shown in Table 51, antitoxin neutralization titers were robust in both treatment groups. The antitoxin A titers were nearly equivalent at most time points between the low dose and high dose groups, while there was a trend for the antitoxin B titers to be higher in the high dose group.









TABLE 51







Neutralizing Antitoxin Titers in NHPs Following Immunization with


Either 10 μg or 100 μg of Each of Mutant Toxin Drug


Substance and Mutant Toxin Drug Substance Administered


with ISCOMATRIX (50% Neutralization Titer)














Week
Wk 0
Wk 2
Wk 3
Wk 4
Wk 6
Wk 8
Wk 12










Antitoxin A (Merck/Medarex protective range:


666-6,667 for antitoxin A)














10 μg
11
585
3522
4519
19280
10225
12084


Titer:









100 μg
11
400
1212
2512
9944
10283
18337


Titer:














Antitoxin B (Merck/Medarex protective range:


222-2,222 for antitoxin B)














10 μg
10
10
112
266
3710
2666
7060


Titer:









100 μg
10
10
303
469
6016
4743
20683


Titer:









As shown in Table 51, Cynomolgus macaques (n=5) were immunized IM at weeks 0, 2, and 4 with 10 μg or 100 μg each of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance formulated with 45U of ISCOMATRIX. Sera were collected at each time point and analyzed in the toxin neutralization assay for functional antitoxin activity. GMTs are listed in the table. The protective titer range represents the neutralizing antibody titer range which correlates to significant reduction in recurrence of C. difficile infection in the Merck/Medarex mAb therapy trial.


In an effort to enhance the kinetics of antitoxin B responses, NHPs were immunized with a constant dose of mutant toxin A drug substance (10 μg) that was mixed with an increasing dose of mutant toxin B drug substance (10, 50, or 100 μg) in the presence of ISCOMATRIX or Alh/CpG adjuvants. Regardless of adjuvant, there was a trend for groups that received higher doses of mutant toxin B drug substance (either 50 or 100 μg) to induce higher antitoxin B neutralizing responses in comparison to the 10 μg dose of mutant toxin B drug (Table 53, marked by * to indicate statistically significant increases). This trend was observed at most time points after the final immunization. However, in some cases, antitoxin A neutralizing responses showed a statistically significant decrease (marked by A in Table 52) when the amount of mutant toxin B was increased.


As shown in Table 52 and Table 53, NHPs (10 per group) were immunized IM at weeks 0, 2, and 4 with different ratios of mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance (10 μg of mutant toxin A drug substance plus either 10, 50, or 100 μg of mutant toxin B drug substance; designated 10A:10B, 10A:50B and 10A:100B, respectively, in Table 52 and Table 53), formulated with ISCOMATRIX (45U per dose) or with Alh/CpG/(250 μg/500 μg per dose). Table 52 shows Antitoxin A titers. Table 53 shows Antitoxin B titers. GMTs are listed in the tables. The protective titer range represents the neutralizing antibody titer range which correlates to significant reduction in recurrence of C. difficile infection in the Merck mAb therapy trial. The symbol {circumflex over ( )}, represents statistically significant decrease in neutralizing titers (p<0.05) compared to the 10A: 10B group. The asterisk symbol, *, represents statistically significant increase in neutralizing titers (p<0.05) compared to the 10A: 10B group.









TABLE 52







Neutralizing Antitoxin Titers in NHPs Following Immunization


with 10 μg Mutant Toxin A Drug Substance Combined


with 10, 50, or 100 μg Mutant Toxin B Drug Substance using


ISCOMATRIX or Alh/CpG as Adjuvants (50% Neutralization Titer)


Antitoxin A (Merck/Medarex protective range:


666-6,667 for antitoxin A)














Week:
Wk 0
Wk 2
Wk 4
Wk 6
Wk 12
Wk 25
Wk 33










ISCOMATRIX














10A:10B
25
1283
3835
19511
12904
6992
7971


Titer:









10A:50B
29
906
2917
16126

7756


4208

5965


Titer:









10A:100B
20
982
2310

5034


5469


4007

3780


Titer:














Alh/CpG














10A:10B
17
1004
2162
15989
7179
5049
7023


Titer:









10A:50B
20
460
1728
16600
6693
6173
8074


Titer:









10A:100B
27

415

1595
13601
6465
5039
6153


Titer:























TABLE 53







Neutralizing Antitoxin Titers in NHPs Following Immunization with


10 μg Mutant Toxin A Drug Substance Combined with 10, 50,


or 100 μg Mutant Toxin B Drug Substance using ISCOMATRIX or


Alh/CpG as Adjuvants (50% Neutralization Titer)


Antitoxin B (Merck/Medarex protective range:


222-2,222 for antitoxin B)














Week:
Wk 0
Wk 2
Wk 4
Wk 6
Wk 12
Wk 25
Wk 33





ISCOMATRIX
10
 10
 269
 5325
9161
 19479
 25119


Titer:









Titer:
13
*20
*604
 4861
 10801
 20186
*57565


Titer:
10
*23
*862
*10658
 10639
*33725
*56073


Alh/CpG
10
 13
 136
 2163
 5076
 9057
 27971


Titer:









Titer:
10
 15
*450
 *5542
 *9843
 15112
 50316


Titer:
11
 17
*775
*13533
*11708
*17487
 26600









Example 43: Five-Week Repeat-Dose IM Toxicity Study with an Immunogenic Composition in Cynomolgus Monkeys, with a 4-Week Recovery Period

The 5-week IM repeat-dose toxicity study with PF-06425095 (an immunogenic composition including triple mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin B drug substance in a combination with adjuvants aluminum hydroxide and CpG 24555) in Cynomolgus monkeys was conducted to assess the potential toxicity and immunogenicity of C. difficile triple mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin B drug substance in a combination with the adjuvants aluminum hydroxide and CpG 24555 (PF-06425095). PF-06425095 at 0.2 or 0.4 mg/dose triple mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin B drug substance (low- and high-dose immunogenic composition groups, respectively), 0.5 mg aluminum as aluminum hydroxide, and 1 mg CpG 24555 and the adjuvant combination alone (aluminum hydroxide+CpG 24555; PF-06376915) were administered IM to cynomolgus monkeys (6/sex/group) as a prime dose followed by 3 booster doses (Days 1, 8, 22, and 36). A separate group of animals (6/sex) received 0.9% isotonic saline at an approximate pH of 7.0. The immunogenic composition vehicle was composed of 10 mM Tris buffer at pH 7.4, 4.5% trehalose dihydrate, and 0.1% polysorbate 80. The adjuvant control vehicle was composed of 10 mM histidine buffer with 60 nM NaCl at pH 6.5. The total dose volume was 0.5 mL per injection. All doses were administered into the left and/or right quadriceps muscle. Selected animals underwent a 4-week dose-free observation period to assess for reversibility of any effects observed during the dosing phase of the study.


There were no adverse findings in this study. PF-06425095 was well-tolerated and produced only local inflammatory reaction without evidence of systemic toxicity. During the dosing phase, dose-dependent increases from pretest in fibrinogen (23.1% to 2.3×) on Days 4 and 38 and C-reactive protein on Days 4 (2.1× to 27.5×) and 38 (2.3× to 101.5×), and globulin (11.1% to 24.1%) on Day 36 and/or 38, were seen in immunogenic composition-treated groups and were consistent with the expected inflammatory response to administration of an adjuvanted immunogenic composition.


The increases in fibrinogen and C-reactive protein noted on Day 4 had partially recovered by Day 8 with increases in fibrinogen (25.6% to 65.5%) and C-reactive protein (4.5× and 5.6×) in the high-dose immunogenic composition group only. Increases in interleukin (IL)-6 were observed in the low- and high-dose immunogenic composition groups on Day 1, Hour 3 (8.3× to 127.2× individual values Day 1, Hour 0, dose responsive) and Day 36, Hour 3 (9.4× to 39.5× individual values Day 36, Hour 0). There were no changes observed in the other cytokines (IL-10, IL-12, Interferon-Inducible Protein (IP-10), and Tumor Necrosis Factor α (TNF-α). Increases in these acute phase proteins and cytokine were part of the expected normal physiologic response to the administration of foreign antigen. There were no PF 06425095-related or adjuvant-related alterations in these clinical pathology parameters in the recovery phase (cytokines were not evaluated during the recovery phase). In addition, there were localized changes at the injection sites, which were of similar incidence and severity in the adjuvant control group and the low- and high-dose immunogenic composition groups; hence, they were not directly related to PF-06425095. During the dosing phase, the changes included minimal to moderate chronic-active inflammation that was characterized by separation of muscle fibers by infiltrates of macrophages, which often contained basophilic granular material (interpreted as aluminum-containing adjuvant), lymphocytes, plasma cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, necrotic debris, and edema. The basophilic granular material was also present extracellularly within these foci of chronic-active inflammation. At the end of the recovery phase, there was minimal to moderate chronic inflammation and mononuclear cell infiltrate, and minimal fibrosis. These injection site findings represent a local inflammatory response to the adjuvant. Other microscopic changes included minimal to moderate increased lymphoid cellularity in the iliac (draining) lymph node and minimal increased cellularity in germinal centers in the spleen that were noted during the dosing phase in the adjuvant control group and the low- and high-dose immunogenic composition groups. At the end of the recovery phase, these microscopic findings were of lower severity. These effects represent an immunologic response to antigenic stimulation, and were a pharmacologic response to the adjuvant or PF-06425095. There was no test article-related increase in anti-DNA antibodies.


Based on absence of adverse findings, the no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) in this study is the high-dose immunogenic composition group (0.4 mg of triple mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin B drug substance/dose as PF-06425095) administered as two 0.5 mL injections for four doses.


Example 44: Efficacy of Seropositive NHP Sera Passively Transferred to Hamsters

Groups of 5 Syrian golden hamsters were administered an oral dose of clindamycin antibiotic (30 mg/kg) to disrupt normal intestinal flora. After five days, the hamsters were challenged with an oral dose of wild type C. difficile spores (630 strain, 100 cfu per animal), and administered intraperitoneally (IP) with NHP sera according to Table 51. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, disease symptoms following challenge with the spores typically manifest beginning about 30-48 hours post-challenge.


The NHP sera that were administered to the hamsters were pooled from NHP serum samples exhibiting the highest titer (anti-toxin A sera and anti-toxin B sera) following three immunizations with mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance (10:10, 10:50, and 10:100 A:B ratios), formulated with ISCOMATRIX (see Example 42, Table 52, and Table 53). The NHP sera were collected from timepoints at weeks 5, 6, and 8 (immunizations occurred at weeks 0, 2, and 4), as described in Examine 42. Results are shown in Tables 55-57 below. The symbol “+” indicates a Geometric mean (GM) in 0 that does not include animal #3, non-responder. “*TB” represents terminal bleed, the day the animal was euthanized, which is not the same for all animals.









TABLE 54







Experimental design












Administered
No.




Group
composition
animals
Route
Schedule





1
Seropositive
5
IP
Challenge Day 0


“1
NHP sera


Dose day 0


dose”
(unconcentrated)


Bleed days 0, 1, 2,






TB on day 11


2
Seropositive
5
IP
Challenge Day 0


“2
NHP sera


Dose days 0, 1


dose”
(unconcentrated)


Bleed days 0, 1, 2,






TB on day 11
















TABLE 55







Anti-toxin A Neutralization Titers in Hamster Sera Following 1


or 2 IP doses of NHP Sera (50% Neutralization Titer in RLU)

















Hamster
Hamster
Hamster
Hamster
Hamster





Day
1
2
3
4
5
GM
SE


















1
D0
50
50
50
50
50
50
0


dose
D1
2877
4008
2617
4917
1872
3081
538



D2
1983
3009
2750
2902
1117
2214
357



TB*
3239 (d4)
537 (d9)
155 (d11)
977 (d9)
972 (d2)
762
538


2
D0
50
50
50
50
50
50
0


dose
D1
1154
2819
50
429
1174
606 (1131)+
475



D2
4119
4674
1899
545

2113
862



TB*
1236 (d9)
1267 (d8)
1493 (d4)
50 (d11)
1877 (d9)
738
306





Input NHP sera = 41976













TABLE 56







Anti-toxin B Neutralization Titers in Hamster Sera Following 1


or 2 IP doses of NHP Sera (50% Neutralization Titer in RLU)

















Hamster
Hamster
Hamster
Hamster
Hamster





Day
1
2
3
4
5
GM
SE


















1
D0
50
50
50
50
50
50
0


dose
D1
1846
4254
1347
5178
406
1859
904



D2
992
1795
2585
2459
1145
1669
327



TB*
1744 (d4)
50 (d9)
50 (d11)
265 (d9)
544 (d2)
229
317


2
D0
50
50
50
50
50
50
0


dose
D1
1189
2229
50
550
3920
778 (1546)+
687



D2
2288
2706
1452
287

1268
477



TB*
301 (d9)
694 (d8)
682 (d4)
50 (d11)
1334 (d9)
394
217





Input NHP sera = 23633













TABLE 57







Percentage of hamsters protected from severe CDAD following 1 or 2


IP doses of NHP sera














Days post-infection
0
2
4
6
8
10
11





1 dose NHP Sera
100%
 80%
60%
60%
60%
20%
20%


2 dose NHP Sera
100%
100%
80%
80%
60%
20%
20%


Placebo
100%
 75%
50%
25%
 0%
n/a
n/a









In another study, Syrian golden hamsters were administered an oral dose of clindamycin antibiotic (30 mg/kg) to disrupt normal intestinal flora. After five days, the hamsters were challenged with an oral dose of wild type C. difficile spores (630 strain, 100 cfu per animal), and administered intraperitoneally (IP) NHP sera according to Table 58. Without being bound by mechanism or theory, disease symptoms following challenge with the spores typically manifest beginning about 30-48 hours post-challenge.


The NHP sera that were administered to the hamsters were pooled from samples collected from NHPs following three immunizations with mutant toxin A drug substance and mutant toxin B drug substance (10:10, 10:50, and 10:100 A:B ratios), formulated with Alhydrogel and CpG 24555 (see Example 42, Table 52, and Table 53). The NHP sera were collected from timepoints at weeks 5, 6, 8, and 12 as described in Examine 42 (NHPs were immunized on weeks 0, 2, and 4). Results are shown in Tables 59-62 below. Sera from the hamsters were further investigated to determine inhibitory concentration (IC50) value, which were determined using the toxin neutralization assay described above. The level of toxin-neutralizing antibodies induced in hamsters by the inventive C. difficile immunogenic composition is comparable to the serum antibody levels in the Merck/Medarex trial subjects who appeared to be protected from recurrences of CDAD.









TABLE 58







Experimental Design














Administered






Group
Composition
No.
Route
Schedule







1
Seropositive
 5
IP
Challenge D0




NHP sera


Dose D0, 1, 3, 5, 7



2
Seropositive
 5
IP
no challenge




NHP sera


Dose D0, 1, 3, 5, 7



3
Seropositive
10
IP
Challenge D0




NHP sera


Dose D0, 1, 3, 5, 7



4
Placebo
 5
IM
Challenge D0

















TABLE 59







Anti-toxin A Neutralization Titersa in Hamster


Sera Following 1 or 2 IP doses of NHP Sera


(50% Neutralization Titer in RLU)













Challenged
Not Challenged




Day
(Groups 1 and 3)
(Group 2)
p Value
















0
11
12
0.5933



1
380
720
0.034*



3
666
1220
0.0256*



5
864
1367
0.0391*



7
564
1688
0.0411*



11
263
1281
0.001*







Input NHP sera pool = 9680




atiters expressed as geometric means for each group (n = 15 at day 0 for “challenged” group, n = 5 for “not challenged” group)




Merck/Medarex protective range: 666-6,667 for antitoxin A



The asterisk “*” indicates a significant difference.













TABLE 60







Anti-toxin B Neutralization Titersa in Hamster


Sera Following 1 or 2 IP doses of NHP Sera


(50% Neutralization Titer in RLU)













Challenged
Not Challenged




Day
(Groups 1 and 3)
(Group 2)
p Value
















0
10
10
0.3343



1
465
828
0.0579



3
765
1400
0.0273*



5
941
1734
0.0226*



7
611
1877
0.0498*



11
194
1436
0.0047*







Input NHP sera pool = 19631




atiters expressed as geometric means for each group (n = 15 at day 0 for “challenged” group, n = 5 for “not challenged” group)




Merck/Medarex protective range: 222-2,222 for antitoxin B



The asterisk “*” indicates a significant difference.













TABLE 61







Percentage of hamsters protected from severe CDAD following IP


dose of NHP sera














Days post-infection
0
2
4
6
8
10
11





Groups 1 and 3
100%
73%
53%
53%
47%
33%
33%


Placebo (Group 2)
100%
50%
 0%
















TABLE 62







IC50 values from Toxin-specific 50% Neutralization Titers











IC50 of Anti Toxin A

IC50 of Anti Toxin B



Day of Post Dose

Day of Post Dose




















Animal ID
0
1
3
5
7
11
Animal ID
0
1
3
5
7
11










Challenged




















1-1
10
 50
 338
died


1-1
10
 50
 254
died








D4






D4




1-2
10
614
 579
 777
 605
 192
1-2
10
 720
 659
 896
 475
 157


1-3
10
710
1035
 845
 548
Died
1-3
10
 867
1017
 988
 694









D10









1-4
10
850
 588
 942
1116
 296
1-4
10
1158
 555
1158
1806
 250


1-5
10
780
 895*



1-5
10
 910
 687*





3-1
10
647
Died



3-1
10
 598
Died








D2






D2





3-2
10
331
Died



3-2
10
 290
Died








D2






D2





3-3
10
660
1273
 849
 692
 640
3-3
10
 717
1623
 870
 791
 574


3-4
10
536
 493
1102
1314
Died
3-4
10
 618
 598
 977
1478
Died








D9






D9


3-5
10
817
 807
 774
1077
 187
3-5
10
 772
1260
 850
 913
 243


3-6
10
117
 649
 803
 50
 186
3-6
10
1038
 773
 883
 50
 50


3-7
10
 50
Died



3-7
10
 50
Died








D2






D2





3-8
10
149
 659
 650*


3-8
10
 121
1010
 517*




3-9
30
797
1170*



3-9
10
1008
1720*





3-10
10
792
Died



3-10
10
 835
Died








D2






D2





GeoMean
11
380
 666
 864
 564
 263
GeoMean
10
 465
 765
 941
 611
 194







Not Challenged




















Std Error
 1
 78
 86
 41
 163
 88
Std Error
 0
 94
 125
 38
 224
 88


2-1
10
697
1634
1597
2219
1709
2-1
10
 890
1777
1910
3229
1355


2-2
10
779
1207
1322
1755
1327
2-2
10
 939
1378
1564
1897
1379


2-3
10
581
 669
 722
1401
1118
2-3
10
 828
 837
 865
1484
1404


2-4
26
856
1540
1875
1830
1826
2-4
10
 748
1780
2939
1880
2650


2-5
10
715
1331
1668
1374
 744
2-5
10
 752
1475
2064
1364
 880


GeoMean
12
720
1220
1367
1688
1281
GeoMean
10
 828
1400
1734
1877
1436


Std Error
 3
 46
 169
 199
 156
 197
Std Error
 0
 38
 173
 338
 332
 296





*= deceased on that day






Example 45: Characterization of Mutant Toxin Drug Substances

The primary structure of triple mutant toxin A is shown in SEQ ID NO: 4. The NH2-terminal Met residue at position 1 of SEQ ID NO: 4 is originated from the initiation codon of SEQ ID NO: 12 and is absent in isolated protein (e.g., see SEQ ID NO: 84). Accordingly, in Example 12 to Example 45, “SEQ ID NO: 4” refers to SEQ ID NO: 4 wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is absent. Both purified triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) (Drug Substance Intermediate—Lot L44993-132) and EDC/NHS treated triple mutant toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4)(“mutant toxin A Drug Substance”—Lot L44898-012) displayed a single NH2-terminal sequence starting at SLISKEELIKLAYSI (positions 2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 4).


The primary structure of triple mutant toxin B is shown in SEQ ID NO: 6. The NH2-terminal Met residue at position 1 of SEQ ID NO: 6 is originating from the initiation codon and is absent in isolated protein (e.g., see SEQ ID NO: 86). Accordingly, in Example 12 to Example 45, “SEQ ID NO: 6” refers to SEQ ID NO: 6 wherein the initial methionine (at position 1) is absent. Both purified triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) (Drug Substance Intermediate—Lot 010) and EDC/NHS treated triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6)(“mutant toxin B Drug Substance”—Lot L44906-153) displayed a single NH2-terminal sequence starting at SLVNRKQLEKMANVR (positions 2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 6).


Circular dichroism (CD) spectroscopy was used to assess secondary and tertiary structure of triple mutant A (SEQ ID NO: 4) and mutant toxin A drug substance. CD spectroscopy was also used to assess secondary and tertiary structure of the triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) and the mutant toxin B drug substance. CD spectroscopy was also used to assess potential effects of pH on structure. The effect of EDC treatment on triple mutant toxin A was analyzed by comparing CD data obtained for mutant toxin A drug substance to the data obtained for triple mutant toxin A. The effects of EDC treatment on triple mutant toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) were analyzed by comparing CD data obtained for mutant toxin B drug substance to the data obtained for triple mutant toxin B.


Mutant toxin A drug substance far-UV CD data were obtained at various pH. Spectra recorded at pH 5.0-7.0 are indicative of high proportion of α-helices in the secondary structure, suggesting that polypeptide backbone of the protein adopts well-defined conformation dominated by α-helices.


Near-UV CD spectra of mutant toxin A drug substance were also obtained. Strong negative ellipticity between 260 and 300 nm is an indication that aromatic side chains are in the unique rigid environment, i.e. mutant toxin A drug substance possesses tertiary structure. In fact, characteristic features arising from individual types of aromatic side chains can be distinguished within the spectrum: shoulder at ˜290 nm and largest negative peak at ˜283 nm are due to absorbance of the polarized light by ordered tryptophan side chains, negative peak at 276 nm is from the tyrosine side chains, and minor shoulders at 262 and 268 nm are indicative of the phenylalanine residues participating in tertiary contacts. Far- and near-UV results provide evidence that mutant toxin A drug substance retains compactly folded structure at physiological pH. Nearly identical far- and near-UV CD spectra observed at pH 5.0-7.0 indicate that no detectable structural changes are taking place within this pH range. CD data could not be collected at pH 3.0 and 4.0, since the protein was insoluble at these pH points. In comparing far- and near-UV CD spectra of mutant toxin A drug substance with those of the triple mutant toxin A, spectra of both proteins are essentially identical under all of the experimental conditions studied, indicating that EDC treatment had no detectable effects on secondary and tertiary structure of the triple mutant toxin A. This finding is in agreement with the gel-filtration and analytical ultracentrifugation results, which show no detectable changes in Stokes radii and sedimentation/frictional coefficients, respectively.


Mutant toxin A drug substance (as well as triple mutant toxin A) contains 25 tryptophan residues that are spread throughout the primary sequence and can serve as convenient intrinsic fluorescence probes. Fluorescence emission spectra of mutant toxin A drug substance between 300 and 400 nm as a function of temperature were obtained. At 6.8° C. mutant toxin A drug substance shows characteristic tryptophan fluorescence emission spectrum upon excitation at 280 nm. Fluorescence emission maximum is observed at ˜335 nm, indicating that tryptophan residues are in non-polar environment, typical of protein interiors rather than of polar aqueous environments. The fluorescence emission spectra results, together with the results of the CD experiments presented in this report, confirm that mutant toxin A drug substance retains compact folded structure.


Fluorescence of the extrinsic probe 8-anilino-1-naphtalene sulfonic acid (ANS) was used to characterize possible conformational changes in mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin A upon changes in pH. As can be seen from the results, there is essentially no increase in ANS fluorescence intensity when either mutant toxin A drug substance or triple mutant toxin A are titrated with the probe at pH 7.0, suggesting that no hydrophobic surfaces are exposed on the proteins under these conditions. Shifting pH to 2.6 leads to a dramatic increase in ANS fluorescence quantum yield upon increase in probe's concentration, until fluorescence quantum yield reaches apparent saturation. This increase in ANS fluorescence quantum yield indicates that at low pH (2.6), both mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin A undergo pH-induced conformational change that exposes hydrophobic surfaces. Such conformational changes indicate that EDC-induced modification and inactivation of triple mutant toxin A did not restrict conformational plasticity of mutant toxin A drug substance (DS).


Effect of EDC treatment on hydrodynamic properties of triple mutant toxin A was evaluated using size-exclusion chromatography on a G4000 SWXL column. Mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin A were injected onto the G4000 SWXL column equilibrated at pH 7.0, 6.0, and 5.0. The data indicate that no differences in the Stoke's radius of mutant toxin A drug substance and triple mutant toxin A can be detected using size exclusion chromatography. Therefore, EDC treatment has not dramatically affected hydrodynamic properties and, correspondingly, overall molecular shape of the triple mutant toxin A.


Further analysis of triple mutant toxin A and mutant toxin A drug substance was performed using multi-angle laser light scattering (MALLS) technique. Treatment of triple mutant toxin A with EDC resulted in generation of heterogeneous mixture composed of various multimeric and monomeric species. Such heterogeneity reflects introduction of a large number of EDC-induced inter- and intra-molecular covalent bonds between carboxyls and primary amines of the protein.


Obtained data provide physical and chemical characteristics of triple mutant toxin A and mutant toxin A drug substance (triple mutant toxin A treated with EDC) and describe the key features of their primary, secondary, and tertiary structure. Generated data demonstrate that treatment of triple mutant toxin A with EDC resulted in covalent modification of its polypeptide chain but did not affect secondary and tertiary structures of the protein. Treatment with EDC leads to intra- and intermolecular cross-linking. The biochemical and biophysical parameters obtained for mutant toxin A drug substance (as well as triple mutant toxin A) are presented in Table 63.









TABLE 63







Major Biochemical and Biophysical Parameters Obtained for Triple


Mutant Toxin A (SEQ ID NO: 4) and Mutant Toxin A Drug Substance










Triple Mutant toxin A
Mutant Toxin A Drug


Parameter
(SEQ ID NO: 4)
Substance





Number of amino acid
2709
2709


residues







N-terminal sequence
SLISKEELIKLAYSI (positions
SLISKEELIKLAYSI (positions



2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 4)
2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 4)





Mol mass (from AA
308 kDa
308 kDa


sequence)




Mol mass (from SEC-MALLS)
299 kDa
300 kDa and 718-1139 kDa


Extinction coefficient at
1.292 or
1.292 or


280 nm
1.275 (mg/ml)−1 cm−1
1.275 275 (mg/ml)−1 cm−1


Theoretical pl
5.57
ND


Partial specific mol volume at
0.735 cm3/g
0.735 cm3/g


20° C.




Anhydrous volume/monomer
3.8 × 10−19 cm3
3.8 × 10−19 cm3


Sedimentation
9.2S
 9.2S


coefficient/monomer




Frictional coefficient ratio
1.69
 1.69


(f/f0)




Stokes radius/monomer
 78.4 ± 1.1
77.9


Fluorescence max (λex = 280 nm)
334-335 nm
334-335 nm


Near-UV CD spectrum minima
284 nm and 278 nm
284 nm and 278 nm


Mean res ellipticity at 284 &
 −138 ± 7 & −130 ± 7
 −138 ± 8 & 131 ± 10


278 nm




Mean res ellipticity at 222 nm
−8989 ± 277
−7950 ± 230


DSC unfolding transitions
47.3° C. and 53.6° C.
 47.9 ± 0.2° C. and


maxima (PBS, pH 7.4)

 54.1 ± 0.2° C.









Mutant toxin B drug substance far-UV CD data were obtained at various pH. Spectra recorded at pH 5.0-7.0 are indicative of high proportion of α-helices in the secondary structure, suggesting that polypeptide backbone of the protein adopts well-defined conformation dominated by α-helices.


Near-UV CD spectra of mutant toxin B drug substance were also obtained. Strong negative ellipticity between 260 and 300 nm is an indication that aromatic side chains are in the unique rigid environment, i.e. mutant toxin B drug substance possesses tertiary structure. In fact, characteristic features arising from individual types of aromatic side chains can be distinguished within the spectrum: shoulder at ˜290 nm and largest negative peak at ˜283 nm are due to absorbance of the polarized light by ordered tryptophan side chains, negative peak at 276 nm is from the tyrosine side chains, and minor shoulders at 262 and 268 nm are indicative of the phenylalanine residues participating in tertiary contacts. Far- and near-UV CD spectra provide evidence that mutant toxin B drug substance retains compactly folded structure at physiological pH. Very similar far- and near-UV CD spectra observed at pH 5.0-7.0 indicate that no detectable secondary or tertiary structural changes are taking place within this pH range. CD data could not be collected at pH 3.0 and 4.0, since the protein was insoluble at these pH points.


In comparing far- and near-UV CD spectra of mutant toxin B drug substance with those of the triple mutant toxin B, spectra of both proteins are very similar between pH 5.0 and 7.0, indicating that EDC treatment had no detectable effects on secondary and tertiary structure of the protein.


Triple mutant toxin B contains 16 tryptophan residues that are spread throughout the primary sequence and can serve as convenient intrinsic fluorescence probes. Fluorescence emission spectra of mutant toxin B drug substance between 300 and 400 nm as a function of temperature were obtained. At 7° C. mutant toxin B drug substance shows characteristic tryptophan fluorescence emission spectrum upon excitation at 280 nm. Fluorescence emission maximum is observed at ˜335 nm, indicating that tryptophan residues are in non-polar environment, typical of protein interiors rather than of polar aqueous environments. This result, together with the results of the CD experiments (see above), confirm that mutant toxin B drug substance retains compact folded structure.


Fluorescence of the extrinsic probe 8-anilino-1-naphtalene sulfonic acid (ANS) was used to characterize possible conformational changes in mutant toxin B drug substance and triple mutant toxin B upon changes in pH. As can be seen from the results, there is essentially no increase in ANS fluorescence intensity when either mutant toxin B drug substance or triple mutant toxin B are titrated with the probe at pH 7.0, suggesting that no hydrophobic surfaces are exposed on the proteins under these conditions. Shifting pH to 2.6 leads to a dramatic increase in ANS fluorescence quantum yield upon increase in probe's concentration in the presence of mutant toxin B drug substance, until fluorescence quantum yield reaches apparent saturation. This increase in ANS fluorescence quantum yield indicates that at low pH (2.6), mutant toxin B drug substance undergoes pH-induced conformational change that exposes hydrophobic surfaces. Such conformational changes indicate that EDC-induced modification and inactivation of triple mutant toxin B did not restrict conformational plasticity of mutant toxin B drug substance (DS).


Effect of EDC treatment on hydrodynamic properties of triple mutant toxin B was evaluated using size-exclusion chromatography on a G4000 SWXL column. mutant toxin B drug substance and triple mutant toxin B were injected onto the G4000 SWXL column equilibrated at pH 7.0, 6.0, 5.0. The data indicate that no differences in the Stoke's radius of mutant toxin B drug substance and triple mutant toxin B can be detected using size-exclusion chromatography, therefore EDC treatment has not dramatically affected hydrodynamic properties and, correspondingly, overall molecular shape of the protein.


Further analysis of triple mutant toxin B and mutant toxin B drug substance was performed using multi-angle laser light scattering (MALLS) technique. Treatment of triple mutant toxin B with EDC resulted in generation of more heterogeneous mixture that is composed of various multimeric and monomeric species. Such heterogeneity reflects introduction of a large number of EDC-induced inter- and intra-molecular covalent bonds between carboxyls and primary amines of the protein.


Obtained data provide physical and chemical characteristics of triple mutant toxin B and mutant toxin B drug substance (triple mutant toxin B treated with EDC) and describe the key features of their primary, secondary, and tertiary structure. Generated data demonstrate that treatment of triple mutant toxin B with EDC resulted in covalent modification of its polypeptide chain but did not affect secondary and tertiary structures of the protein. Treatment with EDC leads to intra- and intermolecular cross-linking. The major biochemical and biophysical parameters obtained for mutant toxin B drug substance (as well as triple mutant toxin B) are presented in Table 64.









TABLE 64







Major Biochemical and Biophysical Parameters Obtained for Triple


Mutant Toxin B (SEQ ID NO: 6) and Mutant Toxin B Drug Substance










Triple mutant toxin B
Mutant Toxin B Drug


Parameter
(SEQ ID NO: 6)
Substance





Number of amino acid
2365
2365


residues







N-terminal sequence
SLVNRKQLEKMANVR
SLVNRKQLEKMANVR



(positions 2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 6)
(positions 2-16 of SEQ ID NO: 6)





Mol mass (from AA
269.5 kDa
269.5 kDa


sequence)




Mol mass (from SEC-
  255 kDa and ~1,754 kDa
264, 268, 706, and 2,211 kDa


MALLS)




Extinction coefficient
1.067 (mg/ml)−1 cm−1
1.067 (mg/ml)−1 cm−1


at 280 nm




Theoretical pl
   4.29
ND


Partial specific mol
0.734 cm3/g
0.734 cm3/g


volume at 20° C.




Anhydrous
3.3 × 10-19 cm3
3.3 × 10-19 cm3


volume/monomer




Sedimentation
 9.1 ± 0.2S
   9.4S


coefficient/monomer




Frictional coefficient
1.58 ± 0.03
   1.53


ratio (f/f0)




Stokes radius/monomer
  76.2
  76.2


Fluorescence max
335 nm
335 nm


(λex = 280 nm)




Near-UV CD negative
290, 283, 276, 268, 262 nm
290, 283, 276, 268, 262 nm


bands




Far-UV CD negative
208 and 222 nm
208 and 222 nm


bands




DSC unfolding transition
48.8 ± 0.0° C. and 52.0 ± 0.1° C.
48.2 ± 0.3° C. and 54.3 ± 0.2° C.


midpoints




Tm1 and Tm2 (PBS, pH




7.0)









Example 46: Perfusion Fermentation for Toxoid B (Triple Mutant)

Toxoid B (triple mutant) seed cultures: inoculated each 1 L bottle containing 400 mL of medium with 1 ml seed, incubate at 37° C., stationary overnight (˜15 hrs). The final OD600 should be 3.0-4.0. Working vol: 3 L (2.7 L medium+300 mL inoculum). Each fermenter had 1 Rushton impeller and a tube sparger. Initial conditions: Temperature: 37° C., N2 flow: ˜0.5 wm, sparged. Controllers: pH controlled at 7.0 with 5N NaOH. Foam controlled by automatic addition of PPG-2000, with 0.25 mL/L added to the fermenter medium before sterilization.


Perfusion culture of C. difficile was performed using a stack of 2 SARTOCON Slice Cassettes, 0.2 μm pore size of HYDROSART filter material, 0.1 square meter surface area per cassette. The 3 L was added to the fermentors in the 10 L glass fermentors. The perfusion started when the OD reaches the target ˜4 for 2 hour intervals of increasing speed as 0.75 L/hr, 1.5 L/hr, 2.25 L/hr, 3 L/hr for example 1, FIG. 28. The perfusion will be started with fermentation medium when the OD reaches the target ˜4 for 2 hour intervals of increasing speed as 0.75 L/hr, 1.5 L/hr, 3 L/hr, and 6 L/hr for example 2, FIG. 29. At the start signal for perfusion, the recirculation pump was started up at the desired speed at 1.3 L/min crossflow.


Example 1, FIG. 28: Final OD 50 and toxoid B titer 243 mg/L were obtained.


Example 2, FIG. 29: Final OD 59 and toxoid B titer 306 mg/L were obtained.


The invention also provides the following embodiments as defined in the clauses below: Clause 1. An isolated polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 183.


Clause 2. An isolated polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 184.


Clause 3. An immunogenic composition comprising an isolated polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 183.


Clause 4. An immunogenic composition comprising an isolated polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 184.


Clause 5. A culture medium comprising soy hydrolysate, yeast extract, and glucose, and wherein the medium comprises a Clostridium difficile bacterium derived from VPI 11186, wherein the bacterium lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin, wherein the bacterium comprises a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin, wherein the bacterium further comprises a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter.


Clause 6. A method of culturing Clostridium difficile comprising culturing C. difficile in a medium, wherein the medium comprises soy hydrolysate, yeast extract, and glucose, and wherein the medium comprises a Clostridium difficile bacterium derived from VPI 11186, wherein the bacterium lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin, wherein the bacterium comprises a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin, wherein the bacterium further comprises a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter.


Clause 7. A method of producing a Clostridium difficile toxin comprising culturing C. difficile in a medium under suitable conditions to produce a toxin, and isolating the toxin from the medium; wherein the medium comprises soy hydrolysate, yeast extract, and glucose, and wherein the medium comprises a Clostridium difficile bacterium derived from VPI 11186, wherein the bacterium lacks an endogenous polynucleotide encoding a toxin, wherein the bacterium comprises a polynucleotide encoding a mutant C. difficile toxin, wherein the bacterium further comprises a Clostridium sporogenes feredoxin (fdx) promoter.

Claims
  • 1. A method of eliciting an immune response in a mammal, comprising administering an effective amount of a composition comprising a lyophilized polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence set forth in any one of SEQ ID NOs: 185-194; a saponin adjuvant; and a stabilizer selected from the group consisting of starch, dextran, sucrose, trehalose, lactose, and glucose; wherein the composition does not comprise formaldehyde; and wherein the method comprises administering at least two doses of the composition to the mammal.
  • 2. The method according to claim 1, wherein the second dose is about 30 days after the first dose.
  • 3. The method according to claim 1, wherein the second dose is about 60 days after the first dose.
  • 4. The method according to claim 1, wherein the second dose is about 180 days after the first dose.
  • 5. The method according to claim 1, wherein the dose is administered intramuscularly.
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/436,875, filed Apr. 17, 2015 (pending), which is a U.S. National Phase filing under 35 U.S.C § 371 of International Application No. PCT/IB2013/059183 filed Oct. 7, 2013, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application 61/716,605, filed on Oct. 21, 2012. All of the foregoing applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties.

US Referenced Citations (123)
Number Name Date Kind
4689299 Insel Aug 1987 A
4713240 Wilkins et al. Dec 1987 A
5231003 Coughlin et al. Jul 1993 A
5358868 Klein et al. Oct 1994 A
5412077 Siber et al. May 1995 A
5530103 Livey et al. Jun 1996 A
5578308 Capiau et al. Nov 1996 A
5582827 Siber et al. Dec 1996 A
5585089 Queen et al. Dec 1996 A
5599539 Carroll et al. Feb 1997 A
5601823 Williams et al. Feb 1997 A
5610023 Deutsch Mar 1997 A
5762934 Williams et al. Jun 1998 A
5773000 Bostwick et al. Jun 1998 A
5814477 Williams et al. Sep 1998 A
5919463 Thomas et al. Jul 1999 A
5919665 Williams Jul 1999 A
6083512 Roberts Jul 2000 A
6214341 Thomas et al. Apr 2001 B1
6290960 Kink et al. Sep 2001 B1
6299881 Lees et al. Oct 2001 B1
6635260 Gerding Oct 2003 B1
6667035 von Eichel-Streiber Dec 2003 B1
6680168 Thomas et al. Jan 2004 B2
6733760 Wilkins et al. May 2004 B1
6939548 Wilkins et al. Sep 2005 B2
6969520 Thomas et al. Nov 2005 B2
7037503 Collier et al. May 2006 B2
7151159 von Eichel-Streiber Dec 2006 B2
7226597 Ballard et al. Jun 2007 B2
7625559 Ambrosino et al. Dec 2009 B2
7750204 Kodama et al. Jul 2010 B2
8420352 Oyler et al. Apr 2013 B2
8444996 Schneerson et al. May 2013 B2
8481692 Sidhu et al. Jul 2013 B2
8557548 Anderson Oct 2013 B2
8765399 Riska Jul 2014 B2
8900597 Anderson et al. Dec 2014 B2
9096653 Schneerson et al. Aug 2015 B2
9102921 Oyler et al. Aug 2015 B2
9115347 Fang et al. Aug 2015 B2
9187536 Anderson Nov 2015 B1
9290565 Castado Mar 2016 B2
9409974 Castado Aug 2016 B2
RE46376 Anderson et al. Apr 2017 E
9644024 Castado May 2017 B2
9669083 Castado Jun 2017 B2
9694063 Scarselli Jul 2017 B2
9694064 Boutriau Jul 2017 B2
RE46518 Anderson et al. Aug 2017 E
9745354 Ruppen et al. Aug 2017 B2
10046040 Galen Aug 2018 B2
10047404 Bergeron et al. Aug 2018 B2
10093722 Castado Oct 2018 B2
10117933 Berry et al. Nov 2018 B2
10130694 Boutriau Nov 2018 B2
10160797 Anderson et al. Dec 2018 B2
10357557 Ellingsworth et al. Jul 2019 B2
10377816 Castado Aug 2019 B2
10597428 Jansen Mar 2020 B2
10774117 Jansen Sep 2020 B2
10787652 Lotvin Sep 2020 B2
10813988 Super Oct 2020 B2
10982198 Lotvin Apr 2021 B2
RE48862 Sidhu et al. Dec 2021 E
RE48863 Anderson et al. Dec 2021 E
11208633 Lotvin Dec 2021 B2
11535652 Jansen et al. Dec 2022 B2
20030044414 Thoma et al. Mar 2003 A1
20040028705 Ballard Feb 2004 A1
20040029129 Wang et al. Feb 2004 A1
20040137601 Von Eichel-Streiber et al. Jul 2004 A1
20040141986 Parizek et al. Jul 2004 A1
20050020506 Drapeau et al. Jan 2005 A1
20050106157 Deckers et al. May 2005 A1
20050202042 Wilkins et al. Sep 2005 A1
20060029608 Thomas et al. Feb 2006 A1
20070231336 Thomas et al. Oct 2007 A1
20080248542 Demain et al. Oct 2008 A1
20090087478 Hansen et al. Apr 2009 A1
20090208948 Paquette et al. Aug 2009 A1
20100013762 Zontrop et al. Jan 2010 A1
20100167320 Beernink et al. Jul 2010 A1
20100278907 Bieberich Nov 2010 A1
20110045027 Catchpole Feb 2011 A1
20110053244 Oyler et al. Mar 2011 A1
20110124109 Minton et al. May 2011 A1
20110195086 Caulfield et al. Aug 2011 A1
20110256606 Fang et al. Oct 2011 A1
20110287474 Riska Nov 2011 A1
20120100616 Cartman et al. Apr 2012 A1
20120178643 Ault-Riche et al. Jul 2012 A1
20120258126 Scholler et al. Oct 2012 A1
20120269841 Sidhu Oct 2012 A1
20120276132 Feng et al. Nov 2012 A1
20120282293 Galen Nov 2012 A1
20130004561 Shone et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130005690 Savidge et al. Jan 2013 A1
20130058962 Shoemaker et al. Mar 2013 A1
20130244307 Anderson et al. Sep 2013 A1
20130330371 Anderson et al. Dec 2013 A1
20150044250 Heinrichs et al. Feb 2015 A1
20150056238 Ellingsworth et al. Feb 2015 A1
20150125927 Ruppen et al. May 2015 A1
20150132333 Scarselli et al. May 2015 A1
20150291940 Lotvin et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150307563 Anderson et al. Oct 2015 A1
20150328209 Bosse Nov 2015 A1
20160045586 Hauser Feb 2016 A1
20160053221 Fang et al. Feb 2016 A1
20160250283 Ghose-Paul et al. Sep 2016 A1
20170165375 Ashley et al. Jun 2017 A1
20170313749 Jansen et al. Nov 2017 A1
20170362309 Castado Dec 2017 A1
20180099039 Emini et al. Apr 2018 A1
20190071714 Li et al. Mar 2019 A1
20190112584 Lotvin et al. Apr 2019 A1
20190202873 Jansen et al. Jul 2019 A1
20190290747 Ellingsworth et al. Sep 2019 A1
20200095290 Jansen Mar 2020 A1
20200165582 Lotvin et al. May 2020 A1
20210024903 Lotvin Jan 2021 A1
20220160859 Jansen et al. May 2022 A1
Foreign Referenced Citations (57)
Number Date Country
1568378 Aug 2005 EP
2 220 211 Jan 1990 GB
58216123 Dec 1983 JP
9413264 Jun 1994 WO
9607430 Mar 1996 WO
9612802 May 1996 WO
9702835 Jan 1997 WO
9702836 Jan 1997 WO
9709886 Mar 1997 WO
9840100 Sep 1998 WO
9859053 Dec 1998 WO
WO9859053 Dec 1998 WO
9920304 Apr 1999 WO
0061761 Oct 2000 WO
0061762 Oct 2000 WO
0062800 Oct 2000 WO
0177319 Oct 2001 WO
03000719 Jan 2003 WO
2005069913 Aug 2005 WO
2005070458 Aug 2005 WO
2006121422 Nov 2006 WO
2006130925 Dec 2006 WO
2007148091 Dec 2007 WO
2008024769 Feb 2008 WO
2008152075 Dec 2008 WO
2009035707 Mar 2009 WO
2009139919 Nov 2009 WO
2009156852 Dec 2009 WO
20100036826 Apr 2010 WO
2010063693 Jun 2010 WO
2010067262 Jun 2010 WO
2010094970 Aug 2010 WO
2011068953 Jun 2011 WO
2011126811 Oct 2011 WO
2010017383 Feb 2012 WO
2012028741 Mar 2012 WO
2012046061 Apr 2012 WO
2012143902 Oct 2012 WO
2012163810 Dec 2012 WO
2012163811 Dec 2012 WO
2012163817 Dec 2012 WO
WO2012163811 Dec 2012 WO
WO-2012163817 Dec 2012 WO
2013084071 Jun 2013 WO
WO2013082298 Jun 2013 WO
2013112867 Aug 2013 WO
2014045226 Mar 2014 WO
2014060898 Apr 2014 WO
2014086787 Jun 2014 WO
2014096393 Jun 2014 WO
2014144567 Sep 2014 WO
2014201346 Dec 2014 WO
2017085602 May 2017 WO
2018170238 Sep 2018 WO
2019064115 Apr 2019 WO
2020201985 Oct 2020 WO
2021255690 Dec 2021 WO
Non-Patent Literature Citations (259)
Entry
Steele et al, J Infectious Diseases, 2012, 205:384-391. electronically published Dec. 5, 2011 (Year: 2012).
Steele et al, J Infectious Diseases. 2013. 207:323-330. electronically published Nov. 2, 2012 (Year: 2013).
D'Auria et al, Infection and Immunity, Oct. 2013, 81/10:3814-3824. published ahead of print: Jul. 29, 2013 (Year: 2013).
Carter et al, mBio. May/Jun. 2015. 6/3:e00551-15. published: Jun. 2, 2015 (Year: 2015).
Gribenko et al, Biochemistry and Biophysics Report. 9 (2017). pp. 193-202. available online: Jan. 5, 2017 (Year: 2016).
Anderson et al, Microbiology (Reading). Jul. 2013, vol. 159, No. Part 7, pp. 1254-1266. (abstract only) (Year: 2013).
Hunter et al. Vaccine 20 (2002). p. S7-S12. (Year: 2002).
Alving, Vaccine 20 (2002). pp. S56-S64. (Year: 2002).
Rajput et al. J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci B. 2007 8/3:153-161. (Year: 2007).
Henderson et al, Vaccine 2017, 5,25/ 9 pages. published: Sep. 2, 2017 (Year: 2017).
Sarkar et al, Expert Review of Vaccines. 2019, 18/5:505-521. (Year: 2019).
Rajput et al., Journal of Zheijang University Science B, 2007; 8(3):153-161 (Year: 2007).
Kang et al., 2010 Poultry Science, 2010; 89:1167-1170 (Year: 2010).
Anonymous: “Safety and Immunogenicity Study of GSK's Clostridium Difficile Vaccine 2904545A When Administered in Healthy Adults Aged 18-45 Years and 50-70 Years”, Jul. 19, 2019, XP055851137 Cortellis.
Anonymous: “Study of a candidate Clostridium Difficile Toxoid Vaccine in Subjects at risk for C. difficile Infection”, Jul. 5, 2019, pp. 1-31, XP055850657 Clinical Trials.gov.
Matsuoka et al, Safety and immunogenicity of Clostridium difficile toxoid vaccine in Japanese adults, Human Vaccines & Immunotherapeutics, 14(2):322-328 (2018).
Quemeneur et al, “Clostridium difficile Toxoid Vaccine Candidate Confers Broad Brotection against a Range of Prevalent Circulating Strains in a Nonclinical Setting”, Infection and Immunity 86:6 (2018).
Sarkar et al, “Selection of Adjuvants for Vaccines Targeting Specific Pathogens”, Expert Review of Vaccines, 18(5):505-521 (2019).
Xie et al, “Development and Optimization of a Novel Assay To Measure Neutralizing Antibodies against Clostridium difficile Toxins”, Clinical and Vaccine Immunology, 20(4): 517-525 (2013).
Moncrief et al, “Genetic Characterization of Toxin A-Negative, Toxin B-Positive Clostridium difficile Isolates by PCR”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 38(8):3072-3075 (2000).
Muldrow et al, “Molecular cloning of Clostridium difficile toxin A gene fragment in lambda gtll”, FEBS Letters, 213(2):249-253 (1987).
Mulligan et al, “Elevated Levels of Serum Immunoglobulins in Asymptomatic Carriers of Clostridium difficile”, Clinical Infectious Diseases 16(Suppl 4):S239-S244 (1993).
Nakajima et al, “Mechanism of Amide Formation by Carbodiimide for Bioconjugation in Aqueous Media”, Bioconjugate Chem. 6(1):123-130 (1995).
Nencioni et al, “Characterization of Genetically Inactivated Pertussis Toxin Mutants: Candidated for a New Vaccine against Whooping Cough”, Infection and Immunity, 58(5):1308-1315 (1990).
Nottrott et al, “Clostridium difficile toxin A-induced apoptosis is p53-independent but depends on glucosylation of Rho GTPases”, Apoptosis, 12(8):1443-1453 (2007).
Paliwal et al, “Comparison of the Conformation, Hydrophobicity, and Model Membrane Interactions of Diphtheria Toxin to Those of Formaldehyde-Treated Toxin (Diphtheria Toxoid): Formaldehyde Stabilization of the Native Conformation Inhibits Changes That Allow Membrane Insertion”, Biochemistry 35(7):2374-2379 (1996).
Pasut et al, “New active poly(ethylene glycol) derivative for amino coupling”, Reactive & Functional Polymers 67(6):529-539 (2007).
Pavliakova et al, “Clostridium difficile Recombinant Toxin A Repeating Units as a Carrier Protein for Conjugate Vaccines: Studies of Pneumococcal Type 14, Escherichia coli K1, and Shigella flexneri Type 2a Polysaccharides in Mice”, Infection and Immunity, 68(4):2161-2166 (2000).
Phelps et al, “Construction and Expression of the Complete Clostridium difficile Toxin A Gene in Escherichia coli”, Infection and Immunity, 59(1):150-153 (1991).
Pizza et al, “Mutants of Pertussis Toxin Suitable for Vaccine Development”, Science 246(4929):497-500 (1989).
Price et al, “Cloning of the Carbohydrate-binding Portion of the Toxin A Gene of Clostridium difficile”, Current Microbiology, 16(1):55-60 (1987).
Prigge, “The Development of Diphtheria Vaccines”, Bull. Wld Hith Org., 13(3):473-478 (1955).
Prochazkova et al, “Structural and Molecular Mechanism for Autoprocessing of MARTX Toxin of Vibrio cholerae at Multiple Sites”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry 284(39):26557-26568 (2009).
Pruitt et al, “Structure-Function Analysis of Inositol Hexakisphosphate-induced Autoprocessing in Clostridium difficile Toxin A”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 284(33):21934-21940 (2009).
Pruitt et al, “Structural organization of the functional domains of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B”, PNAS, 107(30):13467-13472 (2010).
Puri et al, “Rational Design of Inhibitors and Activity-Based Probes Targeting Clostridium difficile Virulence Factor TcdB”, Chemistry & Biology, 17(11):1201-1211 (2010).
Qa'Dan et al, “pH-Induced Conformational Changes in Clostridium difficile Toxin B”, Infection and Immunity 68(5):2470-2474 (2000).
Rappuoli, “Toxin inactivation and antigen stabilization: two different uses of formaldehyde”, Vaccine, 12(7):579-581 (1994).
Reineke et al, “Autocatalytic cleavage of Clostridium difficile toxin B”, Nature, 446(7134):415-419 (2007).
Reinert et al, “Structural Basis for the Function of Clostridium difficile Toxin B”, J. Mol. Biol., 351(5):973-981 (2005).
Rihn et al, “A New Purification Procedure for Clostridium Difficile Enterotoxin”, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 124(3):690-695 (1984).
Robbins et al, “The Diphtheria and Pertussis Components of Diphtheria-Tetanus Toxoids-Pertussis Vaccine Should be Genetically Inactivated Mutant Toxins”, The Journal of Infectious Diseases 191(1):81-88 (2005).
Robbins et al, “The rise in pertussis cases urges replacement of chemically-inactivated with genetically-inactivated toxoid for DTP”, Vaccine, 25(15):2811-2816 (2007).
Roberts et al, “Modification of surface histidine residues abolishes the cytotoxic activity of Clostridium difficile toxin A”, Toxicon, 39(2-3):325-333 (2001).
Robinson et al, “Tetanus Toxin: The Effect of Chemical Modifications on Toxicity, Immunogenicity, and Conformation”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry 250(18):7435-7442 (1975).
Rolfe et al, “Purification and Characterization of Clostridium difficile Toxin”, Infection and Immunity, 25(1):191-201 (1979).
Rothman et al, “Differential Cytotoxic Effects of Toxins A and B Isolated from Clostridium difficile”, Infection and Immunity, 46(2):324-331 (1984).
Rupnik et al, “Characterization of the cleavage site and function of resulting cleavage fragments after limited proteolysis of Clostridium difficile toxin B (TcdB) by host cells”, Microbiology, 151:199-208 (2005).
Rupnik, “Heterogeneity of large clostridial toxins: importance of Clostridium difficile toxinotype”, FEMS Microbiol Rev, 32(3):541-555 (2008).
Rupnik, “Clostridium difficile infection: new developments in epidemiology and pathogenesis”, Nature, 7(7):526-536 (2009).
Saif et al, “The distribution of Clostridium difficile in the environment of South Wales”, Journal of Medical Microbiology 45(2):133-137 (1996).
Sakurai et al, “Carboxyl groups in Clostridium perfringens epsilon toxin”, Microbial Pathogenesis, 3(6):469-474 (1987).
Salcedo et al, “Intravenous immunoglobulin therapy for severe Clostridium difficile colitis”, Gut, 41(3):366-370 (1997).
Salnikova et al, “Physical Characterization of Clostridium difficile Toxins and Toxoids: Effect of the Formaldehyde Crosslinking on Thermal Stability”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences 97(9):3735-3752 (2008).
Sambol et al, “Toxin Gene Analysis of a Variant Strain of Clostridium difficile That Causes Human Clinical Disease”, Infection and Immunity, 68(10):5480-5487 (2000).
Sambol et al, “Infection of Hamsters with Epidemiologically Important Strains of Clostridium difficile”, The Journal of Infectious Diseases, 183(12):1760-1766 (2001).
Sauerborn et al, “The C-terminal ligand-binding domain of Clostridium difficile toxin A (TcdA) abrogates TcdA-specific binding to cells and prevents mouse lethality”, FEMS Microbiology Letters, 155(1):45-54 (1997).
Schmidt et al, “Clostridium difficile Toxin as a Confounding Factor in Enterovirus Isolation”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 12(6):796-798 (1980).
Sebaihia et al, “The multidrug-resistant human pathogen Clostridium difficile has a highly mobile, mosaic genome”, Nature Genetics, 38(7):779-786 (2006).
Sheehan et al, “The Use of Water-Soluble and Basic Carbodiimides in Peptide Synthesis”, The Journal of Organic Chemistry 21(4):439-441 (1956).
Sheldon et al, “A phase 1, placebo-controlled, randomized study of the safety, tolerability, and immunogenicity of a Clostridium difficile vaccine administered with or without aluminum hydroxide in healthy adults”, Vaccine 34(18):2082-2091 (2016).
Shen et al, “Defining an allosteric circuit in the cysteine protease domain of Clostridium difficile toxins”, Nature Structural & Molecular Biology, 18(3):364-372 (2011).
Smith, “Botulism and vaccines for its prevention”, Vaccine, 27(Suppl 4):D33-D39 (2009).
Song et al, “Molecular analysis of the promoter region of the Clostridium difficile toxin B gene that is functional in Escherichia coli”, J. Med. Microbiol., 47(4):309-316 (1998).
Sougioultzis et al, “Bacterial infections: small intestine and colon”, Current Opinion in Gastroenterology, 19(1):23-30 (2003).
Sougioultzis et al, “Clostridium difficile Toxoid Vaccine in Recurrent C. difficile-Associated Diarrhea”, Gastroenterology, 128(3):764-770 (2005).
Spyres et al, “Deletion Analysis of the Clostridium difficile Toxin B Glucosylation Domain”, Abstracts of the 101st General Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, Session No. 156/B. Abstract B-238 (2001).
Spyres et al, “Mutational Analysis of the Enzymatic Domain of Clostridium difficile Toxin B Reveals Novel Inhibitors of the Wild-Type Toxin”, Infection and Immunity, 71(6):3294-3301 (2003).
Stabler et al, “Comparative genome and phenotypic analysis of Clostridium difficile 027 strains provides insight into the evolution of a hypervirulent bacterium”, Genome Biology, 10(9)Article R102:R102-R102.15 (2009).
Staros et al, “Enhancement by N-Hydroxysulfosuccinimide of Water-Soluble Carbodiimide-Mediated Coupling Reactions”, Analytical Biochemistry 156(1):220-222 (1986).
Sun et al, “Essential role of the glucosyltransferase activity in Clostridium difficile toxin-induced secretion of TNF-α by macrophages”, Microbial Pathogenesis, 46(6):298-305 (2009).
Sunenshine, et al, “Clostridium Difficile-Associated Disease: New Challenges from an Established Pathogen”, Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine, 73(2):187-197 (2006).
Tachovsky et al, “Toxin Production and Plasmid DNA in Clostridium-difficile”, Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, B134 (1984).
Tang et al, “One-Step Cloning and Expression of Clostridium difficile Toxin B Gene (tcdB)”, Abstracts of the Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy, 41st ICAAC Abstracts, Session 98(B), Abstract #B-970 (2001).
Tang et al, “Identification of alternative products and optimization of 2-nitro-5-thiocyanatobenzoic acid cyanylation and cleavage at cysteine residues”, Analytical Biochemistry 334:48-61 (2004).
Tang-Feldman et al, “One-step cloning and expression of Clostridium difficile toxin B gene (tcdB)”, Molecular and Cellular Probes, 16(3):179-183 (2002).
Taylor et al, “Comparison of Two Toxins Produced by Clostridium difficile”, Infection and Immunity, 34(3):1036-1043 (1981).
Teichert et al, “Application of Mutated Clostridium difficile Toxin A for Determination of Glucosyltransferase-Dependent Effects”, Infection and Immunity, 74(10):6006-6010 (2006).
Thaysen-Anderson et al, “Investigation of the detoxification mechanism of formaldehyde-treated tetanus toxin”, Vaccine 25(12):2213-2227 (2007).
Thermo Scientific Pierce Crosslinking Technical Handbook, © 2009 Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., www.piercenet.com/Files/1601673_Crosslink_HB_Intl.pdf, Date accessed Mar. 23, 2011.
Tian et al, “A novel fusion protein containing the receptor binding domains of C. difficile toxin A and toxin B elicits protective immunity against lethal toxin and spore challenge in preclinical efficacy models”, Vaccine 30:4249-4258 (2012).
Timkovich, “Detection of the Stable Addition of Carbodiimide to Proteins”, Analytical Biochemistry 79(1-2):135-143 (1977).
Toma et al, “Serotyping of Clostridium difficile”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 26(3):426-428 (1988).
Torres et al, “Evaluation of Formalin-Inactivated Clostridium difficile Vaccines Administered by Parenteral and Mucosal Routes of Immunization in Hamsters”, Infection and Immunity, 63(12):4619-4627 (1995).
Torres et al, “Antigenicity of amino-acid sequences from Clostridium difficile toxin B”, J. Med. Microbiol., 44(6):464-474 (1996).
Torres et al, “Clostridium difficile Vaccine: Influence of Different Adjuvants and Routes of Immunization on Protective Immunity in Hamsters”, Vaccine Research, 5(3):149-162 (1996).
Underwood, et al, “Characterization of the Sporulation Initiation Pathway of Clostridium difficile and Its Role in Toxin Production”, Journal of Bacteriology, 191(23):7296-7305 (2009).
Vidunas, et al, “Production and Characterization of Chemically Inactivated Genetically Engineered Clostridium Difficile Toxoids”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 105:2032-2041 (2016).
Viswanathan et al., “Clostridium difficile infection—An Overview of the disease and its pathogenesis, epidemiology and interventions”, Gut Microbes, 1(4):234-242 (2010).
von Eichel-Streiber et al, “Cloning and Characterization of Overlapping DNA Fragments of the Toxin A Gene of Clostridium difficile”, Journal of General Microbiology, 135(1):55-64 (1989).
von Eichel-Streiber et al, “Cloning of Clostridium difficile toxin B gene and demonstration of high N-terminal homology between toxin A and B”, Med Microbiol Immunol, 179(5):271-279 (1990).
von Eichel-Streiber et al, “A nonsense mutation abrogates production of a functional enterotoxin A in Clostridium difficile toxinotype VIII strains of serogroups F and X”, FEMS Microbiology Letters, 178(1):163-168 (1999).
Voth et al, “Clostridium difficile Toxins: Mechanism of Action and Role in Disease”, Clinical Microbiology Reviews, 18(2):247-263 (2005).
Ward et al, “Immunogenicity of a Salmonella typhimurium aroA aroD Vaccine Expressing a Nontoxic Domain of Clostridium difficile Toxin A”, Infection and Immunity, 67(5):2145-2152 (1999).
Ward et al, “Binding activities of a repertoire of single immunoglobulin variable domains secreted from Escherichia coli”, Nature, 341:544-546 (1989).
Ward et al, “Local and Systemic Neutralizing Antibody Responses Induced by Intranasal Immunization with the Nontoxic Binding Domain of Toxin A from Clostridium difficile”, Infection and Immunity, 67(10):5124-5132 (1999).
Warny et al, “Human Antibody Response to Clostridium difficile Toxin A in Relation to Clinical Course of Infection”, Infection and Immunity, 62(2):384-389 (1994).
Warny et al, “Gamma Globulin Administration in Relapsing Clostridium Difficile-Induced Pseudomembranous Colitis with a Defective Antibody Response to Toxin A”, Acta Clinica Belgica 50:36-39 (1995).
Wilchek et al, “Limitations of N-Hydroxysuccinimide Esters in Affinity Chromatography and Protein Immobilization”, Biochemistry 26(8):2155-2161 (1987).
Wilkins et al, “Clostridium difficile Testing: after 20 Years, Still Challenging”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 41(2):531-534 (2003).
Williamson et al, “Mass Spectrometric Analysis of Multiple Pertussis Toxins and Toxoids”, Journal of Biomedicine and Biotechnology vol. 2010, Article ID 942365, 9 pages (2010).
Willis et al, “Confirmation that the Latex-Reactive Protein of Clostridium difficile Is a Glutamate Dehydogenase”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 30(5):1363-1364 (1992).
Wolfhagen et al, “Toxins A and B of Clostridium difficile”, FEMS Microbiology Reviews, 13(1):59-64 (1994).
Woody et al, “Modification of Carboxyl Groups in Botulinum Neurotoxin Types A and E”, Toxicon 27(10):1143-1150 (1989).
Wren et al, “Molecular cloning and expression of Clostridium difficile toxin A in Escherichia coli K12”, FEBS Letters, 225(1-2):82-86 (1987).
Yang et al, “Expression of recombinant Clostridium difficile toxin A and B in Bacillus megaterium”, BMC Microbiology, 8:192 (2008).
Zeitlin et al, “Preventing infectious disease with passive immunization”, Microbes and Infection 2(6):701-708 (2000).
Gribenko, et al., “Development of a subunit vaccine for prevention of Clostridium difficile associated diseases: Biophysical characterization of toxoids A and B”, Biochemistry and Biophysics Reports, 9:193-202 (2017).
Jank et al, “Clostridium difficile Glucosyltransferase Toxin B-essential Amino Acids for Substrate Binding”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 282(48):35222-35231 (2007).
Jank et al, “Structure and mode of action of clostridial glucosylating toxins: the ABCD model”, Trends in Microbiology, 16(5):222-229 (2008).
Jansen, et al, “A novel approach to a C. difficile toxoid vaccine: immunogenicity andpreclinical efficacy” Abstract O2. In: Presented at the 4th international Clostrid-ium difficile symposium (2012).
Johnson, “Systemic and Mucosal Antibody Responses to Toxin A in Patients Infected with Clostridium difficile”, The Journal of Infectious Diseases 166:1287-1294 (1992).
Johnson, “Antibody Responses to Clostridial Infection in Humans”, Clinical Infectious Diseases, 25(Suppl 2):S173- S177 (1997).
Jones et al, “An improved method for development of toxoid vaccines and antitoxins”, Journal of Immunological Methods, 337(1):42-48 (2008).
Karberg et al, “Group II introns as controllable gene targeting vectors for genetic manipulation of bacteria”, Nature Biotechnology, 19(2):1162-1167 (2001).
Karlsson et al, “Supression of Toxin Production in C. difficile by Amino Acids”, Abstracts of the 99th General Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, Session No. 55/Abstract L-4 (1999).
Kato et al, “Deletions in the repeating sequences of the toxin A gene of toxin A-negative, toxin B-positive Clostridium difficile strains”, FEMS Microbiology Letters, 175(2):197-203 (1999).
Kayser et al, “Disruption of Bacterial Genes Using Retargeted Group II Introns”, Sigma-Aldrich Poster, http://www.sigmaaldrich.com/etc/medialib/docs/Sigma/General_Information/2/groupIIintronskarberg.pdf, Date accessed Sep. 12, 2010.
Kelly, “Anti-Clostridium difficile Bovine Immunoglobulin Concentrate Inhibits Cytotoxicity and Enterotoxicity of C. difficile Toxins”, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy 40(2):373-379 (1996).
Kelly, “Immune response to Clostridium difficile infection”, European Journal of Gastroenterology & Hepatology, 8(11):1048-1053 (1996).
Kelly et al, “The host immune response to Clostridium difficile”, Journal of Medical Microbiology, 60:1070-1079 (2011).
Ketley et al, “Sporogenesis and toxin A production by Clostridium difficile”, J. Med. Microbiol., 22(1):33-38 (1986).
Kim et al, “Immunization of Adult Hamsters against Clostridium difficile-Associated Ileocecitis and Transfer of Protection to Infant Hamsters”, Infection and Immunity, 55(12):2984-2992 (1987).
Kink et al, “Antibodies to Recombinant Clostridium difficle Toxins A and B Are an Effective Treatment and Prevent Relapse of C. difficile-Associated Disease in a Hamster Model of Infection”, Infection and Immunity, 66(5):2018-2025 (1998).
Klipstein et al, “Development of a vaccine of cross-linked heat-stable and heat-labile enterotoxins that protects against Escherichia coli producing either enterotoxin”, Infection and Immunity 37(2):550-557 (1982).
Kohler, G., et al., “Continuous cultures of fused cells secreting antibody of predefined specificity”, Nature, 256:495-497 (1975).
Kotloff et al, “Safety and Immunogenicity of Increasing Doses of a Clostridium difficile Toxoid Vaccine Administered to Healthy Adults”, Infection and Immunity, 69(2): 988-995 (2001).
Kreimeyer et al, “Autoproteolytic cleavage mediates cytotoxicity of Clostridium difficile toxin A”, Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacology, 383(3):253-262 (2011).
Kuehne et al, “The role of toxin A and toxin B in Clostridium difficile infection”, Nature, 467(7316):711-714 (2010).
Kunkel et al, “Contact-site cross-linking agents”, Molecular and Cellular Biochemistry 34(1):3-13 (1981).
Kyne et al, “Prospects for a Vaccine for Clostridium difficile”, BioDrugs, 10(3):173-181 (1998).
Kyne et al, “Association between antibody response to toxin A and protection against recurrent Clostridium difficile diarrhoea”, The Lancet, 357(9251):189-193 (2001).
Lancaster et al, “An assessment of thermal stability of Clostridium difficile toxoid formulations”, Human Vaccines, 7(2):202-210 (2011).
Lanis et al, “Variations in TcdB Activity and the Hypervirulence of Emerging Strains of Clostridium difficile”, Plos Pathogens, 6(8):e1001061 (pp. 1-11) (2010).
Letourneur et al, “Molecular cloning, overexpression in Escherichia coli, and purification of 6x his-tagged C-terminal domain of Clostridium difficile toxins A and B”, Protein Expression & Purification, 31(2):276-285 (2003).
Leung et al, “Treatment with intravenously administered gamma globulin of chronic relapsing colitis induced by Clostridium difficile toxin”, The Journal of Pediatrics 118:633-637 (1991).
Liang, A.C., et al., “Fast-dissolving intraoral drug delivery systems”, Expert Opin. Ther. Patents, 11(6):981-986 (2001).
Libby et al, “Production of Antitoxins to Two Toxins of Clostridium difficile and Immunological Comparison of the Toxins by Cross-Neutralization Studies”, Infection and Immunity, 35(1):374-376 (1982).
Libby et al, “Effects of the Two Toxins of Clostridium difficile in Antibiotic-Associated Cecitis in Hamsters,” Infection and Immunity, 36(2):822-829 (1982).
Lonnroth et al, “Toxin A of Clostridium Difficile: Production, Purification and Effect in Mouse Intestine”, Acta Pathologica, Microbiologica, et Immunologica Scandinavica—Section B, Microbiology, 91(6):395-400 (1983).
Lopez-Alonso et al, “Carbodiimide EDC Induces Cross-Links That Stabilize Rnase A C-Dimer against Dissociation: EDC Adducts Can Affect Protein Net Charge, Conformation, and Activity”, Bioconjugate Chem. 20(8):1459-1473 (2009).
Lowy et al, “Treatment with Monoclonal Antibodies against Clostridium difficile Toxins”, The New England Journal of Medicine, 362(3):197-205 (2010).
Lyerly et al, “Biological Activities of Toxins A and B of Clostridium difficile”, Infection and Immunity, 35(3):1147-1150 (1982).
Lyerly et al, “Vaccination against Lethal Clostridium difficile Enterocolitis with a Nontoxic Recombinant Peptide of Toxin A”, Current Microbiology, 21(1):29-32 (1990).
Lyerly et al, “Passive Immunization of Hamsters against Disease Caused by Clostridium difficile by Use of Bovine Immunoglobulin G Concentrate”, Infection and Immunity 59(6):2215-2218 (1991).
Lyras et al, “Toxin B is essential for virulence of Clostridium difficile”, Nature, 458(7242):1176-1179 (2009).
Malorni et al, “Enhancement of Cell-Mediated Cytotoxicity by Clostridium Difficile Toxin A: An In Vitro Study”, Toxicon, 29(4/5):417-428 (1991).
Matsuoka et al., Safety and immunogenicity of Clostridium difficile toxoid vaccine in Japanese adults, Jpn. J. Chemother. 65 (2): 183-191, Mar. 2017. [Japanese].
Matsuoka et al., Safety and immunogenicity of Clostridium difficile toxoid vaccine in Japanese adults, Jpn. J. Chemother. 65 (2): 183-191, Mar. 2017. [English translation].
Mann et al, “Analysis of protein phosphorylation using mass spectrometry: deciphering the phosphoproteome”, Trends in Biotechnology 20(6):261-268 (2002).
McMaster-Baxter and Musher, “Clostridium difficile: Recent Epidemiologic Findings and Advances in Therapy”, Pharmacotherapy, 27(7):1029-1039 (2007).
Meridian Life Science, Rabbit antibody to C. difficile Toxin B, #B01246R; Inc. URL:https://meridianlifescience.com/products/results_2.aspx?searchbox=B01246R&page=1&group=0 Jul. 2, 2014.
Metz et al, “Physicochemical and immunochemical techniques predict the quality of diptheria toxoid vaccines”, Vaccine, 22(2):156-167 (2003).
Metz et al, “Identification of Formaldehyde-induced Modifications in Proteins”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 279(8):6235-6243 (2004).
Metz et al, “Identification of Formaldehyde-Induced Modifications in Proteins: Reactions with Insulin”, Bioconjugate Chem. 17(3):815-822 (2006).
Metz et al, “Quality-control issues and approaches in vaccine development”, Expert Rev. Vaccines 8(2):227-238 (2009).
Michaels et al, “Polyvinyl alcohol and polyethylene glycol as protectants against fluid-mechanical injury of freely-suspended animal cells (CRL 8018)”, Journal of Biotechnology 19(2-3):241-258 (1991).
Mitty et al, “Clostridium difficile Diarrhea: Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, and Treatment”, The Gastroenterologist 2:61-69 (1994).
Doern et al, “Laboratory Diagnosis of Clostridium difficile-Associated Gastrointestinal Disease: Comparison of a Monoclonal Antibody Enzyme Immunoassay for Toxins A and B with a Monoclonal Antibody Enzyme Immunoassay for Toxin A Only and Two Cytotoxicity Assays”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 30(8):2042-2046 (1992).
Donald et al, “A novel approach to generate a recombinant toxoid vaccine against Clostridium difficile”, Microbiology 159(Pt. 7):1254-1266 (2013).
Donta et al, “Effects of Clostridium difficile Toxin on Tissue-Cultured Cells”, The Journal of Infectious Diseases, 141(2):218-222 (1980).
Donta et al, “Differential Effects of Clostridium difficile Toxins on Tissue-Cultured Cells”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 15(6):1157-1158 (1982).
Donta et al, “Recombinant Polypeptide of C. difficile Toxin B that Inhibits Toxin Activity”, Abstracts of the 96th General Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, B-22, p. 158 (1996).
Dupuy et al, “Regulated transcription of Clostridium difficile toxin genes”, Molecular Microbiology, 27(1):107-120 (1998).
Ebright et al, “Evaluation of Eight Cephalosporins in Hamster Colitis Model”, Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 19(6):980-986 (1981).
Egerer et al, “Auto-catalytic Cleavage of Clostridium difficile Toxins A and B Depends on Cysteine Protease Activity”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 282(35):25314-25321 (2007).
Egerer et al, “Autocatalytic Processing of Clostridium difficile Toxin B”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 284(6):3389-3395 (2009).
El-Faham et al, “Peptide Coupling Reagents, More than a Letter Soup”, Chemical Reviews 111(11):6557-6602 (2011) Part 1.
El-Faham et al, “Peptide Coupling Reagents, More than a Letter Soup”, Chemical Reviews 111(11):6557-6602 (2011) Part 2.
Fang et al, “Production of Clostridium difficile toxin in a medium totally free of both animal and dairy proteins or digests”, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 106(32):13225-13229 (2009).
Faust et al, “The Enzymatic Domain of Clostridium difficile Toxin A is Located within its N-Terminal Region”, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 251(1):100-105 (1998).
Fekety et al, “Diagnosis and Treatment of Clostridium difficile Colitis”, Journal of the American Medical Association 269(1):71-75 (1993).
Fernie et al, “Active and Passive Immunization to Protect Against Antibiotic Associated Caecitis in Hamsters”, International Symposium on Enteric Infections in Man and Animals: Standardization of Immunological Procedures, Dublin, Ireland, 1982, Develop. biol. Standard, 53:325-332 (1983).
Fischer, “Amine Coupling Through EDC/NHS: A Practicle Approach”, Surface Plasmon Resonance, Chapter 3, 627:55-73 (2010).
Fitzgerald, Clostridium difficile Toxin A antibody, #70-CR66; URL: http://www.fitzgerald-fii.com/clostridium-difficile-toxin-a-antibody-70-cr66.html.
Fluit et al, “Nontoxigenic Strains of Clostridium difficile Lack the Genes for Both Toxin A and Toxin B”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 29(11):2666-2667 (1991).
Gardiner et al, “A DNA vaccine targeting the receptor-binding domain of Clostridium difficile toxin A”, Vaccine, 27(27):3598-3604 (2009).
Genisyuerek et al, “Structural determinants for membrane insertion, pore formation and translocation of Clostridium difficile toxin B”, Molecular Microbiology 79(6):1643-1654 (2011).
Genth et al, “New Method To Generate Enzymatically Deficient Clostridium difficile Toxin B as an Antigen for Immunization”, Infection and Immunity, 68(3):1094-1101 (2000).
Genth et al, “Clostridium difficile toxins: More than mere inhibitors of Rho proteins”, The International Journal of Biochemistry & Cell Biology, 40(4):592-597 (2008).
Gerding et al, “Treatment of Clostridium difficile Infection”, Clinical Infectious Diseases, 46(Supp1):S32-S42 (2008).
Gerding et al, “Advances in pathogenesis, diagnosis and management of CDI”, Nat. Rev. Gastroenterol. Hepatol., 8(2):67-68 (2011).
Gerding, “Clostridium difficile Infection Prevention: Biotherapeutics, Immunologics, and Vaccines”, Discovery Medicine 13(68):75-83 (2012).
Gerhard et al, “Comparison of wild type with recombinant Clostridium difficile toxin A”, Microbial Pathogenesis, 38(2-3):77-83 (2005).
Gersch et al, “Disarming Clostridium difficile”, Chemistry & Biology, 17(11):1165-1166 (2010).
Ghose et al, “Transcutaneous Immunization with Clostridium difficile Toxoid A Induces Systemic and Mucosal Immune Responses and Toxin A-Neutralizing Antibodies in Mice”, Infection and Immunity, 75(6):2826-2832 (2007).
Giannasca et al, “Serum Antitoxin Antibodies Mediate Systemic and Mucosal Protection from Clostridium difficile Disease in Hamsters”, Infection and Immunity 67(2):527-538 (1999).
Giannasca et al, “Active and passive immunization against Clostridium difficile diarrhea and colitis”, Vaccine, 22(7):848-856 (2004).
Giesemann et al, “Processing of Clostridium difficile Toxins”, Journal of Medical Microbiology, 57:690-696 (2008).
Gouliouris et al, “Prevention and treatment of Clostridium difficile infection”, Clinical Medicine, 11(1):75-79 (2011).
Grabarek et al, “Zero-Length Crosslinking Procedure with the Use of Active Esters”, Analytical Biochemistry 185(1):131-135 (1990).
Greenberg et al, “Phase I dose finding studies of an adjuvanted Clostridium difficile toxoid vaccine”, Vaccine 30(13):2245-2249 (2012).
Greenhill, “The importance of toxin A is re-established in Clostridium difficile infection”, Nature Reviews: Gastroenterology & Hepatology, 7(12):654 (2010).
Greenspan et al, “Defining epitopes: It's not as easy as it seems”, Nature Biotechnology, 17(10):936-937 (1999).
Gupta et al, “Adjuvants for human vaccines—current status, problems and future prospects”, Vaccine 13(14):1263-1276 (1995).
Gurwith et al, “Morphologic and functional effects of Clostridium difficile enterotoxin in tissue culture”, Canadian Journal of Microbiology, 28(1):100-105 (1982).
Guttenberg et al, “Clostridial Glucosylating Toxins: Inositol Hexakisphosphate-Dependent Processing of Clostridium Sordellii Lethal Toxin and Clostridium Novyi α-Toxin”, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 286(17):14779-14786 (2011).
Haslam et al, “Growth of Clostridium difficile and production of toxins A and B in complex and defined media”, J Med Microbiol, 21(4):293-297 (1986).
Heap et al, “The ClosTron: A universal gene knock-out system for the genus Clostridium”, Journal of Microbiological Methods, 70(3):452-464 (2007).
Heap et al, “A modular system for Clostridium shuttle plasmids”, Journal of Microbiological Methods, 78(1):79-85 (2009).
Heap et al, “The ClosTron: Mutagenesis in Clostridium refined and streamlined”, Journal of Microbiological Methods 80(1):49-55 (2010).
Hoare et al, “A Method for the Quantitative Modification and Estimation of Carboxylic Acid Groups in Proteins”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry 242(10)2447-2453 (1967).
Hofmann et al, “Localization of the Glucosyltransferase Activity of Clostridium difficile Toxin B to the N-terminal Part of the Holotoxin”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 272(17):11074-11078 (1997).
Holden et al, “Effects of Helminthosporium maydis Race T Toxin on Electron Transport in Susceptible Corn Mitochondria and Prevention of Toxin Actions by Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide”, Plant Physiol. 91(4):1296-1302 (1989).
Hundsberger et al, “Transcription analysis of the genes tcdA-E of the pathogenicity locus of Clostridium difficile”, Eur. J. Biochem., 244(3):735-742 (1997).
Hussack et al, “Neutralization of Clostridium difficile Toxin A with Single-Domain Antibodies Targeting the Cell-Receptor Binding Domain”, Journal of Biological Chemistry, 286(11):8961-8976 (2011).
Huston, J.S., et al., “Protein engineering of antibody binding sites: Recovery of specific activity in an anti-digoxin single-chain Fv analogue produced in Escherichia coli”, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 85:5879-5883 (1988).
Jank et al, “Change of the Donor Substrate Specificity of Clostridium difficile Toxin B by Site-directed Mutagenesis”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 280(45):37833-37838 (2005).
Abdiche et al, “Determining kinetics and affinities of protein interactions using a parallel real-time label-free biosensor, the Octet”, Analytical Biochemistry, 377(2):209-217 (2008).
Aboudola et al, “Clostridium difficile Vaccine and Serum Immunoglobulin G Antibody Response to Toxin A”, Infection and Immunity, 71(3):1608-1610 (2003).
Ackermann et al, “Cloning and Expression of Clostridium difficile Toxin A Gene (tcdA) by PCR Amplification and the Use of an Expression Vector”, Abstracts of the Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents & Chemotherapy, 43rd ICAAC, Session 80(B), Abstract # B805 (2003).
Aktories, “Self-Cutting To Kill: New Insights into the Processing of Clostridium difficile Toxins”, ACS Chemical Biology, 2(4):228-230 (2007).
Albesa-Jove et al, “Four Distinct Structural Domains in Clostridium difficile Toxin B Visualized Using SAXS”, J. Mol. Biol., 396(5):1260-1270 (2010).
Allo et al, “Prevention of Clindamycin-Induced Colitis in Hamsters by Clostridium sordellii Antitoxin”, Gastroenterology 76(2):351-355 (1979).
Ananthakrishnan, “Clostridium difficile infection: epidemiology, risk factors and management”, Nat. Rev. Gastroenterol. Hepatol, 8:17-26 (2011).
Anderson et al, “The Use of Esters of N-Hydroxysuccinimide in Peptide Synthesis”, Journal of the American Chemical Society 86(9):1839-1842 (1964).
Antunes et al, “Molecular Methods to Study Transcriptional Regulation of Clostridium difficile Toxin Genes”, Methods in Molecular Biology, 646:93-115 (2010).
Aoki et al, “Mode of Action of Botulinum Neurotoxins: Current Vaccination Strategies and Molecular Immune Recognition”, Critical Reviews in Immunology, 30(2):167-187 (2010).
Aslam et al, “Treatment of Clostridium difficile-associated disease: old therapies and new strategies”, The Lancet Infectious Diseases, 5(9):549-557 (2005).
Aunins et al, “Vaccine Production”, The Biomedical Engineering Handbook: Second Edition, Ed. Joseph D. Bronzino, CRC Press LLC, 2000.
Babcock et al, “Human Monoclonal Antibodies Directed against Toxins A and B Prevent Clostridium difficile-Induced Mortality in Hamsters”, Infection and Immunity, 74(11):6339-6347 (2006).
Banno et al, “Biochemical Characterization and Biologic Actions of Two Toxins (D-1 and D-2) from Clostridium difficile”, Reviews of Infectious Diseases, 6(Supp. 1):S11-S20 (1984).
Barroso et al, “Mutagenesis of the Clostridium difficile toxin B gene and effect on cytotoxic activity”, Microbial Pathogenesis, 16(4):297-303 (1994).
Bartlett, “Narrative Review: The New Epidemic of Clostridium difficile-Associated Enteric Disease”, Annals of Internal Medicine, 145(10):758-764 (2006).
Bartlett, “Clostridium difficile: progress and challenges”, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1213:62-69 (2010).
Basle, E., et al., “Protein Chemical Modification on Endogenous Amino Acids”, Chemistry & Biology Review, 17:213-227 (2010).
Belyi et al, “Construction of a fusion protein carrying antigenic determinants of enteric clostridial toxins”, FEMS Microbiology Letters, 225(2):325-329 (2003).
Bird, R.E., et al., “Single-Chain Antigen-Binding Proteins”, Science, 242:423-242 (1988).
Bisseret et al, “Clostridium Difficile Toxin B: Characterization and Sequence of Three Peptides”, Journal of Chromatography, 490(1):91-100 (1989).
Bobak, “The Molecular Pathogenesis of Clostridium difficile-associated Disease”, Current Infectious Disease Reports, 10(2):111-115 (2008).
Bobo et al, “Sporulation and Toxin Production in Clostridium difficile”, Abstracts of the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, B-67, p. 35 (1986).
Bokori-Brown et al, Molecular basis of toxicity of Clostridium perfringens epsilon toxin, The FEBS Journal 278(3):4589-4601 (2011).
Braun et al, “Definition of the single integration site of the pathogenecity locus in Clostridium difficile”, Gene, 181(1-2):29-38 (1996).
Brewer, “Vegetable Bacteriological Media as Substitutes for Meat Infusion Media”, Journal of Bacteriology 46(4):395-396 (1943).
Brown et al, “Construction and Characterization of Genetically Inactivated Pertussis Toxin”, Symposium on Pertussis: Evaluation and Research on Acellular Pertussis Vaccines, Shizouka, Japan 1990, Develop. Biol. Standard., 73:63-73 (1991).
Burger et al, “Expression of recombinant Clostridium difficile toxin A using the Bacillus megaterium system”, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 307(3):584-588 (2003).
Burns et al, “The diverse sporulation characteristics of Clostridium difficile clinical isolates are not associated with type”, Anaerobe, 16(6):618-622 (2010).
Busch, “A Common Motif of Eukaryotic Glycosyltransferases is Essential for the Enzyme Activity of Large Clostridial Cytotoxins”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 273(31):19566-19572 (1998).
Busch, “Involvement of a Conserved Tryptophan Residue in the UDP-Glucose Binding of Large Clostridial Cytotoxin Glycosyltransferases”, The Journal of Biological Chemistry, 275(18):13228-13234 (2000).
Castell, “Powdered Grass as an Enrichment Medium for Acid-Forming Anaerobes”, Journal of Bacteriology 43(4):463-471 (1942).
Castell, “Further Studies on the Use of Plant Materials as Enrichment Media For Butyric-Acid-Forming Anaerobes”, Journal of Bacteriology 43(4):473-479 (1942).
CDC, “FAQs about Clostridium Difficile”, http://www.cdc.gov/HAI/pdfs/cdiff/Cdiff_tagged.pdf, accessed on Sep. 26, 2013.
Chabala et al, “Carbodiimide modification reduces the conductance and increases the tetrodotoxin sensitivity in batrachotoxin-modified sodium channels”, Pflügers Arch. European Journal of Physiology 421(2-3):262-269 (1992).
Chang et al, “Clindamycin-Induced Enterocolitis in Hamsters as a Model of Pseudomembranous Colitis in Patients”, Infection and Immunity 20(2):526-529 (1978).
Chothia, C., et al., “Canonical Structures for the Hypervariable Regions of Immunoglobulins”, J. Mol. Biol., 196:901-917 (1987).
Christodoulides et al, “Acellular pertussis vaccine prepared by a simple extraction and toxoiding procedure”, Vaccine 5(3):199-207 (1987).
Christodoulides et al, “Optimal conditions for the toxoiding of pertussis toxin with 1-ethyl-3(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide HC1”, FEMS Microbiology Immunology 47:425-436 (1989).
Cohen et al, “Analysis of the Pathogenicity Locus in Clostridium difficile Strains”, The Journal of Infectious Diseases, 181(2):659-663 (2000).
Corthier et al, “Protection against Experimental Pseudomembranous Colitis in Gnotobiotic Mice by Use of Monoclonal Antibodies against Clostridium difficile Toxin A”, Infection and Immunity 59(3):1192-1195 (1991).
Coyle et al, “Reactivity of Clostridium difficile Toxinotypes with the illumigene ™ C. difficile Molecular Assay” poster presented at the 110th General Meeting of the American Society for Microbiology, Poster Board No. 219, http://www.meridianbioscience.com/Content/Assets/Files/2.1%20%20C.%20difficile%20Products/illumigene%20C.%20difficile/illumigene%20technology%20page/ASM_Abstract_2.pdf—Date accessed Apr. 4, 2011.
Database Geneseq [Online], Feb. 21, 2008, “Clostridium difficile toxin B protein”, XP002718659, retrieved from EBI accession No. GSP:AOG16927.
Database Geneseq [Online], Apr. 26, 2012, “Clostridium difficile strain 630 trdA protein SEQ:6.”, XP002718658, retrieved from EBI accession No. GSP:AZU07697.
Daubener et al, “Clostridium difficile Toxins A and B Inhibit Human Immune Response In Vitro”, Infection and Immunity, 56(5):1107-1112 (1988).
Davis et al, “Antisera specificities to 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide adducts of proteins”, Immunology 53(3):435-41 (1984).
Demarest et al, “Neutralization of Clostridium difficile toxin A using antibody combinations”, mAbs, 2(2):190-198 (2010).
Demarest, SJ, et al., “Structural Characterization of the Cell Wall Binding Domains of Clostridium difficile Toxins A and B; Evidence that Ca2+ Plays a Role in Toxin A Cell Surface Association”, J. Mol. Biol., 346:1197-1206 (2005).
Deneve et al, “New trends in Clostridium difficile virulence and pathogenesis”, International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, 33(S1):S24-S28 (2009).
Devi et al., Antibodies to poly[(2-8)-alpha-N-acetylneuraminic acid] and poly[(2-9)-alpha-N-acetylneuraminic acid] are elicited by immunization of mice with Escherichia coli K92 conjugates: potential vaccines for groups B and C meningococci and E. coli K1. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. Aug. 15, 1991 88(16):7175-9.
Lyerly et al, “Multicenter Evaluation of the Clostridium difficile TOX A/B Test”, Journal of Clinical Microbiology 36(1):184-190 (1998).
Related Publications (1)
Number Date Country
20210024903 A1 Jan 2021 US
Provisional Applications (1)
Number Date Country
61716605 Oct 2012 US
Divisions (1)
Number Date Country
Parent 14436875 US
Child 16922952 US